BUS 110 Exam Review
After 8 years of working for a company that installed
underground sprinkling systems for golf courses, Jake was
ready to venture into his own business. As he prepared his
SWOT analysis, he evaluat
...
BUS 110 Exam Review
After 8 years of working for a company that installed
underground sprinkling systems for golf courses, Jake was
ready to venture into his own business. As he prepared his
SWOT analysis, he evaluated where he stood at this time. He
was fortunate to have $100,000 financing to get the business
under way. He knew of three skilled installers who were willing
and interested to work for him, and he was aware that new
construction was at an all-time low, with several residential
properties being foreclosed. In reviewing his list, you would
categorize these events as __________
two strengths and one threat
Technical skills that apply to the business at hand are most
often necessary at __________
lower levels of management
Most businesses follow a logical process when performing the
planning function. It is important to understand
______________________, before embarking upon
creating future long-term goals, objectives, and strategies
the current situation
The controlling function closes the loop for managers. It
answers the question: "Did we succeed in doing what we set
out to do?" Which of the following business departments has a
very important role in the controlling function?
Accounting department
Contemporary managers ___________
emphasize teamwork and cooperation, and act as coaches, rather
than "bosses"
Ben oversaw the work of six pharmaceutical sales managers in
the southeast region of the U.S. Each sales manager managed a
team of 8-10 pharmaceutical sales representatives that
developed relationships with doctors, clinics, hospital
pharmacies, and local drug stores. Ben met regularly with four
others in his company whose jobs were similar to his position.
How would you describe the level of management Ben has
achieved?
Middle managementAs managers perform all functions, we recognize that
______________ is required. For example, when making
plans, the manager must typically choose between two or three
alternatives, sometimes equally good ideas or sometimes ideas
that each has its pros and cons.
decision making
A mobile veterinary business, Preferred Pet Care, Inc., created
a mission statement long before it opened its doors for
business. The mission statement referred to the unique
characteristics of the business: a traveling pet unit whose
veterinarians went to the home of the pet owner, rather than
the pet owner bringing the pet to the clinic. What other criteria
should be considered for the mission statement?
A description of the customers it serves and a statement about its
social responsibility to the area where it operates.
A traditional tool that serves as a way or organizing the
company's current situation is called the SWOT Analysis. This
is an acronym for ___________
Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats
Jenna started a small business a little less than 10 years ago.
The business employed several social workers and nurses that
visited and cared for persons who had left hospital care, but
were not quite ready to be on their own at home. As the CEO of
the firm, Jenna decided it was time to hire a business
operations manager and a marketing manager to handle the
details of the business. Which of the following functions of
management was Jenna performing?
Organizing
Dave facilitated a hiring committee for his advertising
company. Six employees (including two managers) met
together to discuss applicants and select the finalists for a
creative writer position in the public relations department.
Although the head of public relations would have the final nod
on the candidate that would ultimately be hired, the evaluative
work of the committee was very important because this group
would send forward those persons they believed would be good
work colleagues. In setting up this type of hiring process, the
head of public relations was utilizing a(n) __________ style
of leadership.
democraticSergey Brin and Larry Page were the founders of Google™.
Most would agree that they had a superb product, but in order
to grow, the company needed more structure. Together, they
agreed to hire Eric Schmidt to join the executive team as the
executive chairman. Schmidt quickly began performing the
__________ function, where he created well-structured
departments and hired skilled people to perform the various
functions of the business.
organizing
Which of the following leadership styles focuses on making
decisions without consulting others?
Autocratic
Select the statement that best substantiates why we say, "The
role of management is changing."
Contemporary managers will focus on global issues and green
issues, and continue to emphasize the team approach to work.
All managers do planning. Allison is a general manager for a
large toy store. Each day she plans the number of employees
she will have in each department, including the number of
cashiers. She plans the break schedules and the freight delivery
schedules. In the business world, we refer to this type of
planning as ___________.
operational planning
____________ is concerned with finding the right
information and making that information accessible and
understood by everyone in an organization.
Knowledge management
__________ planning determines the major goals of an
organization and lays the foundation for obtaining and using
resources to achieve those goals.
Strategic
Supervisory managers spend most of their time on:
technical and human relations skills
As a manager, two of Sylvia's strengths are her ability to
communicate goals clearly, and her ability to guide, coach, and
motivate workers. Based on these strengths, __________ is a
management function that Sylvia is likely to be good at
performing.Leading
A benefit of CAD (computer aided design) and CAM (computer
assisted manufacturing) is
It permits customization without a significant increase in price
One strategy U.S. manufacturers have meployed in order to
ecome more competitive is
relying on advanced technology and the internet to unite
companies
Production management is the traditional term used to
describe all the activities managers do to help their firms create
goods
MRP is the acronym for
Materials requirement planning
Transformation, INC. Builds machinery and robots that can
assembl a variety of autos and trucks - including light pick-up
trucks, two-seater sports cars, luxury sedans, full size vans and
SUVs. Transformation sells products to companies that require
Flexible manufacturing
Firms that have a goal of_____ tend to locate tehir facilities
near major highways, ports, rail lines and airports
Reducing time to market
Megatronics, inc. obtains computer components from a variety
of suppliers and puts them together according to customer
specifications to creat custom-made computers. This process is
an example of
An assembly process
In recent years, the service sector of the U.S. economy has
grown much more rapidly than the manufacturing sector
At stevens manufacturing workers are organized in teams that
ocmbine their efforts to produce complex unites of a final
product. Stevens is using a facility layout known as a
modular layout
_____is the creation of goods and services using land, labor,
capital, entrepreneurship, and knowledge
Productionoperations management is the____phase of management
implementation
In a PERT network, the sequence of tasks that takes the longest
to complete is called the
critical path
A firm that is certified as meeting both ISO 9000 and ISO
14000 standards has demonstrated
world-class management of both quality and environmental
standards
The basic reason the term production management has been
replaced by the term operations management is that
the united states is now a service economy
Contemporary operations management planning is an
interfirm process. This means
It is a process where several firms work closesly together to
produce goods and servgices, and anticipate a changing
environment
Today manufacturers are relying more heavily on
One or two suppliers because firms share so much information
The operations planning practice of inputting sales forecasts
into computer software that accurately predicts the amount
and timing of materials needed to complete products and
projects is______
Materials Requirement Planning
Most new manufacturing facilities use
Intermittent processes
Both PERT diagrams and Gantt charts are useful to managers
concerned with
making sure that projects are completed on time
Which of the following statements best reflects the approach
state and governments take to influence the location decisions
of businesses? State and local governments:Often engage in fierce competition to attract businesses,
including the offer of tax breaks, zoning changes, and financial
aid
operations management is a specialized area in management
that converts resources into
both goods and services
modular facilities layouts consist of
teams of workers who work together on a complex assembly
Most new manufactruing facilities use
Intermittent processes
Which of the following statemetns best describes the
distinction between production management and operations
management? Production management involves
Activities managers perform to help create goods while
operations management is a broader term that involves the
activities involved in producing services as well as goods.
Which of the following statements is most accurate
Facility layout is important for manufacturing plants because
facilities layout decisions can have a huge impact on the firm's
costs
Alex is a production manager who believes his firm uses more
of all types of resources that is necessary to produce its
products. He would like to find a way to cut back on labor, and
reduce the firm's investment in tools and space as well. It
seems that edwin would like to adopt
Lean manufacturing
The goal of lean manufacturing is to
produce goods and services with less of everything that goes into
the process
The resurgence of U.S. manufacturing firms in recent years can
be credited to
a number of significant changes in both the production
techniques and management styles used by U.S. firms.
One of sparky's goals is to expand globally. He is most
interested in doing business with the nations of the EuropeanUnion. In order to do business with the European union,
sparky's company should
gain ISO 9000 certification
The arrangements minimotors has worked out with its
suppliers to reduce the amount of inventry the company holds
at any one time shows that it is commited to a(n)
Just-in-time inventory control system
The equipment and software sparky wants to acquire will allow
the computers used to design motors to be linked directly to
the computer-aided equipment on the factory floor. Sparky is
proposing to set up a(n)
computer-integrated manufacturing system
In order to schedule deliveries, minimotors's suppliers need
detailed information about when parts are needed. Minimotors
will purchase a sophisticated computer application that will
link its operation to sales forcasts to maker sure needed parts
and supplies are available at the right time to meet customer
demands. This planning system is known as
Materials requirement planning (MRP)
Sparky sees quality control in terms of detecting potential
problems to prevent their occurrence and thus saves
minimotors mone. The quality controll process that is most
closely linked to Sparky's goal is known as
Six Sixma
Sparky knows that installing the new equipment and training
workers to use it efficiently will be a long and complex process
consisting of many different tasks. which of the following
methods would help him determine how long this project is
likely to take
PERT (program evaulation and review technique)
While minimotors has focused on improving porduction
efficiencies, global customers are inquiring about its
environment policies. In light of its strategy to serve European
customers, sprky has requested two of its lead engineers to
investigate what it would take to meet the environmental
standards of its socially responsible customers. The engineers
should investigate______as best practices for managing a
firm's impact on its environment.
ISO 14000As businesses strive for market expansion, companies add to
their sales force, but opt to eliminate sales offices across the
nation and internationally. How are these firms able to
remotely operate a sales force that contributes toward
increasing the bottom line?
the operation is managed with teleconferencing information
technology, and telecommuting
The national bicycle company of japan makes 18 byicycle
models in more than 2 million cobinations, with each
combination designed to fit the needs of a specific customer.
The customer chooses the model, size, color, and design
mass customization
The purpose of determining the critical path on a pert network
is to
identify the sequence of tasks that takes the longest to complete
which of the following statements about the impact of
CAD/CAM on manufacturing is most accurate? CAD/CAM
Has made it possible to produce custom-designed products with
little increase in costs.
A company becomes lean by____its capacity to produce highquality goods, while_____its need for resources
increasing; decreasing
Organizing a buisness beings with:
Determining the work to be done
Dividing tasks into smaller jobs:
Job Specialization
Job Specialization often enables employees to:
Imporve thier job performance
The term mass production refers to:
efficiently producing large quantities of goods
Henri Fayol and Max Weber are best know for their
contributions to
Organized theoryMax Weber used the term ________ to describe middle
managers whose job was to implement the orders of top
management:
Bureaucrats
The line of authority that moves from the top of a hierarchy to
the lowest level is called the:
Chain of command
In a bureaucratic organization:
employees follow strict rules and regulations
The management at Patriot Mills works hard to ensure that no
one in its organization has more than one boss and all workers
are treated with fairness and respect. Additionally, the firm
divides the work inot areas of specialization so that everyone
knows to whom they should report. The management o Patriot
Mills reflects the ideas and principles of:
Henri Fayol
Which of the following correctly identifies the rationale behind
the unity of command principle of management?
Workers can become frustrated and confused if they have more
than one boss
Which of the following determines the degree of
decentralization a firm might use?
The degree to which lower level management is empowered to
make decisions.
Compared to the centralized management structure, which of
the following is a disadvantage of the decentralized
management structure.
Weakened corporate image
The optimum number of subordinates a manager can supervise
is refferred to as the:
Span of control
_________ refers to the process of dividing organizational
functions into seperate units
DepartmentalizationA __________ organization is characterized by direct twoway lines of responsibility, authority, and communication
running from the top to the bottom of the organization, with all
people reporting to only one supervisor.
Line
Employees with the formal authority to issue orders, make
policy decisions and enforce discipline are classified as:
Line Managers
Matrix organizational structures were first developed in:
The aerospace industry
All of the following are advantages of a matrix organization
structure EXECPT:
The project teams are temporary
Which of the following describes a group of employees from
different departments working together on a semi-permanent
basis?
Cross-functional teams
Which of the following positions would be classified as a staff
position?
A lawyer employed in the legal department of a manufacturing
position
Today U.S. companies in the manufacturing sector:
have altered their production and managerial styles in order to
regain thier competitive edge in many industries
Production maagement has been the traditional term used to
refer to the activities managers perform to help their firms
created:
Goods
In recent years, the service sector of the U.S. economy has:
grown much more rapidly than the manufacturing sector
The U.S. economy is now dominated by the:
service sector
The basic reason the term production management has been
replaced by the term operations management is that:the United States now is a service economy
The resurgence of U.S. mnufacturing firms in recent years can
be credited to:
a number of significant changes in both the production
techniques and management styles used by U.S. firms
_________ is the process of selecting a geographic location
for a company's operations:
Facility location
Firms that have a goal of __________ tend to locate facilities
near major highways, ports, rail lines and airports.
reducing time to market
________ is the arrangement of resources to produce goods
and services effectively and efficiently.
Facility layout
For services, the facility layout is usually desinged to:
help customers find and buy things
Unlike an assembly line where workers perform only a few
tasks, in a _________ layout teams of workers combine to
perform a variety of tasks needed to produce more complex
units of a final product.
Modular
In today's quality control programs, emphasis is placed on:
achieving customer satisfaction
The idea behind the Deming Cycle is to:
find potential errors before they occur
The ___________ National Quality Award is given to firms
that achieve an outstanding level of overall quality based on
performance in seven key areas.
Malcom Baldrige
___________ standards are concerned with the best
practices for managing an organization's environmental
impacts.
ISO 14000Which of the following statements best describes the impact of
recent advances in information technology on business
location decisions?
Advances in information technology will give firms more
flexibility in their location decisions by reducting the need to
locate close to sources of labor
Which of the following statements about facility location is
most accurate?
Manufactures often seek to reduce time-to-market by locating
facilities in areas which access to key modes of transportation
Which of the following statements about facility layout is most
accurate?
Facility layout is imporant for manufacturing plants because
facilities layout decisions can have a huge impact on the firm's
costs.
Which of the following statments would best describe the
quality standard for most service businesses?
Our customers are our best guides as to what our quality
standards should be.
For most service businesses the quality standard has become:
delighting customers by anticipating their needs
The good feeling people get when they have done a job well is
a(n):
intrinsic
___________ was the father of scientific management.
Frederick Taylor
Frank and Lillian Gilbreth developed the principle of
_____________, which said that every job could be broken
down into a series of elementary motions.
motion economy
A basic idea of __________ was to conduct time-motion
studies to find the best way to perform each task, then teach
people to use these methods.
scientific managementFrank and Lillian Gilbreth thought that every job could be
broken down into a series of elementary motions that they
called:
therbligs
According to the principles of scientific management, the best
way to improve productivity is to:
Use time-motion studies to find the best method of doing each
job, then teach those methods to workers.
The Hawthorne studies were conducted by _________ and
his colleagues from Harvard University
Elton Mayo
The original goal of the Hawthorne studies was to determine:
the level of illumination that was associated with optimum
productivity
The findings of the Hawthorne studies led researchers to look
more closely at how ___________ could lead to better
productivity
the human side of motivation
Which of the following statements would Elton Mayo be most
likely to make soon after concluding his Hawthorne studies?
Employees who enjoy their work environment and believe they
are respected are likely to be more productive workers.
Which of the following statements about worker motivation is
most conssistent with the findings of the Hawthorne studies?
Workers are more motivated if they feelk they are part of a
special group or project
Maslow was mainly concerned with explaining how:
human motivation was related to a hierarchy of needs
Maslow called the needs people have for security at work and
home:
safety needs
Maslow placed__________needs at the highest level of his
hierarchy.
self-actualizationAbraham Maslow thought that once needs at one level of his
hierarchy were met:
another, higher order need would emerge to motivate that
person.
Herzberg found that the factors that provided the highest level
of motivation were mostly associated with:
job content
Herzberg's research found that the factor that ranked highest
as a motivator was:
a sense of achievement
Herzberg's research found that safe working conditions and
good pay:
helped maintain worker satisfaction, but did little to increase
motivation
The practice of moving workers from one job to anoher to
make work more interesting is known as:
job rotation
Douglas McGregor described two very different sets of
managerial attitudes about workers, which he called:
Theory X and Theory Y
________________ is the process of evaluating human
resource needs, finding the people to fill those needs, and
getting the best work out of each employee by providing the
best incentives and job environment, all with the goal of
meeting the organization's objectives.
Human resource management
The ultimate resource of a firm is its:
employees
Today, human resource management has become so important
that in many firms it has become:
a function of managers in all areas of an organization
__________ workers have a higher skill level than thier
current job requires
UnderemployedWhich of the following statements best describes the current
view of the role of human resource management within a firm?
Huaman resource management functions have become so
important that in many firms all managers now perform them
The first step in the huamn resources planning process is to:
prepare a human resource inventory
A(n)_____________is prepared as a part of the huamn
resource planning process, and indicates the characteristics
and qualifications of the organization's labor force, thus
helping the firm determine whether its employees are
technically up-to-date and adequately trained.
human resource inventory
A __________ is a study of what is done by employees who
fill various job titles:
job analysis
A________is a statement that identifies the minimum
qualifications required of a worker in order to perform a
specific job.
Job specification
A job________is a statement that identifies the objectives of
a job, the type of work to be done, the responsibilities nd duties
that are associated with the job, the working conditions, and
the relationship of the job to other functions.
description
The_________, which is developed from the previous four
steps of the human resource planning process, addresses how
the firm will accomplish a wide array of human resource
functions such as recruiting, training, compensating,
scheduling, and compensating its employees.
strategic plan
All of the following are essential elements of a job description
EXCEPT:
the minimum qualifications workers must have to fill the
position.
Which of the following statements identifies a key difference
between a job description and a job specification?A job description is a statement about the job, which a job
specificatin is a statement about the person who does the job
_______ is the set of activities used to legally obtain a
sufficient number of the right people at the right time and to
select those who best meet the needs of the organization.
Recruitmet
Help wanted ads, public and private employment agencies, and
college placement bureaus are all _____sources that human
resource managers can use in the recruiting efforts.
external
Which of the following would be used by a manager who
wanted to fill a position using an internal source?
promotion of a current employee
Which of the following statements about recruiting is most
accurate?
It is important for a firm to recruit nd hire peope who are not
only skilled but who also fit in with the firm's culture and
leadership style
The first step in the selection process is usually:
obtaining complete application forms
One of the main complaints made by critics of employment
tests in that these tests:
Have been used to discriminate against certain groups
________introduces new employees to the organization,
their fellow workers, their supervisors, and to the policies, and
objectives of the firm.
Employee orientation
A(n)________is an employee organization that represents
workers in employee-management bargaining over job-related
issues.
labor union
The union movement in the United States was an outgrowth of
the economic transition caused by the:
Industrial RevolutionThe first national labor organization in the United States was
the:
Knights of Labor
In a(n)________, all of the members are skilled specialists in
a particular trade.
Craft Union
Critics of labor unions argue that unions are no longer needed
to protect workers from abusive and unfair treatment because:
laws and modern management attitudes minimize the possibility
of unsafe working conditions and unfair treatment of workers
found in earlier eras.
The______Act established the National Labor Relations
Board.
Wagner
___________is the process by which representatives of a
union meet with representatives of management to negotiate a
labor contract for workers.
Collective bargaining
The_________was established by the Wagner Act to oversee
labor-management relations.
National Labor Relations Board
The first federal minimum wage was established by the:
Fair Labor Sandards Act
The __________outlawed the use of yellow-dog contracts
and prohibited courts from issuing injunctions agains
nonviolent union activists.
Norris-LaGuardia Act
The_______guranteed the rights of individual union
members when dealing with their union.
Landrum-Griffin Act
The Taft-Hartley Act:
allowed individual states to pass right-to-work laws prohibiting
compulsory union membership
One goal of the Landrum-Griffin Act was to:clean up the corrupt practices of unions
The Wagner Act is best described as a(n):
pro-union law
The Labor-management Relations Act ( or Taft-Hartley Act)
can be best described as a law which:
placed limitations on union activities and gave more power to
management in dealing with unions
The primary purpose of collective bargaining is to:
negotiate a labor-management agreement that both the union
and management are willing to accept.
Over the past several decades unions have:
frequently changed objectives as the result of shifts in social and
economic conditions
Under__________workers are not required to join the
union, but those who do not join still must pay a fee or regular
dues to the union.
agency shop agreements
Under a(n)___________shop agreement, workers must
belong to the union before they are hired
closed
If a union is present in a firm that has a(n)________shop
arrangement, workers may join the union if they wish, but they
are not required to join or pay a union fee in order to keep their
jobs.
Open
__________ is the study of how a society
employs its limited resources to
produce goods and services and how it
distributes them among competing
groups and individuals.
Definition
Economics
Term
___________ studies the operation of a
nation's economy as a whole.
Definition
Macroeconomics
Term Definition____________ looks at the behavior of
individual people and organizations in
specific markets.
Microeconomics
Term
The study of how to increase the
amount of available resources and
create conditions that will make better
use of these resources.
Definition
Resource development
Term
Economist Thomas Malthus believed
that ______________ would limit
economic progress.
Definition
overpopulation
Term
Neo-Malthusians (followers of Thomas
Malthus) believe that the solution to
poverty is:
Definition
Birth control
Term
A key to economic growth and
development is to:
Definition
Provide people with better education
Term
_________ is considered by some to be
the father of modern economics.
Definition
Adam Smith
Term
Which of the following is an important
premise of Smith's conclusions about
economic prosperity?
A. Individual freedom is necessary if a
society is to prosper.
B. Understanding the concept of
survival of the fittest will lead to
prosperity.
C. Determining what motivates people
will lead to prosperity.
Definition
AD. Command economies and structured
markets must be in place before we can
work toward prosperity.
Term
A(n) _____________ curve shows the
relationship between the price of a good
and the quantity of that good people are
willing and able to buy in a given time
period.
Definition
supply
Term
Which of the following would be a topic
emphasized in a microeconomics class?
Definition
How market conditions determine the
price of a specific product.
Term
Economics was known as the "Dismal
Science" because
Definition
Too many people would result in food
shortages and shortages of other
resources
Term
How is it that people working in their
own self-interest produce goods,
services, and wealth for others?
Definition
In order to earn money and produce
goods that improve lives, self-directed
gain would provide jobs, and
subsequently wages for others.
Term
Adam Smith believed that countries
would prosper if businesspeople were
free to start and run their own
businesses. Businesspeople would make
a profit by providing the goods, services
and ideas that others in the economy
wanted, and they would hire others to
help increase those profits, leading to
social and economics benefits for many.
This idea was called the __________.
Definition
invisible hand.
Term
Sue is a gifted cook. She plans to open a
Definitionrestaurant in which she will be the head
chef. Sue is willing to work long hours
because she believes that her culinary
talents and hard work will allow her
business to succeed and earn her
sizeable profits. Sue's efforts are most
consistent with the economic theory
developed by:
Adam Smith.
Term
Jake considers himself to be a follower
of Thomas Malthus. Which of the
following statements would Jake be
most likely to make?
A. The key to economic growth is to
keep taxes and government regulations
to a minimum.
B. Command economies are more likely
to encourage economic growth than
free market economies.
C. Allowing people to follow their selfinterest is the best way to generate
economic growth and prosperity.
D. A society will not experience
sustainable economic progress unless it
accepts the need to limit population
growth.
Definition
D
Term
Which of the following statements
would a follower of Adam Smith be
most likely to make?
A. The federal government should use
its ability to spend and tax to guide the
decisions of businesses and consumers.
B. Market economies are flawed
because they put too much emphasis on
economic growth and not enough on
environmental problems.
C. Overpopulation is the main danger
confronting modern economies.
D. If people are given the freedom to
follow their own interests, theoretically
their efforts will lead to economic
Definition
Dgrowth that benefits society as a whole.
Term
Fourteen years ago, Sergio noticed that
a lot of people who bought personal
computers did not know much about
how to use them and frequently
suffered system crashes and other
aggravations. He decided he could earn
a nice profit by starting a consulting
business to help other people overcome
their computer woes. Although the
business struggled at first, it has
experienced a good deal of success for
the past five years. Sergio has many
satisfied customers, and the business
has grown to the point where he now
employs several workers. Sergio's
experience is an example of:
Definition
The invisible hand.
Term
For many years, Congressman Ricardo
Perez has called for more government
regulation of business. "After all," the
Congressman said recently,
"businesspeople are out to make a
profit, not to create jobs or serve their
customers. The government must pass
more laws to require businesses to take
the interests of consumers and workers
into account." From these comments, it
is clear that Congressman Perez:
Definition
Does not accept the "invisible hand"
idea brought forth by Adam Smith.
Term
In the boxed material "Making Ethical
Decisions," the textbook describes
corruption practices in nations such
as Mexico and theUnited States. These
practices include payoffs to government
officials in order to get an edge on
competing better in one's industry.
Which of the following statements best
Definition
Ethics plays an important role in a
capitalistic system and the freedom to
compete.describes the ethical message of this
boxed material?
Term
According to the invisible hand
concept, the best way for a society to
encourage the creation of jobs and the
production of the products most wanted
by consumers would be to:
Definition
Allow entrepreneurs personal freedom
to follow their own self-interest.
Term
_________ is the name of a free-market
economic system in which most of the
factors of production and distribution -
such as land, factories, railroads, and
stores - are owned by individuals.
Definition
Capitalism
Term
Under capitalism:
A. Most of the means of production and
distribution are privately owned and
operated for profit.
B. The primary function of the
government is to distribute wealth more
evenly.
C. Utilities, health care, education, and
other important services are operated
by the government.
D. Markets operate to carry out the
decisions made by central planners.
Definition
A
Term
The foundation of the U.S. economic
system is based on:
Definition
Capitalism.
Term
Under a capitalistic system, decisions
such as what goods and services to
produce, what to charge, and how
Definition
Individuals.much to import or export are made by:
Term
Which of the following is a basic right
under capitalism?
Definition
The right to compete.
Term
The freedom of people to decide where
they want to work and live, and what
they want to buy or sell are basic
capitalist rights under:
Definition
Freedom of choice
Term
The freedom of people to buy, sell, and
use land, buildings, machinery, and
inventions are basic capitalist rights
under:
Definition
The right to own private property.
Term
A free market is one in which decisions
about what to produce and in what
quantities are made by:
Definition
the market
Term
In a free market economic system, the
mechanism of __________ is the key
determinant used to signal to producers
what to produce and how much to
produce.
Definition
price
Term
The quantity of a good or service that
producers are willing to sell at different
prices during a specific time period is
known as the:
Definition
supply for that product or service.
Term
A simple supply curve shows that an
increase in the price of a good will
Definition
Increase.cause the quantity supplied to:
Term
A simple supply curve shows a
relationship between the:
Definition
Price of a good and the quantity of that
good sellers are willing to offer for sale
at a specific point in time.
Term
A typical demand curve shows that:
Definition
People tend to buy more of a good when
its price decreases
Term
When the supply curve and demand
curve for a particular good are shown
together on a single graph, the point at
which the two curves intersect identifies
the
Definition
Equilibrium price of the good.
Term
When prices are free to adjust over
time, in the long run, the market price
of a good tends to:
Definition
Equal the equilibrium price
Term
If a shortage exists for a good in a freemarket economy, the:
Definition
Price of the good will rise.
Term
__________ is the market situation in
which there are many sellers in a
market and no seller is large enough to
dictate the price of a product.
Definition
Perfect competition
Term
___________ exists when a large
number of firms produce goods that are
similar but are perceived by buyers as
being different.
Definition
Monopolistic competitionTerm
__________ exists when the entire
supply of a good is controlled by a
single seller.
Definition
A monopoly
Term
An oligopoly is a market that is
characterized by:
Definition
A few large sellers who dominate the
market.
Term
Which of the following statements
about capitalism is the most accurate?
A. In capitalist economies, most
resources are owned by the
government.
B. A strength of capitalism is its ability
to deal with environmental problems.
C. Capitalism is characterized by
unequal distribution of wealth and
income.
D. A drawback of capitalism is that
people have little freedom to pursue
their own goals.
Definition
C
Term
Due to the rights and freedoms
afforded under capitalism:
A. people feel safe and don't feel the
need to take added risks by starting
businesses.
B. people are motivated to take
calculated risks.
C. people don't have to choose where
they will work.
D. the prices of necessities are always
very low.
Definition
B
Term
When the market price of a good is
below the equilibrium price, and all
Definition
the quantity demanded will exceed the
quantity supplied.other determinants are unchanged:
Term
When the market price of a good is
below the equilibrium price, and all
other determinants are unchanged:
A. the quantity demanded will exceed
the quantity supplied.
B. the supply curve will be to the right
of the demand curve.
C. a surplus will exist in the market.
D. the government will regulate the
price of the good to ensure equilibrium
is attained.
Definition
A
Term
The markets for laundry detergents,
soft drinks, and automobiles are
dominated by just a few sellers.
Economists would classify these
markets as examples of:
Definition
Oligopolies.
Term
In most large cities there are a large
number of bakeries. These bakeries
produce similar, but not identical,
products. Some bakeries claim to have
the best cheesecakes in town, while
others brag about their cookies or
specialty breads. The bakery market in
a large city is an example of:
Definition
. Monopolistic competition.
Term
The presence of competition in free
markets:
A. Is undesirable because it results in
unnecessary duplication of efforts.
B. Usually results in better quality and
lower prices.
C. Is rare, since most markets
eventually evolve into monopolies.
Definition
BD. Is undesirable, because one big firm
can usually produce goods more
efficiently than a large number of small
firms.
Term
One of the benefits of a free market is
that:
A. Businesses provide customers with
quality products at fair prices.
B. Businesses all make the same amount
of profit.
C. Businesses do better with more
government regulation.
D. The government dictates the number
of competitors there are in each
industry.
Definition
A
Term
One of the greatest concerns associated
with capitalism is that:
A. It is not very successful at creating
wealth.
B. Some businesspeople may let greed
guide their behavior.
C. The amount of economic freedom
enjoyed by consumers is very limited.
D. Producers are unlikely to supply the
goods and services that consumers
value the most.
Definition
B
Term
Patrick lives in a nation whose
government embraces capitalism. He
owns his own home and car, as well as
his own business and building. Patrick
maintains ownership due to:
Definition
The right to own private property.
Term
The "Spotlight on Small Business" box
in Chapter 2 is titled, "The Key to
Definition
DCapitalism is Capital." Which of the
following statements best describes the
message of this story?
A. This box explains that the only
important factor of production for most
businesses is capital.
B. This story explains that loans for
large capital investments come with
sizeable interest rates, but usually
produce better results.
C. Corruption has prevented good will
institutions from making large capital
investments in developing countries.
D. Micro-lending has proven to lift
impoverished entrepreneurs to a better
standard of living.
Term
The market price of apples is currently
rising. In a free-market economy, the
most likely explanation of this price
change is that:
Definition
There is a shortage in the market for
apples.
Term
The price of iPhones™ is falling. In a
free-market economic system where
everything else is equal, the most likely
explanation is:
Definition
The product has competition at the
equilibrium price.
Term
Reality Entertainment, Inc is a major
producer of reality TV programming.
The company faces fierce competition
from three other major producers of
similar shows. Together, Reality
Entertainment and its three rivals
control almost the entire reality TV
programming. Their market
environment is called:
Definition
An oligopoly
Term DefinitionOn its website, Papa 's Pizza compares
itself to the competition with the
following message: "better ingredients,
better pizza". The company wants to
achieve:
Product differentiation
Term
Which of the following statements most
accurately identifies a limitation of the
free-market economic system?
Definition
Free-market economies tend to result in
unequal distribution of wealth.
Term
Going green, as described in the boxed
material titled, Thinking Green,
describes the green revolution. The
auto industry is participating in this
revolution. Farmers are participating in
this revolution. By promoting the fact
that they sell "green" products, or that
they utilize "green" techniques to
produce the products and services that
they sell, firms who fall under a
_______________ type market may
have opportunity to differentiate
themselves from the competition.
Definition
monopolistic competition
Term
A major premise of a socialist system
is:
Definition
To reduce the inequality in the
distribution of wealth.
Term
A major benefit of socialism is the:
Definition
Emphasis on social equality
Term
Under the __________ system there is
very little incentive to work hard or to
produce quality goods or services.
Definition
socialist
Term
Under the __________ system the
Definitionnumber of choices in the market is
directly related to government
involvement in markets.
communist
Term
There are some restrictions on freedom
of assembly and freedom of speech
under a ____________ system.
Definition
communist
Term
Brain drain has occurred in many
socialistic nations because:
Definition
Tax rates on well-respected
professionals such as doctors tend to be
very high.
Term
Communism is an economic system in
which:
A. The government and private citizens
own equal shares of the economic
resources.
B. Almost all of the productive
resources are owned by private
businesses.
C. The government makes almost all of
the major economic decisions.
D. Individual consumers make all
economic decisions.
Definition
C
Term
In recent years, countries with
communist economic and political
systems have:
Definition
Experienced severe economic
depression.
Term
The economic and political system in
which the government owns almost all
the major factors of production is
called:
Definition
Communism.Term
Communist values are disappearing
because:
Definition
Shortages abound due to the fact that
the government cannot rely on good
information.
Term
Which of the following statements
provides the most accurate comparison
of socialism and communism?
A. Under socialism, the government
owns most businesses, while under
communism the church owns most
businesses.
B. Both socialism and communism want
to achieve a more equal distribution of
income and wealth, but under
communism, the government takes
more control over people's lives.
C. Socialism strives for an equal
distribution of income but communism
wants income to go primarily to those
who own and operate private
businesses.
D. Communism believes that the
government should always strive to
balance its budget, while socialism
accepts deficit spending as the price of
achieving true equality.
Definition
B
Term
Which of the following people would
tend to favor a socialist economy?
A. John wants to live in a country with
low marginal tax rates.
B. Robin wants to live in a country that
encourages rapid economic growth.
C. Liz wants to live in a country with
limited government regulation.
D. Fred prefers to live in a country that
promotes social equality.
Definition
D
Term DefinitionWhich of the following people would
tend to favor a communist economy?
A. John wants to live in a country with
low marginal tax rates.
B. Robin wants to live in a country that
encourages rapid economic growth.
C. Liz wants to live in a country where
the government makes almost all of the
economic decisions.
D. Fred prefers to live in a country with
limited government regulation.
C
Term
One of the most significant problems
faced by communist nations is:
Definition
Persistent shortages of basic goods such
as food and clothing.
Term
Abby left her native land in Eastern
Europe to become a nanny for a family
in a western suburb of Chicago, Illinois.
One of the benefits of her arrangement
was that she could attend the
community college near her family's
residence. When she arrived at her new
job, she experienced some immediate
differences. Abby noted that public
transportation in northern Illinois was
limited and expensive, making it
difficult to get to school. For a
negligible fee, the government in her
native country provided public
transportation to everyone. The
economic system in Abby's native
country was more characteristic of
___________.
Definition
socialism
Term
Jorge Martinez is a well-educated
entrepreneur who operated a small
business in his home country of
Florentina. At the encouragement of his
American relatives, Jorge recently
Definition
Brain drainimmigrated to the United States and
applied forU.S. citizenship. "In
Florentina, tax rates were very high,"
Jorge complained. "The government
used the taxes I paid to finance all sorts
of social programs to help the less
fortunate. While this is a noble goal, it
has really undermined the profit
incentive of individuals such as me. I
really feel that these high taxes have
stifled economic growth." Jorge's
comments illustrate the reason many
socialist countries are experiencing
a(n):
Term
Recently, Hugo Chavez, the Prime
Minister of Venezuela, announced that
he is standing behind the concept of
state owned utilities, public schools, and
the communications industry of his
nation. Although not all industry is
owned and managed by the
government, his ideas would lead one to
believe that he has a preference for:
Definition
A communistic state
Term
Mike spends a lot of time blogging.
Yesterday, he left the following
comment on a site where participants
were discussing the pros and cons of
healthcare: "If you think healthcare is
expensive now, wait until it is free. The
problem with free rides is, eventually
everyone piles on the bus and no one is
left to push it. Then the system
collapses." He was responded to by
Martha, who added,"Universal
healthcare is not a dirty word. It's the
salvation for many people. If I have to
pay a little more in taxes and know that
my neighbor's kids have good pre-school
and can see the doctor when needed, it's
worth it to me." Mike and Martha are
Definition
Healthcare under socialismdiscussing the benefits and drawbacks
of:
Term
Today, the economic systems of most
nations could most accurately be
classified as:
Definition
Mixed economies
Term
Both socialism and communism are
variations of:
Definition
Command economies
Term
A major trend in the world today is
that:
A. Free-market economies are moving
more toward socialism and socialist
economies are moving more toward
capitalism.
B. Productivity in the service sector is
increasing much more rapidly than
productivity in agriculture and
manufacturing.
C. Governments in socialist economies
are increasing their use of social
programs and relying on higher tax
rates to finance these programs.
D. Governments in countries with
capitalist economies are paying less
attention to environmental concerns
and issues involving social equality.
Definition
A
Term
A command economic system is
characterized by:
A. Reliance on the forces of supply and
demand to determine what is produced.
B. Reliance on the government to
determine what is produced and who
gets the output.
C. An extremely rapid rate of economic
Definition
Bgrowth.
D. Freedom of choice and freedom of
competition.
Term
The social and economic goals of
__________ include private ownership
of land and business.
Definition
capitalism
Term
The "Reaching Beyond Our Borders"
box in Chapter 2, explains the changing
business climate in other nations. What
kinds of experiences areU.S. based
companies facing abroad?
A. Companies are only benefitting
when they set-up business in a nation
with a similar economic and/or political
system as the home-based business.
B. Companies such as U.S. based
General Motors is competing well
in Japan, but having a difficult time
in Mexico.
C. For some food franchisors such as
Yum Brands, the economic and
political systems are not preventing
them from growing the business
abroad.
D. Differentiating oneself abroad is
detrimental because socialist nations
seek equality, even in food products and
advertising.
Definition
C
Term
During the recession of 2008-2009, the
administrations of Presidents George
W. Bush and Barack Obama flooded
several banking, financial services, and
insurance firms with government funds
in exchange (at least temporarily) for
government ownership rights. The
unprecedented move signaled the
Definition
Cgovernment's concern that the global
banking system might collapse if these
firms ended up in bankruptcy. The
decision for active government
involvement in the operations of these
firms demonstrates:
A. The unforgiving nature of
capitalism.
B. The desire for more individuals in
the U.S. to live under a socialist system.
C. The trend toward mostly capitalist
nations to move toward socialism.
D. The freedoms the U.S. government
has under capitalism.
Term
As the term "global" become "local",
and as we see more opportunities to
compete in the global market,
A. the long-term trend is for most
nations to operate as mixed economies.
B. disagreements about the best
economic system to embrace will cause
many nations to close their doors to
outside commerce.
C. the only industries that governments
will want to own are the ones that are
profitable.
D. the forecast is for socialist nations to
trend toward communism (Cuba is the
example) and for capitalist nations to
trend toward socialism.
Definition
A
Term
Over the years, the government of
Montivia has focused on implementing
programs that promote equality. On
the short-term, though, Montivia
legislators are concerned about the very
slow rate of growth that has plagued its
national economy. In order to address
this problem, the government is likely
to:
A. Take control of more major
Definition
Bindustries.
B. Reduce taxes and cut back on some
social programs.
C. Make sure to balance its budget.
D. Avoid the use of fiscal policies and
reduce the supply of money in
circulation.
Term
In an effort to promote rapid growth,
the government of Goldinia has kept
taxes low, done little to regulate
business activities, and implemented
only modest social programs. The
government is now facing political
pressure to do more to clean up the
environment and to reduce the
inequalities of income and wealth.
Which of the following statements is
most accurate? Goldinia's government
is currently taking:
A. A purely capitalist approach to
achieve its economic goals, and is likely
to continue doing so in the future.
B. A purely socialist approach to
achieve its economics goals, and is likely
to continue doing so in the future.
C. A predominately socialist approach
to achieving economic goals, but the
current pressures it faces suggest it is
likely to adopt a more capitalist
approach in the future.
D. A predominately capitalist approach
toward achieving economic goals, but
the current pressures it faces suggest it
is likely to adopt a more socialist
approach in the future.
Definition
D
Term
The prime minister of the nation of
Urbania has called for Urbania's
legislature to enact new legislation
designed to shift his country away from
socialism toward a more capitalistic
Definition
Dsystem. The Prime Minister
acknowledges that such a radical
change will entail some hardships, and
that some citizens will be unhappy with
the changes. The most likely source of
dissatisfaction with a move toward
capitalism is:
A. Decrease in wealth.
B. People will have less economic
freedom.
C. Tax rates will have to increase.
D. A trend toward unequal distribution
of wealth.
Term
The National Coalition on Healthcare
Reform reports that nearly 18% of
the U.S. population under the age of 65
is without healthcare. If this advocacy
group succeeds in convincing the
current administration and Congress to
vote for basic healthcare for everyone,
which of the following is likely to
occur?
A. More rapid economic growth.
B. Higher taxes than in past years.
C. Increasing reliance on markets to
determine economic outcomes.
D. An increase in the number of
insurance companies.
Definition
B
Term
Several years ago, the nation of
Florentina had a government-owned
telecommunication system that lagged
far behind other nations. In several of
its rural areas, there was only one
phone for an entire village of people.
Government taxes collected for the
purpose of maintaining the telephone
system were very meager, so the notion
of expanding service was almost
impossible. The government of
Florentina decided to sell the phone
Definition
Dcompany to a private firm. The private
firm expanded rapidly. It reported that
even poor consumers were willing to
pay for a private phone line. This
government decision and subsequent
sale was:
A. A move toward nationalism.
B. A move toward communism.
C. A move toward socialism.
D. A move toward capitalism.
Term
The U.S. economic system relies on
A. The private sector to measure its
economic well being.
B. Industries that produce capital
equipment to determine how well things
are going.
C. Frictional unemployment statistics
as the sole measure of economic health.
D. Key economic indicators such
as GDP, to measure economic progress.
Definition
D
Term
The total value of final goods and
services produced within a nation's
borders in a given year is known as that
nation's:
Definition
gross domestic product
Term
Three important economic indicators of
theUnited States are the unemployment
rate, the price indices, and the:
Definition
gross domestic product (GDP).
Term
The four basic types of unemployment
are frictional, structural, seasonal,
and:
Definition
cyclical
Term Definition__________ unemployment refers to
persons who purposefully quit their
jobs and have not yet found a new job.
Frictional
Term
__________ unemployment refers to
unemployment caused by the
restructuring of firms or by a mismatch
between the skills of job seekers and the
requirements of available jobs.
Definition
Structural
Term
__________ unemployment refers to
loss of jobs due to a recession or a
similar downturn in the economy.
Definition
Cyclical
Term
__________ unemployment results
when the demand for labor varies
during the year.
Definition
Seasonal
Term
The _________ is a statistic used to
compute the pace of inflation or
deflation.
Definition
consumer price index
Term
The measure used to report price
changes at the wholesale level is the:
Definition
producer price index (PPI).
Term
_____________ refers to a general rise
in the price level of goods and services
over time.
Definition
Inflation
Term
__________ is a condition in which
inflation is increasing, at a decreasing
Definition
Disinflationrate.
Term
__________ is a condition in which the
average level of prices is actually
falling.
Definition
Deflation
Term
A __________ is a very severe recession
that is usually accompanied by a
decline in the average level of prices.
Definition
depression
Term
In recent years, U.S. manufacturing has
experienced ___________ productivity.
Definition
rising
Term
The next wave of marketable
innovations may involve new ways to
produce and conserve energy. If we can
turn new technology into marketable
products and services that produce
energy to run our businesses and
homes, the U.S.could see a surge in
output of goods and services. The
Department of Economic Development
would document this surge by
measuring the ______.
Definition
Gross Domestic Product
Term
One reason the CPI is monitored very
closely by government, businesses, and
workers is that:
Definition
Some wages, interest rates, tax rates,
and government benefits are tied to
changes in the value of the CPI.
Term
____________ in the service sector has
not shown the significant improvement
that it has in the manufacturing sector.
There are significant advances in the
Definition
Productivityquality of service, but workers in this
sector are unable to increase the
number of persons served in a given
time period.
Term
. If consumers see a measurable
increase in the price of coffee, they are
likely to change their consumption to
less expensive tea. These substitutions
would show-up in the ____________.
Definition
Chained Consumer Price Index
Term
Which of the following indicators
provides the clearest indication that an
economy is experiencing deflation?
A. A decrease in the unemployment
rate.
B. A decrease in GDP.
C. An increase in the PPI.
D. A decrease in the CPI.
Definition
D
Term
A collapse in Buldovia's banking system
eventually led to companies unable to
borrow money to run their businesses.
Firms terminated employees. These
circumstances cut into consumer's
purchasing power, causing a severe
decline in the prices of goods and
services, better known as _______.
Definition
Deflation.
Term
The nation of Florentina is in the midst
of a serious economic downturn. The
nation's GDPhas declined steadily for
over five years and is now at its lowest
level in over fifty years. Florentina's
unemployment rate is at an all time
high and the nation's CPI is falling.
Florentina's economic condition is
Definition
Depression.referred to as a:
Term
John complained to his buddy, Frank,
that prices have increased a lot over the
past year. Frank disagreed, saying that
the prices of some goods have gone up a
bit, but other prices have declined,
noting that you can get some good buys
on houses right now. Frank feels that
the average price of consumer goods
hasn't changed. Frank and John can
refer to the __________ to learn how
government economists currently view
the price situation.
Definition
GDP
Term
Emily recently quit her job at a major
corporation because she saw little
chance for advancement. Although she
is still searching for a new position,
Emily believes the economy is healthy
and she hears that several firms are
hiring people with her qualifications.
Which of the following statements
about Emily's current situation is most
accurate? Emily is:
A. Not considered unemployed because
she voluntarily quit her job.
B. An example of cyclical
unemployment.
C. An example of frictional
unemployment.
D. Likely to find employment quickly if
she seeks training in a different field.
Definition
C
Term
Kathleen's company produces
computer monitors and other
peripheral devices for computers.
About six months ago, Kathleen began
to keep track of number of hours
Definition
Aworked, and the resulting output at her
particular work site. Comparing the
results, she found that the number of
workers (and the hours they worked)
remained relatively steady over the past
six months, however, the work site's
output increased significantly. This
indicates that:
A. Productivity at the work site has
increased.
B. The work site sold-off some of its
excess inventory.
C. The company's prices have increased
faster than the wages paid to workers.
D. The company should hire more
workers.
Term
Which of the following statements
about business cycles in the U.S. is most
accurate?
A. Business cycles occur precisely every
5 years.
B. Long term business cycles have only
two phases—boom and bust.
C. Seasonal business cycles occur
within a year.
D. Business cycles are based on
theories.
Definition
C
Term
Which of the following statements
about productivity in the service sector
of the U.S.economy is most accurate?
A. Productivity in the service sector has
increased much more rapidly than
productivity in the manufacturing
sector.
B. Improving productivity in the
service sector is much less important
than improving productivity in the
manufacturing sector, because the
service sector does not really produce
anything.
Definition
DC. Productivity in the service sector is
easier to measure than productivity in
agriculture.
D. Measures of productivity in the
service sector do a poor job of taking
quality improvements into account.
Term
Chase is a recent college graduate with
a new job as an engineering trainee for
a large defense company. Now that he is
making good wages, he hopes to start
saving for his first house and also
contribute toward the company
retirement plan. As he looks over his
monthly bills, Chase is concerned about
ever getting ahead of the game. His
food bill, car payment, and mounting
gasoline payments keep him in the "just
making ends meet" category. As his
mind wonders back to the good ol'
college days, he reflects on a time when
gas and food seemed a lot more
reasonable. Chase is experiencing the
effects of:
Definition
Inflation
Term
Gabby and Gus Malloy recently got
pre-approved on a loan for their first
house purchase. They are speculating
on how much they should bid on their
number one choice - a small, threebedroom bungalow near a major
college town. Which of the following
indicators may be an important factor
in whether they are able to successfully
put in a low bid?
A. The federal tax rate in that area
B. The unemployment rate in that area
C. The producer's price index in that
area
D. The CMI - consumer's marginal
index
Definition
CTerm
Patrick just landed a job working for a
major online gaming company
in Silicon Valley. In a lot of ways, this is
his dream job come true - the chance to
work for a company that makes gaming
software and live in California at the
same time. As his plane lands at San
Jose International, he pictures a snazzy
apartment with a palm tree right
outside the front door. A few hours
later, as he meets a property manager
of a large apartment complex, his heart
sinks. The price of apartments is out of
sight! Back at the hotel, he logs on to
the Bureau of Labor Statistics to try to
get a better picture of why the cost of
housing is so high in this region of
the U.S. Which factors may be causing
the rise in the price of housing?
A. Low Unemployment rate and
increasing GDP
B. High consumer's marginal index and
low PPI
C. Low CPI and high state tax rate
D. Decreasing Disruptive Technologies
Index and high unemployment
Definition
A
Term
. At the onset of the 2008 economic
slowdown, prices at the grocery stores
continued to rise. In some cases,
products such as milk and bread almost
doubled in price. In March 2008,
a Bostonnewspaper reported, "The
price of eggs was up 40% and milk was
up 26%." Consumers were already
being hit with high energy costs, and
now their confidence in the economy
was further shaken with job cuts and a
loss of discretionary income due to
increases in food prices. The economy
was slowing, but prices were rising,
signifying the potential for
Definition
stagflation___________.
Term
John is creating a presentation on the
consumer price index, for his business
class. He wants students to understand
that food and energy prices have risen
more rapidly than other market items
that the government traditionally
measures for inclusion in
the CPI calculation. He will show
students that the core inflation figure
will be _______ than the CPI. He will
then inform the class that if consumers
begin substituting, for example: If the
prices at full service hair styling salons
get too exorbitant, consumers may
substitute by going to cheaper hair
cutting salons. This will make the
___________ calculation lower.
A. higher; C-CPI
B. lower; C-CPI
C. lower, PPI
D. higher, PPI
Definition
B
Term
Recently the U.S. national debt was a
little more than:
A. $10 trillion.
B. $25 trillion.
C. $560 billion.
D. $380 billion.
Definition
A
Term
____________ refers to the efforts of
the federal government to keep the
economy stable by increasing or
decreasing taxes and/or government
spending.
Definition
Fiscal policy
Term DefinitionFiscal policy involves increases or
decreases in:
Government spending and taxes.
Term
When the federal government's
collection of tax revenues is less than
what it spends in a given year, it results
in a:
Definition
National deficit
Term
When the government runs a continual
budget deficit, it increases the:
Definition
National debt
Term
In the U.S., the __________ has the role
of managing the money supply and
interest rates.
Definition
Federal Reserve Bank
Term
On average, what percentage of
the GDP does theU.S. government
collect through taxes?
A. 50%
B. 10.5%
C. 28.2%
D. 33.33%
Definition
C
Term
One way to lessen the U.S. government
budget deficit is to:
A. cut spending.
B. increase spending.
C. call-in government savings bonds.
D. increase government social
programs such as welfare, food-stamps,
and Medicare.
Definition
A
Term
Efforts by the Federal Reserve Bank
Definition(the Fed) to control the money supply
and interest rates are known as:
monetary policy
Term
The Federal Reserve Bank operates:
A. as a semi-private organization not
under the direct control of the
government.
B. under the direct control of the
executive branch of the government.
C. under the direction of the Banking
Oversight Committee of Congress.
D. as a special agency of the U.S.
Treasury.
Definition
A
Term
Which of the following statements
about government deficit spending is
most accurate?
A. The federal government violates the
law by running deficits because the U.S.
Constitution requires the government
to balance its budget each year.
B. Although the government used to
run big deficits, it has consistently run
surpluses since the late 1980s.
C. The government has used deficit
spending to lower the national debt.
D. One reason the government has a
hard time reducing deficits is that there
is a great deal of pressure on the
government to expand its spending each
year.
Definition
D
Term
While scanning the movies section in
your local online newspaper, you click
on the business section by mistake.
While you're there, you quickly scan a
report that says government spending
will again exceed tax revenues in the
current year. This means that the:
Definition
AA. Total national debt is likely to
increase.
B. National deficit is likely to decrease.
C. Rate of inflation is likely to fall.
D. Monetary policies pursued by the
Fed need tightening.
Term
Which of the following statements
about the Federal Reserve Bank (the
Fed) is most accurate?
A. The Fed is an agency of the U.S.
Treasury Department that has the
responsibility of collecting tax receipts
for the IRS.
B. The Fed manages the U.S. money
supply and interest rates.
C. The Fed is the primary government
agency involved in carrying out our
nation's fiscal policies.
D. The Fed is the agency of the
government that ensures
the U.S. maintains enough gold reserves
to pay any foreign debts that result
from international trade.
Definition
B
Term
During the economic crisis of 2008-
2009, Presidents George W. Bush and
Barack Obama increased government
spending by $2 trillion, in order to
revive the ailing economy. Their
strategy followed the economic theory
known as:
Definition
Keynesian
Term
Keynesian economic theory suggests:
A. Reducing government involvement
in the free-market economy.
B. Proposing long-term solutions in
order to create wider swings in the
business cycle.
Definition
DC. A more permanent government
involvement in the banking system,
even creating a national banking system
that owns and operates most of the
global and regional banks.
D. Short-term increases in government
spending to stimulate the economy.
Term
Senator Gong Lee is alarmed at the
state of the economy. Unemployment is
high and GDP is low. Senator Lee has
called for Congress to take action to
increase government spending and cut
taxes in order to stimulate the economy.
The actions called for by Senator Lee
are examples of:
Definition
Fiscal policy
Term
Your professor showed you an Internet
video of the chair of the Federal
Reserve Bank speaking to the American
public. The message he is conveying
indicates that Fed economists are
worried about inflation and believe the
best course of action would be to slow
the economy. Which of the following
policies is the Fed most likely to
pursue?
A. Increase taxes.
B. Decrease interest rates.
C. Restrict the money supply and
increase interest rates.
D. Devalue the dollar on international
currency exchanges.
Definition
C
Term
Ben recently lost his job at a
major U.S. auto plant in one of the rust
belt states. After looking unsuccessfully
for work in a similar industry for
several months, he plans to start
Definition
Dinterviewing with road and bridge
repair companies. He speculates that if
the government begins to contract with
companies that repair highways and
bridges, he may find steady work, at
least in the short-term. Which of the
following statements best describes the
strategy behind his thoughts?
A. The best way for the government to
reign-in on too much money floating
around the system is to hire people and
pay them wages.
B. Ben doesn't understand the causes of
unemployment. We obviously don't
need any more autos on the roads if the
plant has closed. Repairs will slow
down rather than increase.
C. If the current administration asks
the FED to raise interest rates, it will do
more than if the current administration
begins contracting with road repair
companies.
D. By increasing government spending
through road and bridge repair and
construction, the government will
intervene in the free-market economic
system to help jump-start a weak
economy.
Term
Lance owns Lance Lawns Irrigation
Systems, LLC, a company that installs
and maintains underground lawn
irrigation systems. Business is down
due to new housing starts being
negatively impacted by a deep
recession. To make things worse, his
bank called yesterday to inform him
that his credit limit (interest fee of
12.5%) will be cut from $30,000 per
year to $15,000 per year, unless he is
willing to pay a higher interest rate of
20%. As Lance drives to the first job
this morning, he knows that his last
task of the day will be to reduce the
Definition
Chours for his two employees. He can't
afford to work employees eight hours
per day, with only a $15,000 line of
credit. Which of the following strategies
will help Lance's situation?
A. Increase government spending on
public parks.
B. Decrease government spending so
that banks can keep more reserves.
C. Fed decreases interest rates
D. Fed increases the federal funds rates
to jump-start the economy.
Term
If businesses are producing at capacity,
and the nation is experiencing almost
full employment (a very low rate of
unemployment - less than 2%), the Fed
may decide to:
A. Lower interest rates.
B. Raise taxes.
C. Lower taxes.
D. Increase interest rates.
Definition
D
Term
Gig started Giganeers to earn a profit,
but by working hard and increasing his
market share, he was able to create jobs
for others. This is an example of the
______________ concept.
Definition
invisible hand
Term
Gig's native country of Frinezia was
much different from the United States.
In addition to its higher tax rates, the
government offered more extensive
social programs that were designed to
redistribute income and reduce
inequality. Although small businesses
were privately owned and operated in
Frinezia, many basic industries were
owned and operated by the
Definition
Socialism.government. From this information,
you would classify Frinezia's economic
system as ___________.
Term
The broadcast that reported a decline
in total output for the United
States probably got some of its
information from the government's
measurement of ___________.
Definition
GDP
Term
The broadcast cited forecasts that
national output might continue to fall in
the future. If total output shows decline
for two consecutive quarters,
economists would classify this as a
_____________.
Definition
recession.
Term
Gig recently heard a radio report that
the Fed will try to help get
the U.S. economy back on track. If the
Fed takes action, Gig would likely see:
A. Lower interest rates.
B. An increase in the size of the
government's budget deficit.
C. Lower government spending.
D. An increase in the minimum wage.
Definition
A
Term
Besides the slowdown in the general
economy, Giganeers faces threats of
competition from several other
companies that provide engineering
consulting services. In order to gain
more business, Gig tries to convince
potential clients that his company offers
better service than the competition. He
has advertised heavily in professional
magazines, often quoting some of his
Definition
monopolistic competitionhighly satisfied clients. The market
Giganeers operates in is an example of:
Manufacturing in US
US is still world's leading manufacturer
What percent of goods produced each year come from US?
Almost 25% of all goods produced each year come from US
True or False: US is dominated by service sector
True
Leading US Manufactured Goods
Chemicals; Transportation equipment; Processed Foods,
beverages, tobacco; Computers and electronics
"Green Movement"
Consumers like products that say "all natural", "locally grown",
"energy efficient"
What percent of US jobs are in the service sector?
85%; US economy is no longer manufacturing based
Production
Creation of goods using land, labor, capital, entrepreneurship,
and knowledge (the factors of production)
Production Management
All the activities managers do to help firms create goods; how
you create the products
Operations Management
A specialized area in management that converts or transforms
resources into goods and services; deals with how businesses
provides services; manufacturing tangible goods and operating
services
Includes: Inventory management, quality control, production
scheduling, follow-up services
The Production Process
Input -> Production control -> Output
Form UtilityThe values producers add to materials in the creation of finished
goods and services; PRODUCTION OPERATIONS CREATE
FORM UTILITY;
Production Manufacturing
The part of production that physically or chemically changes
materials
Assembly Process
The part of the production process that puts together
components (ex. putting car parts together)
2 Types of Key Production Processes
Continuous and Intermittent
Continuous Production Process
Long production runs turn out finished good over time and you
don't change anything; producing the same thing over again
Intermittent Production Process
Production runs are short and the producer adjusts machines
frequently to make different products
Developments that make US companies more competitive
Computer-aided design and manufacturing; flexible
manufacturing; lean manufacturing; mass customization
Computer-Aided Design
CAD; the use of computers in the design of products
Computer-Aided Manufacturing
CAM; the use of computers in the manufacturing of products;
makes workplace safer
Flexible Manufacturing
Designing machines to do multiple tasks so they can produce a
variety of products
Lean Manufacturing
Using less of everything than in mass production; trying to be
safe for environment; compared to other companies, they use
half the human effort, carry 90% less inventory; use half floor
space, etc.Mass Customization
Tailoring products to meet the needs of larger numbers of
individual customers; exists in service sector too
Operations Management
Helps solve problems like facility location, facility layout,
materials required planning, purchasing, inventory control,
quality control
Facility location
The process of selecting a geographic location for a company's
operations; Rising numbers of Internet businesses means brickand-mortar retailers must find great locations
Telecommuting
Working from home via computer and modem
Facility Layout
The physical arrangement of resources, including people, to most
efficiently produce goods and provide services; for service: to
help customers find products; for manufacturing: improve
efficiency
Facility Layout Options
Assembly Line Layout; Modular Layout; Fixed-position layout;
Process layout
Assembly Line Layout
Workers do only a few tasks at a time
Modular Layout
Teams of workers produce more complex units of the final
product
Fixed-position layout
Allows workers to congregate around the product
Process Layout
Similar equipment and functions are grouped together
Materials Requirement PlanningMRP; a computer-based operations management system that
uses sales forecasts to make sure parts and materials are
available when needed
Enterprise Resource Planning
ERP; a newer version of MRP, combines computerized functions
into a single integrated software program using a single database
Purchasing
The function that searches for high-quality material resources,
finds the best suppliers and negotiates the best prices for goods
and services
Just-In-Time Inventory Control
(JIT); the production process in which a minimum of inventory
is kept and parts, supplies, and other needs are delivered just in
time to go on the assembly line; to work efficiently, the process
requires excellent coordination with suppliers; best strategy is to
keep inventory low, but enough to meet demands
Quality
Consistently producing what the customer wants while reducing
errors before and after delivery
Six Sigma Quality
A quality measure that allows only 3.4 defects per million
opportunities
Statistical Quality Control
A process used to continually monitor all phases of the
production process
Statistical Process Control
A process of testing statistical samples of product components at
each stage of production
International Organization of Standardization
ISO; worldwide federation of national standard bodies
ISO 9000
The common name given to quality management and assurance
standards
ISO 14000A collection of the best practices for managing an organization's
impact on the environment
Program Evaluation and Review Technique
PERT; a method for analyzing the tasks involved in completing a
given project and estimating the time needed
Steps involved in PERT
1. Analyzing and sequencing tasks
2. Estimating the time needed to complete each task
3. Drawing a PERT network illustrating the first 2 steps
4. Identifying the critical path
Critical Path
The sequence of tasks that takes the longest time to complete
Gantt Chart
A bar graph that shows what projects are being worked on and
how much has been completed
From 2001 to 2009, _________ in the U.S. rose 4% each year
manufacturing output
The U.S. is still the world's leading ______
manufacturer
Almost ______of all goods produced each year come from the
U.S
25%
The U.S. economy is no longer manufacturing based.
85% of jobs are in the _______
service sector
The top-paying service jobs in the U.S. are in:
Legal services
Medical services
Entertainment
Accounting
Finance
Management consulting
______ is still the leader in nanotechnology and
biotechnology.
U.SHow can U.S. businesses maintain a competitive edge?
Focusing on customers
Practicing continuous improvement
Focusing on quality
Relying on the Internet to unite companies
Adopting new production techniques
Production
the creation of finished goods and services using the factors of
production: land, labor, capital, entrepreneurship, and
knowledge
what has HISTORICALLY meant manufacturing?
production
Operations Management
a specialized area in management that converts or transforms
resources (including human resources) into goods and services
(Inventory Management, Quality Control, Productive Scheduling
and Following Services)
in an automobile plant, ________ transforms raw materials
and human resources into cars thru assembly process
operations management
production management
the term used to describe all the activities managers do to help
their firms create goods
The Production Process: Converting _______ (a) to
_______ (b)
inputs (a) to outputs (b)
Production Control (list of 5 things)
Planning
Routing
Scheduling
Dispatching
Follow-up
Goods, Services, and Ideas are all what?
outputsritz hotel has fresh fruit and flowers in each room, this
exemplifies what?
operation management in the SERVICE industry
what is the implementation phase of management
operation management
Production Process
Inputs-->Production Control-->outputs
it consists of taking the factors of productions and using those
inputs to produce goods, services and ideas to accomplish the
objective (output)
Quality is based on customer perceptions illustrates a good or a
service?
service
How Manufacturers Have
Become More Effective
Focus on customers
Maintain close relationships
Continuous improvement
Focus on quality
Save costs
Rely on the Internet
New production techniques
is this china or india?
Driving Force: Manufacturing
Largest Communist Country
Population: 1.3 Billion
Economic Growth Rate: 9%
Financial/Commercial Capital: Shanghai
China
is this china or india?
Driving Force: Services
Largest Democracy
Population: 1.1 Billion
Economic Growth Rate: 7%
Financial/Commercial Capital: Mumbai
India
Form UtilityThe value added by the creation of finished goods and services,
such as the value added by taking silicon and making computer
chips or putting services together to create a vacation package
what are 3 basic requirements of production?
1. build and deliver products in response to the demands of the
customer at a scheduled delivery time
2. provide acceptable quality level
3. provide everything at lowest possible cost
Process Manufacturing
That part of the production process that physically or chemically
changes materials
what does this illustrate? boiling an egg physically changes it
process manufacturing
Assembly process
That part of the production process that puts together
components to make a product
what does this illustrate? a car is made by putting together the
frame and the engine
assembly process
Continuous Process
A production process in which long production runs turn out
finished goods over time
what does this illustrate? conveyer belt that continuously
lowers eggs into boiling water for 3 minutes to cook it and then
it lifts them out of the water
continuous process
production process can be what 2?
continuous or intermittent
Intermittent Process
A production process in which the production run is short and
the machines are changed frequently to make different products
what type of process makes sense to use when responding to
specific customer orders?
intermittent processwhat is the ultimate goal of operations management?
to provide high-quality goods and services instantaneously in
response to customer demand
The leading factor influencing the gains in productivity is
_______ followed by capital improvement
innovation
Computer-Aided Design - CAD
The use of computers in the design of products
-allows designers to work in 3 dimensions
-has doubled productivity in firms
Major Developments that have made U.S companies more
Competitive: (4)
1. computer-aided Design and Manufacturing
2. Flexible Manufacturing
3. Lean Manufacturing
4. Mass Customization
Computer-Aided Manufacturing - CAM
The use of computers in the manufacturing of products
what software program unites CAD and CAM?
Computer-integrated Manufacturing (CIM)
Computer-integrated Manufacturing- CIM
The uniting of computer-aided design with computer-aided
manufacturing
-it cuts 80% of time needed to program machines to make parts
What are 3 Production techniques?
flexible manufacturing
lean manufacturing
mass customization
Flexible Manufacturing
Designing machines to do multiple tasks so that they can
produce a variety of products
Lean Manufacturing
The production of goods using less of everything compared to
mass production: less human effort, less manufacturing space,less investment in tools, and less engineering time to develop a
new product
what are some characteristics of a Lean Company?
-they take 1/2 the human effort
-they have 1/2 the defects in the finished product or service
-they require 1/3 less engineering effort
-use 1/2 the floor space for the same output
-carry 90% less inventory
Mass Customization
Tailoring products to meet the needs of individual customers
what is this an example of? japanese company makes 18 bike
models in 2 million combos (each designed to fit the needs of
specific customers)
mass customization
Operations Management Planning includes what 7 things?
Facility Location
Facility Layout
Materials Requirement Planning
Enterprise Resource Planning
Purchasing
J-I-T Inventory Control
Quality Control
Facility Location
the process of selecting a geographic location for a company's
operations
-find a site that makes it easy for consumers to use the
company's services and to communicate about their needs
telecommuting
working from home via computer and modem-->major trend in
business
Facility Layout
The physical arrangement of resources (including people) in the
production process to most efficiently produce goods and
provide services for customers
What does this illustrate? the internet is designed to help
consumers find and buy thingsfacility layout
companies moving from ______ (a) where workers do few
tasks at a time to a ______ (b) where teams of workers
combine to produce more complex units of the final product
a)assembly line layout (a.k.a product layout; used to produce
large quantities of a few types of products)
b)modular layout (a.k.a cellular layout; can accomodate changes
in design or customer demand)
fixed position layout allows workers to what?
congregate around the product to be completed
-a major feature of planning is scheduling work operations
ex=building a bridge
a process layout is
one in which similar equipment and functions are grouped
together
-process depends on design of the item
-used in operations that serve diff. customers' diff. needs
Materials Requirement Planning (MRP)
A computer based production management system that uses
sales forecasts to make sure that needed parts and materials are
available at the right time and place
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
A computer application that enables multiple firms to manage all
of their operations (finance, requirements planning, human
resources, and order fulfillment) on the basis of a single,
integrated set of corporate data
what is a newer version of MRP that combines functions of all
the divisions and subsidiaries of the firm?
ERP
Purchasing
The function in a firm that searches for quality material
resources, finds the best suppliers, and negotiates the best price
for goods and services
Just-In-Time J-I-T Inventory ControlA production process in which a minimum of inventory is kept
on the premises and parts, supplies, and other needs are
delivered just in time to go on the assembly line
what production process requires an accurate production
schedule (ERP) and coordination with carefully selected
suppliers? this system makes sure right materials are at right
place at right time at cheapest cost to meet customer and
production needs
Just-In-Time J-I-T Inventory Control
Quality Control
Consistently producing what the customer wants while reducing
errors before and after delivery to the customer
What are the 3 Location factors?
Transportation
Physical Factors
Human Factors
what are categories under the Transportation factor of location
proximity to markets
proximity to raw materials
availability of transportation alternative
what are categories under the Physical factors of location?
Water supply
energy
hazardous wastes
what are categories under human factors of location
labor supply
local zoning regulations
community living conditions
Product Layout
(also called assembly line.) Used to produce large quantities of a
few types of products
Cellular or Modular Layout
Can accommodate changes in design or customer demand
Six Sigma Qualitya quality measure that allows only 3.4 defects per million
opportunities
-detects potential problems to prevent their occurrence
Statistical Quality Control (SQC)
the process some managers use to continually monitor all phases
of the production process to assure that quality is being built into
the product from the beginning
Statistical Process Control (SPC)
the process of taking statistical samples of product components
at each stage of the production process and plotting those results
on a graph. Any variances from quality standards are recognized
and can be corrected if beyond the set standards
managers can see and correct any deviation from quality
standards in what process?
SPC-Statistical Process Control
ISO 9000
the common name given to quality management and assurance
standards
-the standards require that a company determine what customer
needs are and make arrangements to handle issues
ISO 14000
a collection of the best practices for managing an organization's
impact on the environment
the following all fall under what category?
Six Sigma Quality
Statistical Quality Control (SQC)
Statistical Process Control (SPC)
ISO 9000
ISO 14000
The Baldrige Award
quality control
The Baldrige Award
Introduced in the US in 1987 and set standards for overall
company quality in:
Manufacturing
Services
Small BusinessesEducation
Health Care
To qualify for The Baldrige Award organizations must show
quality in seven key areas:
Leadership
Strategic Planning
Customer and Market Focus
Information and analysis
Human Resources Focus
Business Results
what is this for?Major criteria for earning the awards include
whether customer wants and needs are being met and whether
customer satisfaction ratings are better than those of
competitors
The Baldrige Award
ISO
founded in 1947
At the end of 2004, the worldwide total of certificates:
ISO 9000 - 670,000 in 154 countries
ISO 14000 - 90,000 in 127 countries
what is ISO- International Organization for Standardization
a worldwide federation of national standards bodies from more
than 140 countries that set global measures for the quality of
individual products
what are the 2 control procedures?
Program Evaluation & Review Techniques (PERT)
and
Gantt Chart
Program Evaluation & Review Techniques (PERT)
a method for analyzing the tasks involved in completing a given
project, estimating the time needed to complete each task, and
identifying the minimum time needed to complete the total
project
Gannt Chart
bar graph showing production managers what projects are being
worked on and what stage they are in at any given time
Named for its developer, Henry GanttA bar graph that clearly shows what projects are being worked on
and how much has been completed at any given time
what are the 4 steps in PERT?
1. Analyzing and sequencing tasks that need to be done
2. Estimating the time needed to complete each task
3. Drawing a PERT network illustrating the information from
steps 1 and 2
4. Identifying the critical path
critical path
the sequence of tasks that takes the longest time to complete
-a delay anywhere along this path will cause the project or
production run to be late
a manager can trace the production process minute by minute
to determine which tasks are on time and which are behind so
that adjustments can be made to allow the company to stay on
schedule with what?
gantt chart
Which of the following factors would NOT be part of a process to improve a business’ competitive
positioning in a global marketplace?
Reducing product quality to keep costs low.
Which of the following statements concerning the U.S. service sector today is most accurate?
This sector has grown much more rapidly than the manufacturing sector.
***** Chapter 1 *****
When referring to risk, which of the following statements is
reasonable?
Sizeable risks can lead to substantial profits, if the business takes
calculated risks and captures good opportunities.
The strategy is to make the most profit with the least amount of
risk. Entrepreneurs and small business start-ups are advised to
take calculated risk. Those that take the most risk may make the
most profit.
Profits equal _______.
the funds available for business growth, after expenses and
salaries are paid
Profits are what the firm earns above and beyond what it pays
out for expenses and salaries.Which of the following circumstances is most likely to reduce
one's standard of living?
An increase in the cost of some goods such as escalating gasoline
prices.
By definition, the standard of living is the amount of goods and
services that people buy, with the funds they have available. As
such, if you increase the price of a good in high demand such as
gasoline, the added expense will cut into the funds available to
buy other things or the funds one can put in savings.
When developing and maintaining good stakeholder
relationships, companies find that_______.
most often, they must balance the needs of the stakeholders with
the need to make profits
Stakeholders are people and organizations who stand to gain or
lose by the actions of the business. Examples of stakeholders
include customers, employees, government organizations,
suppliers, and even community citizens. Firms must balance the
need to make profits with the needs of stakeholders.
As a __________________, Judy started a non-profit
business called Music and Memories™. She recognized that
music, socialization, and memory-challenging activities for
senior citizens helped maintain their cognitive skills for longer
periods of time.
social entrepreneur
Social entrepreneurs are persons who develop business ideas
that respond to the social needs of society.
Darnell lives in an area where labor is plentiful and locations
for start-ups are relatively cheap. He is also confident that he
can find start-up funds for a graphic arts business. As he
evaluates the opportunity for his proposed venture, which of
the following factors of production should he focus on?
Entrepreneurship and knowledge
The late Peter Drucker, renowned professor of management,
emphasized that the most important factor of production in
contemporary society is knowledge. In terms of factors of
production, businesses have succeeded in finding capital, land,
and labor. Governments have promoted entrepreneurship. In
this situation, Darnell has learned that labor is available; start-up
land is plentiful and economically feasible; and he is able tosecure start-up capital. This leaves entrepreneurship
(innovation/other intangible characteristics) and knowledge
about his proposed craft that requires focus.
To encourage entrepreneurial growth, governments might
_______.
pass laws that enable businesspeople to write contracts that are
enforceable in court
The government can lessen the risks of entrepreneurship by
passing laws that enable businesspeople to write contracts that
are enforceable in court. In countries that don't yet have such
laws, the risks of starting a business are that much greater.
Eduardo has many business ideas that could satisfy the
unfulfilled needs of people who live in his community.
However, there are laws that govern the type of businesses that
private citizens can own and business taxes are high because
the government subsidizes many social programs in his nation.
Challenges in the _________________ environment
increase the risk of Eduardo starting a business.
economic and legal
The legal and economic environment can either increase the risk
(too many laws may restrict trade; increasing taxes may act as a
disincentive for starting a business), or decrease the risk (the
ability to successfully find capital; laws that permit competition,
and laws that keep taxes at a minimal level) of starting a
business.
Efficiency means _______.
producing items using the least amount of resources
Efficiency means producing goods and services using the least
amount of resources.
At Backstreet Books, Inc., the department manager uses a
hand-held scanner to determine the quantity of each best seller
the bookstore has on its shelves, how many of each book was
sold the past week and the past month, and exactly when the
next shipment of these books is expected to arrive. Backstreet
Books embraces the strategy of _______.
using technology to stay responsive to customer needs
Businesses must explore the technological environment that
surrounds their respective industries. When scanning thetechnological environment, it is important to ask the following
questions: Are there technologies the business could employ that
would enhance the product or service offering? Are there
technologies emerging that could threaten the demand for the
products or services offered?
Blake wanted to offer high quality basics in his restaurant. His
motto was "the best darn meat and potatoes for miles around."
The locals agreed that the food was good. They also agreed that
if you decided to eat there, be prepared to wait. Food
preparation and service were slow. Although Blake's motto
stated the business's competitive advantage, your accurate
advice to Blake would be _______.
the winning competitive advantage is one that addresses quality
and service
In today's competitive environment, customers are looking for a
combination of good quality and good service.
Lance and Laurie live on three acres of land in North Carolina,
with two llamas, five goats, six chickens, and two dogs. The
goats provide milk, cheese, yogurt, and even fiber that is woven
into yarn; the chickens provide free-range eggs; and the llamas
serve as protection for the other animals. Although Lance and
Laurie have other professional jobs, their home lifestyle
represents _______.
a growing trend in the social environment to have more control
of the food they eat and where it comes from
An important social trend that continues to grow in strength is a
concern for what we eat and where it comes from. Business
managers must continually scan the social environment for
changes in attitudes, beliefs, and lifestyle trends.
In the technological business environment the opportunity
would be the internet, the challenge would be_______,
whereas in the global business environment the opportunity
would be ______ and the challenge would be war and
terrorism.
Identity theft and green living
With more and more advances in using the Internet to gather
information and enact business, there has been a significant
increase in identity theft. Saving energy and producing products
that cause less harm to the environment is a trend called
greening.Since the mid-1980s, the __________ sector has generated
the most amount of increases in employment in the United
States.
service
Together, services make up more than half of the American
economy. Since the mid-1980s, the service industry has
generated almost all of the U.S. economy's increases in
employment. Although service-sector growth has slowed, it
remains the largest area of growth.
Today, high-paying service-sector jobs in the U.S. can be found
in ___________________.
entertainment
Today, high-paying jobs in the service sector include healthcare,
accounting, entertainment, and telecommunications. The service
sector is also where most hiring is occurring. The service sector
makes up 70% of the value of the U.S. economy.
***** Chapter 2 *****
The way in which a country's resources are utilized to produce
goods and services; and, the way those goods and services are
distributed among those who desire to have them depends
upon ______________.
The economic system under which the country operates
Economics is about the management of scarce resources. The
economic system under which a system operates determines
what gets produced; how much gets produced; and, who gets it.
The famous actor, Robert Redford created The Sundance Film
Festival, where talented, young directors and producers can
submit their films for review and possible showing. The festival
attracts thousands of tourists each year, employs many others
at various capacities, and provides important exposure to up
and coming artists who may otherwise not be able to get their
works noticed. Ultimately, the festival provides social and
economic benefit for many. Adam Smith believed that one's
self-directed gain would eventually create prosperity for many,
and called the process, the ___________.
invisible hand
The Invisible Hand concept refers to how one's self-directed gaincan eventually lead into social and economic benefit of others.
This concept was first described by political economist, Adam
Smith.
At a young age, Lita's coaches were confident she had the
potential to be a world class swimmer. They encouraged her
parents to do as much as they could to further develop her
skills, because a future in Olympic swimming could set her for
life, including promotional endorsements and coaching
positions when her competitive days were over. After four
years on an athletic scholarship and Olympic experience under
her belt, she chose a different path. With her savings and
personal connections, she rented a corner building in a
bustling San Francisco neighborhood and pursued her dream:
a surf shop business. After several successful years, Lita was
certain that Adam Smith would smile because:
he laid the foundation for her success: She had freedom of
choice.
Adam Smith believed that a capitalistic system would be
beneficial, as long as society embraced four basic rights. One of
those rights was the freedom of choice, meaning the freedom to
choose the type of business or profession to pursue.
Which of the following best describes a capitalistic nation?
Most or all of the factors of production and distribution are
privately owned and operated for a profit.
In a political and economic system known as Capitalism, most or
all of the factors of production and distribution are privately
owned and operated for a profit. This means that businesses are
privately owned by one or more persons or stockholders .
In a free-market economic system, if consumers perceive the
price for a state of the art cell phone is too high for the value
received, they are likely to avoid buying it. In the same light:
if the consumer's desired price is too low, producers may limit
the amount produced.
In a free market economic system, the mechanism of "price"
determines how much of a product consumers demand, and how
much producers are able to produce. If consumers demand less
of a product because they do not see value for the price the
producer/seller is asking, in the long-run, producers will limit
the amount they are willing and able to produce. As noted by thesupply curve, producers are willing to produce more of the
product, if they are able to charge more for the product.
Ray's mom specifically asked for a CIP cast iron pan for her
birthday. As Ray scanned the cast iron pans in two department
stores, he found ten different brands, none of which were CIP.
When he found CIP in a kitchen specialty shop, he was
challenged to tell the difference between his mom's choice and
the others. In his business class, he learned about
______________, where many sellers may be offering very
similar products. Through other means, each seller
differentiates his product from the competition.
monopolistic competition
Monopolistic competition is defined by many sellers who sell
very similar products, but are able to differentiate from the
competition through advertising and branding.
You studied for two hours each day, for an entire week before
your first marketing exam. On exam day, when you turned-in
the test, you felt confident that your effort paid-off. At the next
class meeting, your instructor said she was considering curving
the grades because the class average was lower than she had
anticipated. All of a sudden, your 98% score did not have the
same impact that it did when you first saw it! Now the guy next
to you that got an 84% was likely to have an "A" grade too. As
you analyze this situation, you realize that it parallels an
economic system such as ________________, where even if
you work harder than another person, you are likely to realize
the same benefit.
Socialism
The premise of socialism is that wealth should be more evenly
distributed among people. Socialistic nations provide more
government funded services for society.
In order for the value of goods and services to be counted as
part of a nation's gross domestic product:
the goods and services must be produced within the physical
boundaries of a particular nation.
Gross Domestic Product = the value of all goods and services
produced within the physical boundaries of a particular nation in
one year's time.According to the BEA [Bureau of Economic Analysis], during
the period between 2007 and 2010, real GDP decreased at an
average annual rate of 0.3%. This news would lead you to
conclude:
productivity in the U.S. also decreased.
GDP [Gross Domestic Product] the measurable value of all goods
and services produced within the physical boundaries of a
nation, in one year. GDP is a standard measure of productivity
and positively correlated with GDP.
The following chart reflects the U.S.'s GDP [Gross Domestic
Product] for the past five years. Which of the following
statements best reflects the health of the U.S. economy during
this time period?
2005
$12.62 trillion
2006
$12.96 trillion
2007
$13.21 trillion
2008
$13.16 trillion
2009
$12.70 trillion
2010
$13.09 trillion
The U.S. economy fell into recession in 2008 and 2009.
Two consecutive quarterly declines in GDP constitute a
recession. The annual decline of GDP realized in 2008 and 2009
indicated that the economy was in recession.
The U.S. unemployment rate is an important, key economic
indicator because most of us need jobs to maintain our
standard of living. A criteria used to calculate the
unemployment rate is:
unemployed persons age 16 and over, who have been looking for
work during the past four weeks.
The unemployment rate is defined as the number of persons age
16 and over who do not have jobs, and who have been looking for
work during the past four weeks.
The CPI [consumer price index] measures
________________ and ________________.inflation and deflation; includes energy and food as part of the
market basket of goods and services that it measures.
The Consumer Price Index is a measurement of inflation and
deflation. The market basket of goods that is regularly measured
includes housing, energy, food, apparel, medical care, and an
"other" category.
At Six City Wellness Center, Greg operates a new state-of-theart MRI scanner that serves approximately 10 patients during
his 8-hr. shift. Patients are scheduled for various lengths of
time, depending on which part(s) of their body requires
scanning. The image quality is significantly superior to what it
was on previous scanners, but the number of patients served
per day remains the same. This situation attests to the fact
that:
the service sector has seen improvement in quality of service, but
productivity remains about the same.
Although technology has improved the quality of tools that we
use to provide service in the service sector, the number of
customers that we can serve in a fixed time period has not
significantly improved.
A few years ago, the American Society of Civil Engineers
published a report card for America's interstates. It was
reported that road repairs cost the American taxpayers $67
billion per year. Through the enactment of ___________ the
U.S. government collects tax dollars and then spends some of
these funds to maintain the infrastructure of the nation.
Increasing taxes has the effect of drawing money away from the
private sector.
fiscal policy
Fiscal policy refers to the federal government's efforts to keep the
economy stable by increasing or decreasing taxes. Increasing
taxes draws money away from the private sector and puts it in
the hands of government.
Imagine the following: New sources of energy have become
marketable and the industries involved have hired thousands
to operate the emergence of new businesses. Construction
companies cannot build homes fast enough for workers in the
energy industry. Due to increasing salaries in several other
industries that partner with energy companies, the demand for
everything from food to entertainment to travel has increased.High demand has brought about shortages in some product
categories. To help manage the situation in the short-term:
the Fed will likely increase interest rates.
The Federal Reserve Board, open market committee makes
decisions to raise or lower the interest rate known as the federal
funds rate. This is the rate that the Federal Reserve charges
member banks to borrow funds. Member banks pass along the
higher or lower interest rate charges to their clients. If the Fed
believes that the economy is growing too quickly and demand for
several product categories is forcing prices too increase too
rapidly, it may decided to tighten the money supply by increasing
interest rates.
***** Chapter 3 *****
The Republic of South Africa exports edible fruits and nuts into
the common market known as the European Union, and
imports from the European Union other products which South
Africa could produce but at a higher cost than what it costs the
Europeans to produce. This practice follows the premise of
_________________.
The Theory of Comparative Advantage
The theory of comparative advantage states that a nation will
produce those goods and services that it produces efficiently and
effectively. It will buy goods and services from other nations that
it cannot produce as efficiently and effectively as the other
nation.
The nation of Andolvia exports $50 million worth of products
and services and imports $44 million worth of products and
services. Andolvia has a(n) _____________.
trade surplus
Trade surplus means that the value of a nation's exports exceeds
the value of its imports. A trade deficit occurs when the value of a
nation's exports is less than the value of its imports. In this
example: Exports less Imports = trade surplus. $50 million - $44
million = $6 million trade surplus.
As a strategy for reaching global markets, licensing provides
the licensor with several advantages. One advantage is
_____________.
the cost of producing and marketing the product in a foreign
market is significantly reducedLicensing refers to the strategy of giving permission to a foreign
company to produce and sell your product or service. In
exchange, the foreign company pays your company royalties,
which usually consist of a percentage of revenues or profits. An
important advantage is the reduction in costs of production and
selling, because the licensee most often covers these expenses.
_______________ is a cost effective way that many
companies outsource the production of goods, such as clothing,
shoes, and cell phones. A domestic firm contracts with a
foreign company to produce and private-label the goods, at a
much cheaper price than the domestic firm could produce the
same goods in its home market. The major cost differential is
usually cheap labor.
Contract manufacturing
Contract manufacturing refers to the outsourcing of the
production of a good or service to a foreign producer. Contract
manufacturers will private-label the goods for other companies.
Most often due to cheap labor and the proximity of resources, the
foreign manufacturer can produce the product or service with
minimal expense compared to what it would cost the company to
produce it in its domestic market.
Even though the nation faces political instability, the island of
Frollik with its wide, expansive beaches is a destination hub for
cruise lines. Recently, a large theme park business showed
strong interest in buying land in Frollik, including beach front
property, with the intent of building an entertainment park
targeted toward families. The theme park company wants to
make a commitment to Frollik, including the hiring of several
hundred local employees. The global marketing strategy
referred to in this scenario is ____________.
foreign direct investment
Foreign direct investment refers to buying property and/or
businesses in a foreign country, and making a commitment to
produce and provide its product or service in that market.
Foreign subsidiaries are one of the more common forms of
foreign direct investment.
The strategic alliance between Coca Cola and Nestle has
spanned a period of over 20 years due to the fact that both
companies benefit from this arrangement. As a globalmarketing strategy, an important characteristic of a strategic
alliance is _____________.
participant companies do not share costs or profits
A strategic alliance is a long-term arrangement between two or
more companies with the intent that each company will achieve a
competitive market advantage. The companies do not share costs
or profits.
Sovereign wealth funds (SWFs) are a fast growing form of
foreign direct investment. The size of these funds and the fact
that they are investments from the government coffers of other
nations might be a cause for concern. More specifically, some
fear __________.
the governments who offer these funds may obtain sensitive
technologies or gain control of strategic resources
Sovereign Wealth Funds are the government funds of cash
wealthy nations, who wish to invest these funds in foreign
corporations, where they believe they can get a good return on
investment. The large size as well as the fact that these are
government funds makes some fear that foreign governments
may obtain sensitive, technological information or that the
management of these firms could be undermined by the decision
makers in the countries where these funds originate.
According to Geert Hofstede, who has spent a lifetime studying
differences in cultures, the Chinese have a long-term
orientation, meaning they are patient savers and are willing to
forgo things today, for a better future. Americans typically have
a short-term orientation. They prefer more instant gratification
and are not as willing to save for the future. This difference in
values between the Chinese and Americans is a
_____________ attribute that may represent a challenge in
future global trade.
sociocultural
Sociocultural challenges include differences in religion, attitude,
personal communication, manners, and customs.
Barkley wants to sell his bicycle horns to the Beijing and
Shanghai markets, due to the high volume of bicycles as a
common form of transportation in these two heavily populated
cities. The exchange rate as of yesterday was $1 U.S. dollar =
6.42 Chinese yuan. Economically speaking, how are his
prospects?Not good. If the horn sold for $3.00, it would take 19.26 yuan to
by it.
Currency exchange rates continue to challenge global trade. In
this scenario, it takes 6.42 yuan to = $1.00. Chinese customers
would have to exchange 6.42 yuan for $1. They may prefer to buy
a domestically made horn for less.
During the past five years, the nation of Andolvia began a
massive undertaking: teaching farmers how to successfully
grow and harvest peanuts. The government subsidized the
building of peanut processing plants, where private businesses
are now producing peanut butter and other products of
nutritional value. Although the Andolvia government has not
completely banned the importation of peanuts, it has placed
________________ on the number of peanut products that
the nation can import each year, in order to protect Andolvia's
young peanut industry.
import quotas
Import quotas are protectionist policies structured to limit the
number of products in certain categories that a government will
permit to be imported into its nation.
Belonging to the EU (European Union) has its advantages for
member nations. One advantage is ___________.
European Union members have a common external tariff, but no
internal tariff
The European Union is one of several common markets designed
to provide trade benefits for its member nations. These nations
have a common external tariff and no internal tariff; however,
most are highly structured organizations with laws that facilitate
the exchange among members.
Recently, two nations experienced a trade dispute over
copyright issues. Country "A" accused Country "B" of violating
international copyright laws. Since both were members of
______________, they appealed to this organization to
mediate the dispute.
the WTO (World Trade Organization)
The World Trade Organization (WTO) is a 153-member
international organization whose purpose is to facilitate trade
among member nations. The WTO listens to and mediates cross-border trade issues among its members. The WTO was
established after the Uruguay Round agreements.
______________ has dethroned Germany as the world's
largest exporter.
China
Not only has China dethroned Germany as the world's largest
exporter, it has surpassed Japan as the second largest economy
in the world.
Besides the shift of jobs to foreign countries, outsourcing has
other drawbacks such as __________.
questionable safety and quality issues with finished products
There is concern that many products produced abroad do not
meet the safety standards required for selling in the U.S. The
quality and precision of products are also questioned.
We refer to the BRIC nations as four economics powers that
will likely dominate world trade by 2030. It is predicted that
the two that will supply the world with most of the raw
materials are ___________.
Brazil and Russia
The BRIC nations are Brazil, Russia, India, and China. It is
predicted that these nations will be the wealthier economies by
2030. The prediction is that Brazil and Russia will produce and
sell most of the world's raw materials, while India and China will
be the leading global suppliers of manufactured goods.
***** Chapter 4 *****
Ethics are the standards of right and wrong set for us by
society, whereas the law is __________.
the minimum protection a society enacts toward behavior that is
harmful to many
Laws are minimum standards set by a society to prevent harmful
behavior.
If your supervisor directed you to enter false information into a
sales order book and told you if you refused that you would
lose your opportunity for promotion, you would probably
consider this situation to be a(n) ________________.ethical dilemma
An ethical dilemma occurs when you are asked to take action
that you believe might be harmful or unfair to others.
Jake served on a committee of employees who were charged
with selecting three co-workers to honor at the holiday
banquet. One employee whose name was at the top of
everybody's list was instrumental in helping another employee
who failed to wear his protective gear avoid a serious head
injury. Although this was a noble act, Jake knew that the hero
was frequently negligent about wearing his own head gear.
Jake knew that several other employees followed strict
company policy every day and always wore their head gear; yet,
they were not being acknowledged for their compliance. These
employees also knew Jake was representing them on this
committee. According to Normal Vincent Peale, which of the
following questions should Jake refer to as he proceeds to
make an ethical decision?
How does the action I am proposing to take make me feel about
myself?
Normal Vincent Peale suggests that decisions that solve ethical
dilemmas should be evaluated against three questions: 1) Does
the decision follow laws and company policy? 2) Is it balanced—
is there a sense of fairness in the decision? 3) How does the
decision made make me feel about myself?
Encouraged by the new Sarbanes-Oxley law, individuals who
report unethical or illegal behavior within an organization are
referred to as ____________.
whistleblowers
Whistleblowers are insiders who report illegal or unethical
behavior.
The first day on the job waiting tables at a popular restaurant,
Ashley noticed that when one member of the wait staff was
serving a very large party, the other waiters would help with
carrying food to the table(s) and even checking to make sure
water glasses were filled and condiments were on the table.
Although these actions were not part of the mandatory wait
staff training, Ashley perceived that those who were not as
attentive to helping out were not viewed as team players by the
majority of employees. Ashley was observing an example of the
___________ followed at this organization.integrity-based ethics
Integrity-based ethics are informal company behavior that
evolves from individuals' desire to make things better for all.
These define the company's guiding values, and most often it
involves shared accountability.
A legal provision known as the _______________ now
provides for an award for whistleblowers whose actions result
in a legal conviction. The monetary award may total as high as
30% of the amount collected for violations, above the first $1
million.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act provides whistleblowers an award if their actions lead to an
enforceable action or conviction. This is called a "bounty"
provision because as stated, they may receive a monetary award
for their actions.
Proponents of corporate social responsibility strongly believe
in benevolence; however, they still want their businesses to be
profitable. In the long run, they believe ______________.
CSR can lead to even more profits
Corporate social responsibility (CSR) is the concern businesses
have for the welfare of society. Businesses can show their CSR in
many ways. Its premise is based on integrity, fairness, and
respect for others. Companies that participate in CSR typically
have more loyal employees and customers. In the long run, CSR
enhances profits.
When an F5 tornado hit a town in southern Missouri, the
people that lived there needed the basics: food, water, and
shelter. The owners of Boccardi's Ristorante in St. Louis
initiated an endeavor of driving several miles with a van of
employees, equipment, and food to donate what they could to
the storm victims. The business term we use to describe this
philanthropic action is ___________________, where a
company donates what it does best to help make a situation
better.
corporate social initiative
Corporate social initiative refers to a company taking the
initiative to utilize its expertise to make a situation better.The last recession changed the way many companies give.
Monetary donations _______________. Many firms chose
to ______________.
decreased; encourage their employees to volunteer their time
During the last recession monetary contributions decreased and
companies found ways to continue their philanthropic
participation by asking employees to donate time to corporate
social initiatives and other projects.
Progressive companies use __________ to communicate
their CSR efforts with the public. Toyota ran a contest where it
donated 100 cars to nonprofit organizations, voted on by
Facebook™ and Twitter™ participants.
social media
Social media is a popular method that businesses now use to
communicate their benevolent actions to their customers and
others. Interactive media allows interested consumers to
comment on a firm's actions.
A few months ago, Pedro's Pizza House, a large nationwide
chain of restaurants, purchased one of its competitors, Italian
Stallion Pizza Stations, for $800 million. Italian Stallion
stockholders got a very fair deal for their stock: $6.50/share
above market value. The event was not without its problems.
An ethical issue arose when it was speculated that somehow a
member of Pedro's management team mentioned the deal to a
person he sat next to on a flight from LA to Seattle. That person
called five of his relatives. Three of them quickly bought shares
of Italian Stallion and "got on record" before the acquisition.
The ethical dilemma that occurred is called _________.
insider trading
Insider trading refers to the discussion or leak of private,
proprietary information about a firm that is not yet made public.
Typically it is the kind of information where parties in the know
can benefit. Due to the fact that it is not yet public, those who act
upon the information have an unfair advantage and stand to gain
financially. It is an act that is against the law and against
Securities and Exchange Commission policy.
The Pak-It-Your-Way Company makes custom packaging of all
kinds. The firm has evolved into a big business due to quality
and innovative work. Recently, top management asked
company departments to list and evaluate the kinds of sociallyresponsible efforts conducted internally and externally in the
business and also to list negative occurrences that supervisors
observed. Top management is essentially conducting
a(n)_____________ . A measurable category would
reasonably include _______________.
social audit; amount of pollutants due to the manufacturing of
Styrofoam containers
A social audit is a systematic evaluation of a company's progress
toward becoming a socially responsive organization. Both
positive and negative activities are measured. The amount of
pollutants a firm unleashes into the environment would serve as
an example of a negative activity that would be included in the
social audit measurements.
Besides environmental groups, unions, and investors, a new
type of watchdog organization that reports on corporate social
responsibility efforts is _____________.
socially conscious research organizations
Socially conscious research organizations collect information on
the social responsibility efforts of companies.
U.S. companies that operate abroad, particularly those who
contract with foreign companies, are now
_______________________ human rights and
environmental standards followed by U.S. law.
separating themselves from suppliers who violate
There is significant pressure on U.S. companies to separate
themselves from suppliers who violate human rights and
environmentally progressive guidelines.
Which of the following statements reflects upon the difficulty
companies face when requiring international suppliers to
follow environmental and human rights standards set by U.S.
firms?
Both economics and culture enter into the discussion of fairness
concerning international suppliers who do business with U.S.
firms.
Demanding developing countries to adhere to U.S. law is not
clear-cut. Economic conditions in some developing countries
make child labor a necessity for survival for families. In other
situations, traditions and customs make gifts and other briberytype activities the norm in some nations.***** Chapter 5 *****
When Greg started his window-washing business, he wanted to
keep things simple. As recommended, he filed a record of the
business with the state where he resided. He carefully watched
his expenses including state filing expenses and licensure
requirements. Greg knew his financial resources were limited,
but after all, it was only "him." There were no other family
members to support. Greg could easily form a
___________________.
sole proprietorship
A sole proprietorship is an easy form of business ownership to
form with limited start-up expenses, unlimited liability, and no
special taxes; meaning the profits from the business are taxed at
the individual owner's personal income tax rate.
Unlimited liability means ___________.
the business is responsible for the debt it incurs. If the business
cannot pay its bills, the debt burden transfers to the owner(s),
and he/she/they are liable for all debt
When the business accepts unlimited liability, any debt the
business incurs is the burden of the owner(s). The owner
assumes all liability for paying these bills.
Partnerships refer to more than one owner. The difference
between a general partnership and a limited partnership is a
______________.
limited partnership consists of general partners and limited
partners, at least one of each
General partnerships are businesses with more than one owner,
all actively involved in the business. The profits are usually
divided in the manner agreed upon by the partnership
agreement. A limited partnership consists of at least one general
partner actively involved in the business, and one limited partner
who has invested in the business and seeks to realize a portion of
the profits, but is not actively involved in the operational
decision making.
When Ben joined his Uncle's oil exploration company in
southern Oklahoma, he was given several hundred shares of
stock in the firm, and was officially made a partner. The firm's
accountant explained that the company paid taxes the sameway as regular partnerships, by passing the profits through to
each partner. Ben could purchase more shares of the company
on a public stock exchange, as long as someone was willing to
sell his/her shares. This firm was likely a special form of
ownership called ___________________.
master limited partnership
A master limited partnership pays taxes like other partnerships,
by passing the profits through to the individual owners, and thus
accounting for those profits on each owner's federal tax return.
Similar to a corporation, the master limited partnership's shares
actually trade on a stock exchange.
A brother and sister team, Jack and Julie took over the family's
Italian restaurant business as general partners when their
father died. The transition was difficult in the beginning and
they mortgaged their homes in order to get the cash they
needed to keep the business going. Julie operates one of the
three locations and keeps the firm's books and orders supplies
and equipment for all three locations. Jack operates the other
two restaurants. While Julie's restaurant is doing well, Jack's
locations are in trouble. In fact, they are losing so much money
that the partners are in danger of going bankrupt and losing
their homes. Julie believes that she should not be responsible
for the debt since her location is thriving. If the business fails
Julie thinks Jack should be the only one responsible for the
debt. Jack believes that they are both responsible for the
partnership's debts. Who is right?
Jack, because partners both share unlimited liability. If one or
the other fails to meet his/her financial commitment, the other
partner is liable for the debts as well.
Which of the following lists characteristics typical of a CCorporation?
Taxed separate from its owners who also enjoy limited liability.
C-Corporations are taxed separate from their owners; and
owners enjoy limited liability.
When Dave, Dan, and Darwin lost their jobs during the last
recession, they pooled their resources, borrowed a little more,
and bought a couple of houses to renovate. Darwin was a single
guy with two other residential properties that he rented out.
Dan and Dave had families with college-age children; they
owned their homes, and Dan had a wife that worked at a
professional job. All three were concerned about the riskinvolved in owning their own business, particularly the risk of
losing personal assets. As their advisor, which of the following
forms of business ownership would you recommend?
Limited Liability Company
The advantage of the LLC, Limited Liability Company, is limited
liability (members are only liable for the funds each invested)
and a choice of how the organization will be taxed. In this case,
the partners were concerned with liability. The other three forms
of ownership have unlimited liability.
Twenty years ago, your parents invested in Sears. As the years
have gone by, the investment has grown. However, if Sears
should go out of business, what would happen?
Your parents will only lose the value of their shares.
According to the text, the corporation's stockholders are its
owners. It further points out: "What this means for the owners is
that they are not liable for the debts or any other problems of the
corporation beyond the money they invest." For your parents,
this means they would only lose the value of their shares.
You inherited 500 shares of GE stock from your Great Aunt
Martha. As you contemplate selling the shares, your
accountant informs you that the company pays a generous
dividend, and advises you to start watching the firm's profits.
When you are awarded the first dividend, you learn that it is
considered a source of income and you will be taxed on that
amount. You find this bothersome because the firm paid the
dividend from after-tax profits (these dollars were already
taxed). This phenomenon is called __________.
double taxation
If corporations issue dividends to stockholders, these amounts
are considered income and as such are taxed as the personal
income of the stockholders. After-tax profits, though, have
already been taxed. The corporation paid taxes against those
dollars prior to issuing them as dividends. In the following
example, the $11,700,000 earnings was part of the original
$18,000,000 that the firm earned, and as such, it was already
taxed once. If the $11,700,000 is issued to stockholders as
dividends, it will be taxed again. Earnings before taxes
$18,000,000 Tax Expense (@35%) - 6,300,000 Earnings after
taxes $11,700,000 [dividends are paid from this remaining
amount]A firm's management purchases all the issued and outstanding
stock of the firm and takes the company off the stock market.
The management of this company has engaged in
____________.
taking the firm private
Taking a firm private involves the efforts of a group of
stockholders or management to obtain all of the firm's stock for
themselves.
If the employees of San Simeon Company successfully
borrowed a large sum of money and purchased the firm from
its current owners, we would call this event a ___________.
leveraged buyout
Leveraged buyout (LBO) is an attempt by employees,
management, or a group of investors to purchase an organization
primarily through borrowing. The funds borrowed are used to
buy out the stockholders in the company. The employees,
managers, or investors now become the owners of the firm.
When managers buy all of the stock of a firm and take it off the
open market, it is referred to as taking the firm private.
Maverick Motors was a small manufacturing company that
made motors for compressors used in air conditioning systems.
Maverick purchased Calvert Compressor Company which
essentially became Maverick Motors' largest customer. This
strategic decision is termed a:
vertical merger
A vertical merger is the joining of two firms at different stages of
related businesses.
A few years ago, in order to gain market share, Blackboard™, a
well-known learning management system software company
used by many colleges and universities, joined forces with WEB
CT™, another learning management system software company.
Both companies were in the same industry and originally
competed against one another. In business, we would call this
event a(n) _______________.
horizontal merger
A horizontal merger is the joining of two firms in the same
industry, often producing very similar products or services. This
strategic move is usually for the purpose of the purchasing firm
increasing its market share and competitive advantage.In his search for a franchised business that would satisfy his
passion for the outdoors and also earn him a decent living,
Asher noted that the shared profit criterion required of
franchisors had significant variance. Some required franchisees
to pay 8% of their monthly revenues to the franchisor. Others
required 3% of the profits. In business we refer to this
obligation as a ______________.
royalty fee
Royalties are shared profit obligations that the franchisee agrees
to pay the franchisor. This payment can be in the form of a
percentage of the revenues or a percentage of the profits. Shared
profits are usually considered a disadvantage of owning a
franchised business.
Advantages of _________________ include reduced startup fees and no territory restrictions.
online franchising
Starting an online franchise has its advantages in reduced
franchise fees, lower start-up costs, and no territory restrictions.
***** Chapter 6 *****
Entrepreneurs emphasize the importance of believing in your
own ideas because in the process of developing those ideas you
are likely to hear from skeptics. Characteristically, they also
know that success or failure is "on them." These attributes are
described as _____________.
self-directed and self-nurturing
Self-directed entrepreneurs know they must be self-disciplined.
Success or failure is in their hands. Self-nurturing entrepreneurs
believe in their own ideas.
Reed Hastings started Netflix. His inspiration came from the
fact that he had to pay a sizeable late fee for returning a DVD
beyond the due date at a rental store. It took a few tries to
develop the winning business model. Which statement
accurately describes his success?
His idea solved a problem.
Hastings turned his problem into an opportunity. He knew if he
was interested in a better way of renting movies others likely
would also have the same need.An opportunity has evolved that has leveled the playing field
for home-based businesses. ___________ has made starting
a home-based business much more affordable.
Broadband Internet connections and other technologies
Computer technology, including broadband Internet connection
and smart phones, has leveled the playing field between big
business and small business.
Pam logged onto her Facebook™ account and noted that Sallie
"liked" two different websites. Since Sallie is a good friend of
Pam's and a reliable source of information, Pam linked into
these websites and decided to purchase from one of them. A
common strategy for web-based business is
_______________.
affiliate marketing
Affiliate marketing is a popular strategy for web-based
businesses. As described in the scenario, friends direct friends to
websites that they believe provide value. The friend becomes the
referent.
Andre works for a company that promotes an entrepreneurial
culture. Employees are encouraged to discuss new ideas.
Development time is provided for those ideas that float to the
top. Employees who use their creative talents to generate ideas
within large companies are _________.
intrapreneurs
Intrapreneurs are employees who are encouraged to perform
entrepreneurial activities within a large business.
When Parker started his business, he knew he had to keep
costs to a minimal and he worried about taxes. He planned to
build and distribute safety goggles for construction workers
and military personnel. Most of his business would not be
walk-in customers. He chose to locate in a government
subsidized area called a(n) ________________, where he
would receive tax breaks.
enterprise zone
Enterprise zones are government subsidized regions. Usually
they are locations that the state or local government would like to
see improved and revived.Why do incubator facilities continue to remain very popular
with start-up businesses?
They have a very strong success rate. Their graduates almost
always succeed.
It is reported that 87% of all businesses that start in incubators
succeed.
Why do experts agree that small business management and
large business management are similar in practice?
Similar to large businesses, small business have concerns about
capital and good marketing and management.
Large and small businesses alike are concerned with raising
capital, maintaining a good flow of information, marketing, and
good management.
While on a trip to South Africa, Erin was impressed with
colorful woven outdoor placemats, floor mats, chair cushions,
and umbrellas that local artisans were weaving. Upon her
return to the U.S., she was confident that others would also be
intrigued by these accessories. Erin decided to explore the
possibility of starting an importing business to bring these
products to the U.S. consumer. Which of the following
statements stands out as good advice for Erin?
Learn from others who import goods from abroad, and particular
from Africa.
Good advice is to try to find others in the same or similar
business and learn from them. Also, there might be opportunities
to apprentice with others in the import business.
Although the Business Plan has a great amount of detail and
requires thoroughness, a well-explained idea will come to life
almost immediately in which part of this document?
The executive summary.
The well-conceived and well-explained executive summary will
attract the attention of more readers than any other part of the
Business Plan. It is a summary of the highlights of the document
and strongly advocates the product's or service's competitive
advantage.Organizations known as _______________ have a
significant role in the economic recovery. Some start-up
businesses have successfully found sources of capital by going
through one of these organizations.
CDFIs (Community Development Financial Institutions)
CDFIs are organizations that have played an important role in
the recent economic recovery because they have been able to
accumulate sources of funds for lending to small businesses.
These funds have originated from large institutional investment
companies and the U.S. government.
SCORE is ____________.
an organization affiliated with the Small Business
Administration where retired experts volunteer to provide free
advice small businesses that are just getting started
An important source of information for small businesses is the
Service Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE). Volunteers from
industry, trade associations, and education counsel small
businesses at no cost (except for expenses).
A small business advantage is ____________.
the ability to quickly adapt to customer needs
Understanding the market is very important for small business
success. Due to their size and flexibility, small businesses can
often adapt quicker to changes in the market, including changes
in preferred product offerings and delivery methods.
Going global is wide open for small business because
____________.
although this is predicted to change, currently, only about one
percent of small businesses are exporting
Only about one percent of all small businesses participate in
export trading. This is a great opportunity, and it is predicted
that this will change by 2015.
While cultural differences and bureaucratic paperwork for
foreign governments make the prospect of global trade difficult
for small businesses, there is one bright spot on the horizon
that has brought global trade closer to home. Small businesses
can now ___________.
use technology such as PayPal™ to fulfill orders, which gives
them some assurance of paymentTechnological advances have made it much more feasible for
small businesses to trade abroad. PayPal™, for one, allows for
prompt international payments.
***** Chapter 7 *****
use technology such as PayPal™ to fulfill orders, which gives
them some assurance of payment
Contemporary managers will focus on global issues and green
issues, and continue to emphasize the team approach to work.
Managerial roles will continue to emphasize the team approach
in working and solving problems. Contemporary managers will
have an eye on "green" business—using green products in their
operations and producing green products and services for others.
They will also continue to have a global business focus, and be
skilled in areas that serve a global business such as knowledge of
foreign languages.
Contemporary managers ___________.
emphasize teamwork and cooperation, and act as coaches, rather
than "bosses"
Managers are educated to guide, train, support, motivate, and
coach employees rather than to tell them what to do. There is
more emphasis on working in teams and team building. Most
modern managers emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather
than discipline and order giving.
Jenna started a small business a little less than 10 years ago.
The business employed several social workers and nurses that
visited and cared for persons who had left hospital care, but
were not quite ready to be on their own at home. As the CEO of
the firm, Jenna decided it was time to hire a business
operations manager and a marketing manager to handle the
details of the business. Which of the following functions of
management was Jenna performing?
Organizing
Jenna was performing the organizing function of management.
By hiring additional employees, she was designing the structure
of the organization.
A mobile veterinary business, Preferred Pet Care, Inc., created
a mission statement long before it opened its doors forbusiness. The mission statement referred to the unique
characteristics of the business: a traveling pet unit whose
veterinarians went to the home of the pet owner, rather than
the pet owner bringing the pet to the clinic. What other criteria
should be considered for the mission statement?
A description of the customers it serves and a statement about its
social responsibility to the area where it operates.
The mission statement should describe the main product or
service that the firm offers. It should describe the customer
market it serves. It can also include the company philosophy
(value statement) and social responsibility statement.
Most businesses follow a logical process when performing the
planning function. It is important to understand
______________________, before embarking upon
creating future long-term goals, objectives, and strategies.
the current situation
Before proceeding to write long-term goals, objectives, strategies,
and tactics, managers must understand the current situation—in
other words, things like the strengths and skill of employees, the
firm's financial position, the current economic situation, the
competitive situation, and any new technology that may serve
the firm as it plans for growth.
A traditional tool that serves as a way or organizing the
company's current situation is called the SWOT Analysis. This
is an acronym for ___________.
Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats
SWOT is an acronym for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities,
and Threats. This is a type of analysis performed during the
preliminary steps of the planning process.
After 8 years of working for a company that installed
underground sprinkling systems for golf courses, Jake was
ready to venture into his own business. As he prepared his
SWOT analysis, he evaluated where he stood at this time. He
was fortunate to have $100,000 financing to get the business
under way. He knew of three skilled installers who were willing
and interested to work for him, and he was aware that new
construction was at an all-time low, with several residential
properties being foreclosed. In reviewing his list, you would
categorize these events as __________.two strengths and one threat
Jake had two strengths (these are internal to the operation): (1)
$100,000 financing, (2) three skilled installers. He had one
threat (external to the operation): (1) poor economy evidence by
very little new construction and property foreclosures.
All managers do planning. Allison is a general manager for a
large toy store. Each day she plans the number of employees
she will have in each department, including the number of
cashiers. She plans the break schedules and the freight delivery
schedules. In the business world, we refer to this type of
planning as ___________.
operational planning
Allison is performing operational planning, where work
schedules and assignments are planned. Operational planning
focuses on the planning performed by supervisors and the kinds
of activities that employees would perform.
As managers perform all functions, we recognize that
______________ is required. For example, when making
plans, the manager must typically choose between two or three
alternatives, sometimes equally good ideas or sometimes ideas
that each has its pros and cons.
decision making
Decision making is happening throughout the process of
performing all managerial functions. Managers usually have to
choose between or among two or more alternative ways to
proceed.
Sergey Brin and Larry Page were the founders of Google™.
Most would agree that they had a superb product, but in order
to grow, the company needed more structure. Together, they
agreed to hire Eric Schmidt to join the executive team as the
executive chairman. Schmidt quickly began performing the
__________ function, where he created well-structured
departments and hired skilled people to perform the various
functions of the business.
organizing
When performing the organizing function, management will hire
and train other managers to perform the managerial functions at
various levels of the organization. Top management, middle
managers, and supervisory managers are typically needed inmost businesses. The structure is visible in the firm's
organization chart.
Ben oversaw the work of six pharmaceutical sales managers in
the southeast region of the U.S. Each sales manager managed a
team of 8-10 pharmaceutical sales representatives that
developed relationships with doctors, clinics, hospital
pharmacies, and local drug stores. Ben met regularly with four
others in his company whose jobs were similar to his position.
How would you describe the level of management Ben has
achieved?
Middle management
Middle management positions include division managers,
regional managers, plant managers, and branch managers.
Technical skills that apply to the business at hand are most
often necessary at __________.
lower levels of management
Lower level and supervisory level management require more
technical skills. Technical skills are the ability to perform very
specific tasks for a business. These are technical skills such as a
programming supervisor, a scheduling manager, or a first-line
supervisor.
Which of the following leadership styles focuses on making
decisions without consulting others?
Autocratic
Autocratic leadership involves making managerial decisions
without consulting others. Such a style is effective in emergencies
and when absolute followership is needed—for example, when
fighting fires.
Dave facilitated a hiring committee for his advertising
company. Six employees (including two managers) met
together to discuss applicants and select the finalists for a
creative writer position in the public relations department.
Although the head of public relations would have the final nod
on the candidate that would ultimately be hired, the evaluative
work of the committee was very important because this group
would send forward those persons they believed would be good
work colleagues. In setting up this type of hiring process, the
head of public relations was utilizing a(n) __________ style
of leadership.democratic
The manager utilized a participative (democratic) style of
leadership by soliciting the opinions of several employees who
might directly or indirectly work with the person ultimately
selected for this position. All committee members had the
opportunity to bring forth their perceptions of each candidate
and to articulate their selection preference, even though the
department head made the final decision. The department head
was interested in their input.
The controlling function closes the loop for managers. It
answers the question: "Did we succeed in doing what we set
out to do?" Which of the following business departments has a
very important role in the controlling function?
Accounting department
The controlling function measures performance. The accounting
department provides the numbers (profit and loss statements
and other financial statements), which assists management in
measuring how well the firm has performed. Management relies
on accounting and finance in order to evaluate progress.
***** Chapter 8 * **
Rachel planned to open a pastry shop in a resort town on the
east coast. As she pondered her organizational set-up, she
decided she would need four employees to specialize in the
creation and production of delicate pastries, and three
employees to greet, serve, and sell to customers.One or two of
her workers were designated as supervisors. Another
preliminary organizational decision that Rachel will most likely
tackle is _______________.
the allocation of resources within her operation
Structuring the organization requires the manager to make
decisions on how the work will be performed—the division of
labor, setting up teams and/or departments, allocating
resources, and establishing procedures for meeting the business'
objectives.
Division of labor means ___________.
tasks are divided among a group of employees
Division of labor means that functions are divided into areas of
specialization such as production, marketing, and finance.Although many work environments require a division of labor for
efficiency, cross-functional teamwork is being given more
emphasis.
In the past, organizational design was set up to facilitate the
needs of management, rather than ___________________.
pleasing customers
In the past, management was more concerned with making
management's job easier at work. Firms were organized to
facilitate management's needs, rather than out of a concern for
pleasing the customer.
Julie recently started working at a major urban university. One
of the first things her supervisor provided her with was a large
white notebook that contained rules and regulations on just
about every aspect of the university's business. As a recent
business graduate, Julie realized that the university operated in
a(n) ___________ environment.
bureaucratic
Bureaucratic organizations are rule oriented. There are clearly
established, written rules and procedures.
A manager's need to exert tight controls on subordinates is
most accurately captured by which of the following?
Control will decrease as the manager gets to higher levels in the
organization and work becomes less standardized.
Span of control is the optimum number of subordinates a
manager supervises or should supervise. The text further
explains that the number of workers supervised by one person
gradually narrows at higher levels of the organization because
work is less standardized and there's more need for face-to-face
communication.
Accountants at Leisure Time Gaming, Inc. have a big job!
Although they work with state-of-the-art systems that create
financial statements every day, the interpretation and analysis
of those statements can take several hours. The accounting
department consists of financial, managerial, and tax
accountants. One advantage of departmentalizing the
accountants is ______________.
for efficiency, the employees can coordinate work within the
functionDepartmentalization has several advantages. One particular
advantage is that employees with similar expertise can
coordinate the work between and among each other.
During the past recession, Cali-Bration Company created a
__________ organization, when it restructured and
eliminated several middle management positions. As it
emerged from the recession, Cali-Bration realized that Internet
technology permitted the remaining employees to be just as
responsive to customer needs as the firm was prior to
restructuring.
flat
A flat organization structure is one that has fewer layers of
management and a broad span of control (that is, there are many
people reporting to each manager). Such structures can be highly
responsive to customer demands because authority and
responsibility for making decisions might be given to lower-level
employees.
ABC Company desires a successful product launch. Looking
outside of its industry, it solicits the advice of companies JKL
and MNO who were known for successful product
introductions in past years. The business term that we use to
describe the practice of looking toward others for a model
approach is called _____________.
benchmarking
Benchmarking is comparing an organization's practices,
processes, and products against the firm or firms known to do it
the best.
ABC Company was awarded a bid to build an energy-efficient
motor for a large government heating and cooling project. The
requirements of the project included a timeline of one year to
build and deliver the system. In order to provide a quality
product and stay within the time requirements, ABC Company
set up a _____________ organization, whereby employees
from various functions of the business would join a team to see
this project through, from start to finish. Upon completion, the
team would disband and members would return to their
respective functional units.
matrix
In a matrix organization design, specialists from different
functional units of the organization are brought together to workon specific projects but still remain part of a line-and-staff
structure. A project manager can temporarily assign people from
different departments to help design and market new product
ideas. Members return to their functional units when the project
is complete.
In order to build the next generation of gaming software,
Leisure Time Gaming, Inc., put together a______________
organization structure. The structure included suppliers,
distributors, and customers, who joined company experts to
pursue the company's objectives.
cross-functional
Cross-functional teams consist of employees who are permanent
team members, each with expertise from one or more business
subject areas. The teams may also consist of suppliers,
distributors, and customers.
Transparency refers to ____________.
the seamless operation of organizational partners, so that each is
perceived as an integral part of the operation, and appears to be
part of the same company
Transparency is a concept that describes a company being so
open to other companies working with it that the once-solid
barriers between them become see-through and electronic
information is shared as if the companies were one.
A large commercial equine operation (commercial horse farm)
provides jobs for over 100 employees, who care for over 300
horses of various breeds. The operation consists of traditional
functional units which include management, marketing, and
finance, and 45 veterinarians that specialize in the various
breeds of horses owned by the company. Although the firm
operates with a CEO, COO, and CFO, and a director of
marketing, it relies on the veterinarians to make decisions on
the appropriate care and environment for the horses.
Sometimes the veterinary decisions override marketing and
financial concerns. The commercial farm operates as a(n)
_________ organization.
inverted
In an inverted organization, decision makers are not necessarily
the chief officers of the company. Specialists are empowered to
make the best decisions for the firm. These employees are
supported by top management.A Far-East auto company recognized the quality of airconditioning systems that a U.S. company in the state of
Indiana successfully manufactured for the U.S. auto industry.
Rather than build its own, it ______________ the airconditioning component of its models to the U.S. company,
which provided several jobs for skilled trades persons in that
state.
insourced
When a foreign company hires U.S. firms to produce products, it
has the opposite effect of outsourcing. We call this insourcing.
Due to his reputation of putting together powerful
presentations, Brock was contractually hired by Robotic Life,
Inc. to help this firm introduce the value of its new robotic
arms and legs to high net worth investors. Robotic Life hired
Brock strictly for this special project. At this stage of its life, the
firm operates as a(n) ______________, where it solicits the
services of other companies on an "as needed" basis, and then
releases them when the job is done.
virtual corporation
Virtual corporations are companies who partner with other
business firms.
AJ was a newly hired attorney for Leisure Time Gaming, Inc.
Even though he reported directly to the president of the
company, AJ noticed that the president always had time to
converse with the director of sales, calling on him to get a pulse
on legal/regulatory issues that, as the company attorney, AJ
could have probably handled. AJ also noted that the HR
manager's administrative assistant was the "go to" person for a
number of things that would make life easier at work. AJ was
recognizing the _________________ culture at Leisure
Time Gaming.
informal organization
The informal organizations are the friendships, cliques, and lines
of authorities at work that form spontaneously outside the
formal organization.
***** Chapter 9 *****
Which of the following factors would NOT be part of a processto improve a business' competitive positioning in a global
marketplace?
Reducing product quality to keep costs low.
The items U.S.manufacturers are emphasizing to regain a
competitive edge are:focusing on customers, practicing
continuous improvement, relying on the Internet to unite
companies, maintaining close relationships with suppliers and
other companies to satisfy customer needs, focusing on quality,
saving on costs through site selection, and adopting new
production techniques. The list does not include reducing
product quality to keep costs low.
Which of the following statements concerning the U.S. service
sector today is most accurate?
This sector has grown much more rapidly than the
manufacturing sector.
The U.S. service sector of the economy has grown more rapidly
than the manufacturing sector in recent times.
__________ is about converting resources into goods and
services. It includes inventory management, quality control,
production scheduling, follow-up services, and more.
Operations management
Operations management is a specialized area in management
that converts or transforms resources (including human
resources) into goods and services.
An operations manager at a wood processing plant in Oregon
notices that there is significant scrap and inefficiencies in the
plant's operations. Which of the following techniques would he
be most interested in implementing?
lean manufacturing
Lean manufacturing is the production of goods using less of
everything compared to mass production.
Designing and making custom-made guitars is an example of
which of the following processes?
Intermittent process
Intermittent process is a production process in which the
production run is short and the machines are changed frequently
to make different products. The text uses manufacturers ofcustom-designed furniture as an example of an intermittent
process.
A company that makes fireplace mantles uses computer
modeling in order to ensure that the process used makes the
most efficient use of resources. The company is equipped with
_____________ technology.
CAD/CAM
CAD (computer-aided design) uses computer programs to design
products. CAM (computer-aided manufacturing) uses computer
programs in the manufacturing of products. CAD/CAM makes it
possible to custom-design products to meet the needs of small
markets with very little increase in cost.
In order for a U.S. or non-European companies to export
manufactured goods to European countries, which of the
following would most likely apply?
Companies that want to do business with the EU must be
certified by ISO standards.
ISO 9000 is the common name given to quality management and
assurance standards. The text points out that "what makes ISO
9000 so important is that the European Union (EU) demands
that companies that want to do business with the EU be certified
by ISO standards."
As Leisure-Time Gaming, Inc.'s business and product lines
continue to grow, it wants to limit the need to build additional
space to house programmers and other personnel who work on
new products. The company has strategically decided to adopt
________. Skilled employees can work from remote
locations.
telecommuting
Telecommuting is the process of working remotely from the
firm's main location. Many skilled employees are now working
from home. Telecommuting is becoming a major trend in
business.
Bellandro Brewery recently became certified as an ISO 14000
company. Which of the following criteria would decisionmakers evaluate for this award?
Environmental improvement plans.ISO 14000 is a collection of best practices for an organization's
impact on the environment.
__________ is the process managers use to continually
monitor all phases of the production process to ensure that
quality is being built into the product from the beginning and
that quality is not being "inspected" into the product at the end
of the process.
Statistical quality control (SQC)
Statistical quality control (SQC) is the process managers use to
continually monitor all phases of the production process to
assure that quality is being built into the product from the
beginning.
Anna worked for over an hour trying to set-up her new smart
phone by following the brochure directions and even going
online to access services. She finally gave-up and used the
online locator to find the service provider's nearest location to
her home. Businesses know their products can be complicated
and many customers prefer on-site service visits. Brick-andmortar locations need to ________ in order to compete for
the business of busy customers.
offer outstanding customer service
In order to provide value, brick-and-mortar stores must provide
outstanding service and select locations that are very convenient
for their customers.
The Toyota™ assembly plant in Tennessee purchases several
thousand unassembled parts for automobiles and then
performs final assembly of the vehicles before delivering them
to dealers all over the nation. Purchasing parts several days or
weeks before they are assembled would increase the total cash
outlay the plant has tied-up in inventory at any given time. In
order to reduce the expense of large inventories, most assembly
plants have successfully adopted ____________ inventory
systems.
just-in-time
Just-in-time inventory systems control the amount of inventory
on hand during every hour of the working day. Partner/suppliers
deliver only the amount of unassembled parts that the assembly
plant will need to assemble the number of vehicles that will be
assembled on any particular day.The project manager building a new underwater dolphin
exhibit at a large urban zoo is reviewing the chronological
sequence of activities that must be completed on the project
and the estimated time of completion of each activity. He is
studying the _________.
PERT technique
The PERT technique is a chronological sequence of tasks that
must be completed in order to bring a project to completion.
The following PERT network lists all the different tasks that
must occur in order for West Coast Aquatics Swim Club to
successfully host a regional swim meet at the Frank Fiscallini
Swim Center. The darkened boxes are the critical path because
__________.
this represents the path of tasks that will take the longest to
complete
The critical path is the path of tasks that will take the longest to
complete. If the director experiences any delays in the
completion of these tasks, the entire activity will be delayed.
The O'Donnell Company field engineers perform installation
and repair on large pieces of equipment that are used in the
process of making gasoline at petro-chemical plants. Each day,
the on-site engineer reviews the ___________ to determine
which parts of the project are in-progress and which have been
completed. This bar graph also shows the engineer which
equipment must be installed before other parts are started.
Gantt chart
A Gantt chart is a bar graph that clearly shows what projects are
being worked on and how much has been completed at any given
time.
***** Chapter 10 *****
With respect to the development of scientific management,
Frederick Taylor's objective was to ______________.
increase productivity at work
Frederick Taylor, the father of scientific management, wanted to
increase productivity at work. He studied (observed) the way that
workers performed each job and timed their progress. From this
observation he developed the most efficient method to do each
task.At the ice cream shop where Kayla works, all shoppers are
greeted with the same script: "Welcome to Chill-A-While. My
name is _____. How may I help you?" All shoppers must be
greeted in less than three minutes after they have entered the
shop. Which management theorist would have approved of this
method of operation?
Taylor
Elton Mayo's famous experiment at the Hawthorne Plant
concluded ____________.
people who perceive that management permits them to
contribute to work decisions might be more productive
The Hawthorne Studies concluded that workers who knew they
were being studied, workers who were given an opportunity to be
part of the work decision making, and workers who felt part of a
group at work could be more productive.
Recently Tommy switched jobs from a large firm, to a mediumsized firm. As one of four project managers at the new firm,
Tommy recognizes that employees have much more respect for
his expertise than he perceived at the larger firm where there
were a minimum of 25 project managers. According to Maslow,
which hierarchy of need is important to Tommy?
Esteem
Maslow defines esteem needs as the need for recognition and
acknowledgment from others, as well as self-respect and a sense
of status or importance.
In accordance with Maslow's way of thinking, if Elizabeth
secured a good paying job that paid her enough to live in a
decent apartment and buy an economical car, and if she felt
that her work location and her home location were relatively
safe places, she would ______________.
turn her focus to the next level of needs: social needs
Maslow emphasizes that people will satisfy lower order needs
first. Once a level of need is satisfied, we turn our attention to the
next level of needs. In this situation, the next level is social
needs.
According to Herzberg, which of the following would be
considered "motivators?"Sense of achievement and opportunity for growth.
Herzberg listed several work related factors. The first five
included "sense of achievement" and "opportunity for growth."
Both are considered motivators.
Herzberg's research purposefully directed managerial thinking
to ___________.
develop interesting jobs which might require problem solving
and decision making
Herzberg's research was directed toward helping managers
create jobs where employees would feel more fulfilled. He
separated motivating factors from what he called hygiene factors.
Motivating factors such as "more interesting work" were the type
of characteristic that employees desired. Employees may
recognize the absence of hygiene factors, but did not consider
such characteristics as motivational.
Motivating employees by expanding the number of jobs or
tasks that they are involved with is referred to as job
___________.
enlargement
One type of job enrichment is job enlargement, which combines
a series of tasks into one challenging and interesting assignment.
McGregor recognized that ____________.
their attitude toward workers affected how managers proceeded
to motivate
According to McGregor, the way the managers "manage"
depends upon their attitudes and beliefs toward workers.
Betty is the assistant store manager at a trendy clothing store.
The store hires lots of seasonal employees. Betty has little
regard for the skill or ability of those she hires, and she is
certain that few would come to work on time each day if it
weren't for the fact that the store is known to fire any employee
who fails to be on time. As a student of motivational theory,
you would describe the management style of Betty as
___________.
Theory X
Theory X managers typically believe that employees dislike work.
Most workers' primary motivators are fear and money. Due tothese employee attributes, workers must be directed, controlled,
and closely monitored.
Which of the following approaches suggests that a manager
believes that employees should be involved in both defining
problems and in designing the solutions?
McGregor's Theory Y
Rather than emphasize authority, direction, and close
supervision, Theory Y emphasizes a relaxed managerial
atmosphere in which workers are free to set objectives, be
creative, be flexible, and go beyond the objectives set by
management. A key technique in meeting these objectives is
empowerment. Empowerment gives employees the authority to
make decisions and the tools to implement the decisions they
make. For empowerment to be a real motivator, management
should follow these three steps: (1) find out what people think
the problems in the organization are, (2) let them design the
solutions, and (3) get out of the way and let them put those
solutions into action.
William Ouchi's theory Z recognized ___________.
the merits of a hybrid form of Japanese style management and
American style of management
Theory Z is a hybrid style of management that incorporates what
Ouchi considered to be the best of Japanese style management
and American style of management. This hybrid approach
considers such progressive ideas as employee involvement,
informal employee control (empowerment), shared
responsibility, and a slower approach to evaluation and
promotion.
A Michigan State University student spends his summer
months in his hometown, where he works for a local microbrewery during the evening hours. In the late morning, he
attends the local community college, where he takes a summer
course that he knows will transfer back to MSU. Although he
finds the courses just as challenging as his regular university,
he does not worry about his summer grades affecting his 3.2
(out of 4.0) grade point average, because MSU only accepts the
transfer credits. As long as he receives C grade or better, he
maintains his current grade point average. Which of the
following theories suggests that the student will only work as
hard as necessary to earn a "C" grade?Expectancy Theory
Expectancy theory suggests that when faced with a work
situation, we ask ourselves: (1) Can I accomplish what I need to
accomplish? (2) If I accomplish what I need to accomplish, what
will be the reward? (3) Is the reward that I am likely to receive
worth the effort (do I want this reward)? If the student puts forth
maximum effort, there is a good opportunity to make an "A"
grade. However, if he/she completes the class with a "C" grade or
better, the best he/she can hope for is credit hours toward
graduation from MSU. It is not possible to transfer an "A" or "B"
grade, and their accompanying grade points. Therefore, the
student is not motivated to achieve a high performance.
Becca works for a large management consulting firm, as a
junior level consultant. She recently learned that another
consultant who was hired at the same time has already received
a step-up promotion. Becca knows that she has contributed to
well-received projects and projects that have received
accolades from clients. According to equity theory, Becca may
choose to _____________.
increase her inputs
Equity theory says that employees want to be treated fairly. If
employees perceive inequitable treatment at work, they will try
to reestablish fairness by doing one of several things: (1) decrease
inputs (the amount of work they do), (2) rationalize the
difference, (3) increase inputs, in the hopes that managers will
notice the effort, (4) rationalize that he/she is worth more, and
find another job.
In order to get a comprehensive evaluation of the computer
programmers he managed, Justin organized a(n)
__________________, where he asked immediate
coworkers and others that worked closely with the
programmers to participate in the evaluation process
360-Degree Review
Today, most managers perform some functions associated with
______________
human resource management
When AJ was hired by Idle Time Gaming, Inc., he accepted an
opportunity to be part of the management training program.
Besides on-the-job coaching, a common aspect of management
development programs is ____________.
job rotationWorkers originally formed unions ___________.
to protect themselves from intolerable work conditions and
unfair treatment
A few years ago, a mid-level manager who was still completing
her probationary period at a new job was called in by her direct
supervisor for a first month evaluation. The conversation
became rather unpleasant when the supervisor alluded to his
disappointment that the new manager was not spending more
time with him away from work, where they could get to know
each other in a more intimate manner. In fact, he commented
that such an effort might just solidify her continuing
employment. The type of sexual harassment that the new
manager was subjected to is called ___________.
quid pro quo
When negotiations appeared to be going in the wrong
direction, a HVAC systems company and its union
representatives agreed to bring in a(n) _______________.
This expert would serve as a facilitator to get negotiations back
on track; whereas, if a(n) ________ were solicited by both
union and management, that person's decision would be
binding.
mediator; arbitrator
When was it common for employees to have 60-hour work
weeks?
Early 1900's
McGregor recognized that ____________.
their attitude toward workers affected how managers proceeded
to motivate
Betty is the assistant store manager at a trendy clothing store.
The store hires lots of seasonal employees. Betty has little
regard for the skill or ability of those she hires, and she is
certain that few would come to work on time each day if it
weren't for the fact that the store is known to fire any employee
who fails to be on time. As a student of motivational theory,
you would describe the management style of Betty as
___________.
Theory XWhich of the following approaches suggests that a manager
believes that employees should be involved in both defining
problems and in designing the solutions?
McGregor's Theory Y
William Ouchi's theory Z recognized ___________.
the merits of a hybrid form of Japanese style management and
American style of management
A Michigan State University student spends his summer
months in his hometown, where he works for a local microbrewery during the evening hours. In the late morning, he
attends the local community college, where he takes a summer
course that he knows will transfer back to MSU. Although he
finds the courses just as challenging as his regular university,
he does not worry about his summer grades affecting his 3.2
(out of 4.0) grade point average, because MSU only accepts the
transfer credits. As long as he receives C grade or better, he
maintains his current grade point average. Which of the
following theories suggests that the student will only work as
hard as necessary to earn a "C" grade?
Expectancy Theory
Becca works for a large management consulting firm, as a
junior level consultant. She recently learned that another
consultant who was hired at the same time has already received
a step-up promotion. Becca knows that she has contributed to
well-received projects and projects that have received
accolades from clients. According to equity theory, Becca may
choose to _____________.
experiment with Ouchi Theory Z ideas
An HR director was reviewing the job description for a new
position in the Information Technology department of his
company. He quickly jotted down a few comments that he
would later share with the department manager. Among other
things, his comments included suggestions for incorporating
more skill variety into the job and a little more autonomy as to
how the job might be accomplished from start to finish. As a
student of business, you recognize that the HR director
believes that a person holding this position would be motivated
by _______________.
job enrichmentAs the director of Human Resource Management for Idle Time
Gaming, Inc., Addie's responsibilities included
__________________.
recruiting talented employees, developing and training
employees, and selecting tools for performance evaluations
Adam was recruiting project managers for his small business.
As he finalized the job description for the position, he worried
about attracting top talent. He knew the job would be
challenging, but his concern was ____________. When it
comes to recruiting skilled employees, this is where small
businesses are challenged.
compensation
Which agency is charged with enforcing affirmative action
programs?
EEOC
Businesses want productive employees. __________ focuses
on short-term skills, whereas _________focuses on
increasing employees' long-term abilities.
Training; development
When performing a job analysis, the human resource manager
will write a job description, as well as a job specification. The
job specification consists of _________.
the minimum academic and experience qualifications
One of the reasons that companies experience challenges
obtaining employees when positions become open is
____________.
it is often difficult to find a qualified candidate that doesn't need
training after hire
Once the job analysis is performed, there are several wellstructured steps to the hiring process. This process includes
_____________.
performing background checks on selected candidates, and
establishing probationary periods
At a local university, over 50% of the faculty are part-time
employees, who have similar credentials as full-time employees
but do not have permanent positions. These employees are
seldom offered benefits and are not represented by theeducator's union. HR experts would designate these
professionals as __________________.
contingent employees
Jake's family owned a plumbing company with a steadfast
reputation of excellent work. Yet, when Jake joined the
business, his father required that he spend several years
working alongside two licensed plumbers. In business, we call
Jake's starting position a(n) ______________.
apprentice
Companies that make a concerted effort to attract and hire
women and other minority groups ____________.
know that their efforts correlate with increasing women and
minority customers
Progressive companies who want to attract and keep good
employees are now offering their employees ________
benefits, such as onsite dry cleaning services, shoe repair,
onsite medical care, and even free breakfasts
soft
When Maggie joined Techno-Nerds, Inc., she automatically
joined an employee team. Team members each had base
salaries, but they were also compensated through a
__________ system, where they would receive bonuses for
team improvements over the last time the team's performance
was evaluated.
gain-sharing
Which of the following would be considered an outgrowth of
the Industrial Revolution, according to most historians?
Union movement
_________________ was legislation that established the
minimum wage in the United States.
Fair Labor Standards Act
Under a(n) ______________ companies hire nonunion
workers who are not required to join the union, but who must
pay a special union fee
agency shop agreementLansing Distributors, Inc., a company that distributes a range
of household products from manufacturers to retailers, was
negotiating a new contract with its union employees who
worked in the company's warehouses and drove its trucks.
Union reps and management were willing to negotiate on 20
points, but the union wanted to discuss 2 other points that
Lansing management did not want to make part of the
employee contract. In this situation, the
bargaining______________ constituted 20 options.
zone
Negotiations between union representatives and management
came to a standstill at the Habit-You-Can-Live-With Seatbelt
and Airbag Company. On the day employees went on strike,
they were also asked to refrain from buying cars, vans, or
trucks from any assembly plant that purchased Habit's
seatbelts or airbags. The union was asking Habit's employees
to participate in a(n) ___________.
primary boycott
A court-ordered ______________ was imposed on Fairlawn
city employees that worked on streets and bridges. Although
these employees agreed to strike for higher wages and benefits,
the city asked the courts to order them back to work, to keep
the streets free of ice and snow during the winter months.
injunction
How would you characterize the popularity and power of
today's unions?
Across the board, union membership is significantly reduced,
which decreases their future bargaining power.
CEO compensation that is awarded via stock options has
become problematic because _____________.
recent decreasing swings in stock prices lead to CEO buying
opportunities which ultimately leads to a much higher
percentage increase in compensation compared to other
employees
Companies are focusing attention on the social issue known as
eldercare because it is ____________.
decreasing productivity at work
The issue of subsidizing child care through one's employer is
hotly debated. Those who oppose it ___________.complain that they will have to contribute to a benefit that they
do not use
Marketing is as much about helping sellers sell products and
services, as it is about __________.
helping buyers buy
The idea behind marketing (known as the marketing concept)
is ___________.
a mutually beneficial exchange between buyers and sellers,
where buyers receive quality products and good service, and
sellers realize a profit
Focusing on long-term customer loyalty is called
____________.
customer relationship management
Mac and Zac want to start their own youth sports academy, to
teach baseball skills to young boys. Which of the following
steps in the marketing process is a good place to begin?
Find out what young baseball players want to achieve
As Mac and Zac explore the possibility of starting a youth
sports academy, they collect demographic and lifestyle
information about the families who would potentially buy their
service. This exercise will help to better identify their
________.
target market
Once Mac and Zac have a better understanding of the kinds of
baseball skills that local youth want to acquire, they can begin
to prepare the ________________.pricing structure
marketing mix
Marketers constantly require good information if they are to
meet or exceed their customers' expectations. When
performing marketing research, Mac and Zac's first step is to
______________.
determine the type of information (the question) they are seeking
Two baseball leagues in the city, where Mac and Zac plan to
open a youth sports academy, agreed to allow Mac and Zac to
distribute an email survey to their league players. In order to
capture this opportunity, Mac quickly put together a set of 15
questions that inquire about the type of skills (batting,
pitching, fielding, running) that league players want to develop.The survey and subsequent information this research would
glean is called ________________ data.
primary
After one year of operating a youth sports academy in their
hometown, Mac and Zac learned that several enthusiastic
baseball players were driving to a larger town to receive similar
services. In order to learn about the potential customers who
were going elsewhere for service, Mac and Zac proceeded to
scan the Internet to determine how competitors' services
differed from theirs. They learned that competitors were open
longer hours on weekends, and even had celebrity
endorsements. The new information Mac and Zac collected,
and its interpretation was the _______________ part of the
marketing research process.
analysis
Through environmental scanning, marketers can learn new
ways to reach prospective customers. As they scan the
_____________ environment, Mac and Zac hope to buy the
most state-of-the-art mechanical arms for their youth sports
academy. Recently, they learned about a robotic baseball player
that stands at the plate. He can be programmed to change
sizes. The big question for Mac and Zac is can they afford it;
and if not, will their competitors decide to buy it?
technological
Recently, Mac and Zac's Youth Sports Academy has had several
inquiries about girls' softball. While scanning the
____________ environment in their service area, Mac and
Zac become aware of the growing importance of girls' sports,
and particularly girls' softball. Girls' softball received a boost in
the local market when the high school team won the state
championship. Mac and Zac are seriously considering
expanding their operation to include skill lessons for young
girls
sociocultural
Up until now, Mac and Zac's Youth Sports Academy has served
the ____________ market. Just recently, the local high
school contacted Mac and Zac's inquiring about practice space
for boys' baseball and girls' softball during bad weather. If Mac
and Zac negotiate a contract with the high school, they will also
be serving the ___________ market.
consumer; B2BMarket segmentation is about dividing the total market for a
product or service into groups with similar characteristics and
needs. Marketers often divide the total market for their
products and services demographically, either by age,
education, or income level. If they wanted to know if all 18-
year-old in their market had similar TV show interests, their
inquiry would also focus on _____________ segmentation.
psychographic
Lauren is heading home from work and realizes she forgot to
buy cat food during her lunch hour. As she navigates the traffic,
she tries to decide where it will be most convenient to stop. She
could go to the large discount store, which would give her the
best price, but the lines are usually long after work. There are a
couple of convenience stores on her route, but she isn't certain
they will have her cat's brand. The grocery store is no better
than the discount store after work. She settles on one of the
drug store chains that also has just about everything. It is
larger than the convenience stores, but never as crowded as the
grocery store or discount store. In terms of consumer behavior,
_____________ influences have guided Lauren's decision
situational
Business to business (B2B) customers
_________________.
tend to be more rational in their decision making than individual
consumers
One of the ways that restaurants adapt their product offerings
to address changes in competition is ____________.
develop new menu offerings
Which of the following would be considered a convenience
good?
Candy bar
Products that the consumer buys only after comparing value,
quality, price, and style from a variety of sellers are known as
____________ goods and services.
shopping
Fountain of Youth Tea Company changed their glass bottles to
streamlined thermos- like, blue sports bottles that fit nicely onbicycles and in car holders. A packaging innovation such as this
is often perceived by the buyer as a _____________.
new product
New packaging technology that allows companies to track
products through radio frequency identification is referred to
as ____________
RFID
Priceline™ and Expedia™ are two online travel companies.
Both are known to utilize ___________ of services such as
"airline flights and hotel stays" to entice customers to purchase
both at the same time, for a more reasonable price than what
they would pay separately for each of these services
bundling
A legally protected brand is a _______________
trademark
A survey company used a dollar value to measure the
___________ of Ben and Jerry's Ice Cream, as compared to
some of its worthy competitors. Essentially, the survey firm
evaluated Ben and Jerry's by measuring net value of several
components that would comprise the brand's perception and
image to ice cream customers.
brand equity
GAP jeans are sold exclusively at GAP stores. This is an
example of a(n) _________ brand.
private
Differentiating your product so that it will appeal to additional
market segments occurs most often at which stage of the
product life cycle?
Maturity
Upscale retailers, such as Nordstrom's, feature customer
service as their significant point of difference and use that
difference to compete with less expensive stores. This is known
as ___________ competition.
nonpriceProducts that the consumer purchases which include
insurance, burial services or emergency car-towing are known
as ___________ goods and services.
unsought
Idea generation represents the first stage of
_______________.
new-product development
Volvo is a well-known quality manufacturer of cars, trucks, and
SUVs. Volvo dealers also provide financing to their customers.
These products and services are part of Volvo's product
_____________.
mix
The purpose of the product life cycle is it serves as a(n)
__________
tool that tells the marketing manager if the product market is
changing
The channel of distribution consists of ___________, who
provide transportation and storage of goods as they are
distributed from producers to ultimate consumers
marketing intermediaries
About 80% of all wholesales are _______________. They
typically are independent companies that take title to goods
that they resell to retailers
merchant wholesalers
The movement of information and the movement of goods is a
function of which of the following?
Logistics
Which utility is usually provided by producers rather than
intermediaries?
Form
As long as they do not __________, manufacturer's agents
can represent several manufacturers in a specific territory
represent competing products
When Fountain of Youth Tea Company strategized on how to
distribute its product to customers, it elected to first startoffering it through high-end grocery stores. The company
essentially added ______________ utility to the distribution
process
place
A store that sells a huge variety of one type of product such as
books, in order to dominate that category is called a category
_________ store
killer
You can find Coca-Cola products in discount stores, grocery
stores, convenience stores, and even vending machines. CocaCola practices _______________ distribution with its
product lines.
selective
intensive
When Beck's Bicycles, Inc., started its specialty bicycle
business, it became the luxury brand of world famous bikers,
who competed in world class races and were known to only
pursue their sport using state-of-the-art equipment. The best
distribution strategy for a brand with this image would be
_________ distribution.
exclusive
Beck's Bicycles, Inc., purchases its wheels from a Southeast
Asian company. The supplier sends the goods via ship, with the
Port of Los Angeles as its destination. From there the wheels
are shipped via rail to Chicago, Illinois, where they are loaded
onto a truck for their final destination to Beck's assembly plant
on the east coast. Beck's uses _________ shipping to
transport its goods.
intermodal
A convenience store is open seven days a week and remains
open on holidays. The store provides its customers with
_________ utility
time
Now that so many goods are produced abroad, companies are
finding that services such as ___________ provide
important utility to the process of successfully processing
products through customs and other legal requirements
web-based trade compliance systemsService utility is rapidly becoming the most important utility
for many ________ as they face competition from direct
marketing, such as the Internet or catalogs.
retailers
It is important for companies to build cooperative and
transparent channel systems for moving goods, supplies, and
services. Well-known fast food franchises usually set up
_____________ systems, where individual franchise owners
participate in channel cooperation through legal agreements.
contractual
One of the fastest growing aspects of retailing is _________.
Examples of firms that compete in this type of retailing are
Lands End™ and L. L. Bean™, who both sell casual men's,
women's, and children's clothing and accessories
direct marketing
Promotion is one of the four Ps of marketing. The promotion
mix is __________.
the promotional tools marketers use to carry out promotion
When using various forms of promotion to carry the promotion
message, it is important that the recipients of the message
interpret it in the same way. Creating a unified promotional
message, where potential customers perceive the same
message, whether it is in a TV commercial, or on a billboard, or
in an online blog is called ____________.
integrated marketing communication
If the sender in a non-personal, paid promotion is identified,
we define it as advertising. If the sender is not readily
identified, we label it ____________.
propaganda
How do consumers benefit from advertising?
They receive valuable information, and advertising can even pay
for the media that delivers the message
While doing an online search for a music venue, Darcy ran
across a performance of well-known entertainer Lady Gaga
that featured her hair neatly wrapped in Coca-Cola™ cans. The
venue did not visibly identify the sponsor in any other way.
Marketers would categorize this form of advertising as
_________________product placement
Some products and services lend themselves to
______________ better than others. For example, youth in
Southeast Asia, youth in Bosnia, youth in Alaska, and youth in
Brazil may desire the same products, in the same form.
global advertising
A fast growing form of media for the delivery of advertising
messages is __________. Some firms boast that they have
several million followers on Twitter™ and Facebook™
accounts.
social media
A benefit of utilizing social media to deliver advertising
messages is
the advertiser can more easily track who has selectively viewed
the message and who has passed it along to others
Personal selling, as a form promotion, differs when the effort is
a B2B (business to business) sales effort rather than a B2C
(business to consumer) sales effort. B2B personal selling
requires ______________.
more prospecting and qualifying
Which of the following statements about personal selling is
true today?
Salespeople are starting to use the Internet and other technology
to do everything it takes to complete the order.
_____________is an unpaid form of promotion. It can have
positive and negative effects on the recipient. When you log
onto Yahoo™ and read that four auto assembly line plants are
closing, it is not good news for our economy. However, on the
same site, if you read about a motor company's water recycling
effort targeted toward good stream management, you are
usually impressed.
Publicity
When Beck's Bicycles, Inc. volunteered to send its expert riders
up mountainous terrain to rescue a lost dog that was unable to
free himself from a cliff, it received accolades not only from
other bicyclists, but from the public in general. Beck's
marketing director insisted that the company show a video of
the search and rescue on its social media site and on-lineadvertising. The effort quickly turned into an important
_____________ campaign for the firm.
public relations
When Marmalade's Cupcake Closet is not jammed with happy
customers, one or two of its sales associates stand out front and
provide tastes of Marmalade's sumptuous goodies, in the form
of miniature-sized treats. The company owners know that
________ is a very powerful form of promotion.
sampling
When Fountain of Youth Tea Company (FYT) wanted to secure
shelf space in high-end grocery stores, it found that it had a lot
of competition. In order to get the attention of retailers, FYT
directed its promotion toward the consumer who desired a
refreshing tea drink, as opposed to carbonated beverages. Due
to a successful campaign, it compelled the grocers to feature it
in the stores. FYT used _______ strategy
pull
As an attorney who advocates for disabled children, Patty
created a(n) ________ to provide expert opinion and other
resources to a targeted group who needed her services. This
promotional tool was similar to an online diary on the Web,
and spread messages quickly and efficiently, sort of like wordof-mouth testimonials.
blog
In a private company's accounting system, inputs are
_______________ and outputs are _____________.
transactions such as sales and payroll expenses; financial
statements
A Certified Public Accountant (CPA) is ___________.
an accountant who has met educational requirements and has
passed exams established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants
In order for information to be meaningful, a firm's accounting
processes and procedures should be certified as accurate by
nationally acceptable accounting standards. Companies hire
_________________ to provide unbiased opinions about
the accuracy of a firm's financial statements.
Independent AuditorsAccumulated earnings from a firm's profitable operations that
are kept in the business and not paid out to stockholders are
called _____________.
Retained Earnings
Buying and selling goods, acquiring insurance and using
supplies represent __________ transactions.
Financial
Ledgers can yield information to compile which of the
following?
Trial Balances
The fundamental accounting equation is ____________.
assets= liabilities + owner's equity
_________ accounting is used to provide information and
analysis to managers within the firm to assist in decision
making.
managerial
If Beck's Bicycles, Incorporated's income statement shows
gross profit of $350 million, with operating expenses of $120
million, and if Beck's tax rate is 30%, what is the firm's net
income after taxes?
$161 Million
Which of the following is most helpful in analyzing the
financial performance of a company?
Financial Ratios
Small businesses that are just getting off the ground often have
cash _________ problems. This is simply the difference
between cash coming into the business less any cash going out
of the business. If the company allows for too lenient credit
sales terms, customers do not pay on time, which magnifies
this situation.
Flow
Darby's company reported net income after taxes of
$2,000,000, on sales of $225 million. Her boss asked her to
calculate the earnings per share for stockholders. Darby noted
that the company's balance sheet showed 44 million sharesoutstanding. To explain to him that her calculation is correct,
Darby's correct response is __________.
$0.045 per share. Earnings per share is calculated by taking net
income after taxes and dividing by the total number of common
shares issued and outstanding
Darby's boss asked her to determine if the company is
operating with too many borrowed funds. Which ratio will
Darby utilize to help her with her decision?
leverage
The following information is listed on Beck's Bicycles,
Incorporated's Balance Sheet as of 12/30/2012
_____________. If you were one of Beck's accountants and
you were asked to evaluate if the firm has enough funds to pay
its bills that are coming due in the next few months, how would
you respond?
Beck's will have enough funds to pay bills coming due in the next
few months, as long as it continues to collect money that others
owe Beck's and it turns over (sells) at least $7 million in
inventory.
Financial managers examine the financial data prepared by
___________ and make recommendations to top executives
about strategies for improving the financial strength of a firm.
Accountants
Taxes represent ____________.
cash outflow
Short-term forecasts are based on ______________.
expected sales revenues and expenses
If your job is to compare actual expenses incurred by your
company, with financial projections previously created, you are
performing the task of __________.
Financial Control
Accepting bank credit cards represents one way to
decrease_____________.
the expense of collecting accounts recievable
What is the major problem with selling on credit?A sizeable portion of a firm's assets could be tied up in accounts
receivable.
The Credit Card Responsibility Accountability and Disclosure
Act of 2009 did very little to protect ___________ from
increases in credit card interest rates and fees.
small businesses
Marco's Italian Gardens, an authentic restaurant in suburban
Chicago, worked with a local bank for a _____________.
This unsecured source of funds was available for Marco to tap
into if he needed immediate funds for the business. He liked
the fact that he had a cushion and only used it if he fell short of
funds.
line of credit
Backstreet Books, Inc., an eclectic book and music store near a
large college campus, is a reseller. The operation buys books
almost every day. Deliveries are constantly part of the day-today operation of the firm. The transportation company that
delivers to Backstreet Books provides this service on trade
credit terms of 3/5, net 30. This means the firm
___________.
is offered a 3% discount if it pays during the first 5 days. The
entire bill is due in 30 days
Which of the following is a long-term debt obligation of a
corporation or government?
bond
The financial manager for Bellandro Bay Brewery is working
with the firm's marketing department to bring out a new line of
pumpkin ale. The new product development and subsequent
production will require a long-term investment of funds by the
company. Which of the following sources of financing would be
representative of such a funding requirement?
issuance of bonds
One advantage in using retained earnings as a long-term
source of funds is __________.
firms avoid having to make dividend payments to stockholders,
or interest payments to bondholders
ldle Time Gaming, Inc. knows that its stockholders expect a
return on their investment. The expected return thatstockholders anticipate translates into the company's
__________. Essentially, this is the amount that the
investment funds are costing the firm.
cost of capital
One of the consequences of the financial crisis of the late
2000s was __________.
more government scrutiny and regulations
Issuing stock as a source of funding is referred to as
____________.
equity financing
One of the major functions of the securities markets is to
____________.
assist businesses in finding long-term funding to finance
business expansion
______________ and their members provide value because
they buy and sell securities on behalf of the companies and
individuals they represent.
stock exchanges
Like most stock exchanges, the NYSE EURONEXT, the world's
largest stock exchange has seen its business model evolve.
Which of the following represents that evolution?
The exchange now sells large amounts of market information to
other companies.
The __________ is the federal regulating body for the
securities markets.
SEC (Securities and Exchange Commission)
The most basic form of ownership in a firm consists of
___________.
common stock
Mark was trying to decide between purchasing the common
stock shares of AMEREN-UE stock (a utility company), or
preferred shares of the same company. As a student of
business, you provide the following accurate information that
___________.preferred shareholders typically do not have voting rights.
Companies are obligated to pay preferred shareholders their
dividends, before paying dividends to common stockholders
A company that issues _______ has a legal obligation to make
regular interest payments and to repay the principal amount at
a prescribed time.
a bond
An older person nearing retirement might typically find it
better to invest in ___________.
bonds
Andrew is contemplating selling the bonds he holds prior to
their date of maturity. Which of the following may result in
Andrew's bonds being worth less than their face value, if he
decides to sell prior to the maturity date?
If interest rates for similar bonds are higher than the interest
rate Andrew's bond is paying.
ABC Investment Company sells shares of _______________
to the general public. ABC's investment managers buy an
assortment of stocks and bonds and then repackage them into
a new product. The company then sells shares of the new
product.
mutual funds
If the paper reports the corporate bond price as 79 ½, the price
an investor would have to pay is ____________.
$795
As quoted on an intraday report, a stock's Beta is
__________.
a measurement of its risk value
An average of the cost of 30 industrial stocks, the purpose of
the DOW Jones Industrial Average is to ___________.
indicate the movement [up or down] of the stock market, in
general
Unlike the market for shirts at the local department store, the
market for securities can experience significant upswings and
downswings in values, in the same day. Program trading allows
for thousands of trades to occur simultaneously. To preventlarge, sudden drops in value of securities markets, electronic
systems rely on ______________ to temporarily close
program trading.
circuit breakers
Entrepreneurship is:
A. managing businesses for others.
B. a controlling interest in the
ownership of a corporation.
C. managing businesses that operate in
multiple countries.
D. accepting the risk of starting and
running a business.
Definition
D. accepting the risk of starting and
running a business.
Term
(p. 146) Which of the following U.S.
issues does entrepreneurship most
directly affect?
A. The political process
B. The ability to create jobs for others
C. Contributions of money to
organizations that help people in need
D. The ability to influence national
macroeconomics polices
Definition
B. The ability to create jobs for others
Term
(p. 148) Which of the following explains
why individuals accept the risks of
business ownership?
A. The potential for learning how to be
self-disciplined
B. The sense of self-satisfaction and
independence
C. The challenge of seeking power
D. The desire to work fewer hours
Definition
B. The sense of self-satisfaction and
independence
Term Definition(p. 148) Which of the following is a
characteristic of successful
entrepreneurs?
A. Power-seeking
B. Relies heavily on others who believe
in the business
C. Willingness and desire to follow
others
D. Action-oriented
D. Action-oriented
Term
(p. 148) Which of the following best
describes entrepreneurial personality
traits?
A. Tolerant of uncertainty and highly
energetic.
B. Risk averse and self-nurturing.
C. Appreciate direction from others
and risk averse.
D. Prefer to work less hours and prefer
to give directions and let others do the
foot work
Definition
A. Tolerant of uncertainty and highly
energetic.
Term
(p. 150) A(n) ________________ is a
group of experienced professionals
from different areas of business who
join together to develop, make, and
market a new product.
A. entrepreneurial team
B. joint venture
C. self-directed functional team
D. managerial task force
Definition
A. entrepreneurial team
Term
(p. 150) An entrepreneurial team consists
of:
A. managers with similar skills,
abilities, and interests.
B. experienced professionals from
different areas of business.
C. a group of wealthy investors who
Definition
B. experienced professionals from
different areas of business.share a vision for a product.
D. representatives from management,
labor, and the government who work
together to solve a company's problems
in a creative way.
Term
(p. 150) Business owners who prefer to
maintain their businesses at a
manageable size are called:
A. macropreneurs
B. intrapreneurs
C. micropreneurs
D. home workers
Definition
C. micropreneurs
Term
(p. 151) One of the challenges of running a
home-based business is:
A. an increase in business risk.
B. managing the extra time on your
hands.
C. keeping work and family tasks
separate.
D. burdensome tax laws.
Definition
C. keeping work and family tasks
separate.
Term
(p. 155) A successful web-based strategy
that helps a business spread the word
about its web site and products is called
______________.
A. wildfire marketing
B. "its all about the buzz"
C. social marketing
D. affiliate marketing
Definition
D. affiliate marketing
Term
(p. 155) Shopping widgets allow Internet
users to become ____________ for eretailers.
A. peer to peer affiliates
B. buyers
Definition
A. peer to peer affiliatesC. sellers
D. personal shoppers
Term
(p. 155) A creative person working within
a corporation to launch new products
and generate new profits is known as
a(n):
A. arbitrator.
B. micropreneur.
C. macropreneur.
D. intrapreneur.
Definition
D. intrapreneur.
Term
(p. 155) The goal of an intrapreneur is:
A. to improve quality control in a
corporation's production process.
B. to develop new products and
generate new profits for the
corporation.
C. to implement cost control policies for
existing products.
D. to create smaller companies within
larger companies.
Definition
B. to develop new products and
generate new profits for the
corporation.
Term
(p. 156) The U.S. government's
Immigration Act of 1990:
A. encouraged entrepreneurs to come
to the U.S.through "investor visas".
B. established a government program
to teach American workers displaced
by immigration how to start their own
businesses.
C. established guidelines to help
entrepreneurs recruit legal aliens as a
source of low cost labor.
D. proposed an exchange program for
American and European entrepreneurs
to temporarily live internationally in
order to open up foreign branches for
their businesses.
Definition
A. encouraged entrepreneurs to come
to the U.S.through "investor visas".Term
(p. 156) Enterprise zones are specific
geographic areas that:
A. the government has set aside for
major corporations that promise to
spend at least $10 million to create new
jobs.
B. attract business investment by
offering lower taxes and government
support for development.
C. the government has recognized as
having the fastest growth rates in the
country.
D. are characterized by government
ownership of small businesses.
Definition
B. attract business investment by
offering lower taxes and government
support for development.
Term
(p. 156) Business incubators are usually
government-funded facilities intended
to:
A. provide health care benefits for
small business owners and their
families.
B. offer startup firms low-cost office
space and basic business services.
C. help rebuild the nation's
infrastructure.
D. assist foreign investors in identifying
business opportunities in the U.S.
Definition
B. offer startup firms low-cost office
space and basic business services.
Term
(p. 148) Historically entrepreneurs in the
U.S.
A. created wealth for themselves, but
have had a minor impact on the
economy as a whole.
B. started many small firms that later
became major corporations employing
thousands of workers.
C. experienced success only when they
worked in partnership with the federal
government.
D. played an important role, but are
Definition
B. started many small firms that later
became major corporations employing
thousands of workers.less important now in creating jobs and
wealth.
Term
(p. 148) Which of the following statements
explains one of the reasons that people
in the U.S. take the entrepreneurial
challenge?
A. It's all about profits, and the chance
to make a lot of money
B. It's about independence and the
opportunity to share in the American
dream
C. It's about power and fame
D. It is about a lot of things, but it does
not include personal achievement
Definition
B. It's about independence and the
opportunity to share in the American
dream
Term
(p. 148) Successful entrepreneurs are selfnurturing. This means they:
A. look to others for strength and
encouragement.
B. self-finance their business with no
assistance from others.
C. perform all business operations by
themselves.
D. believe in themselves and their ideas.
Definition
D. believe in themselves and their ideas.
Term
(p. 149) Which of the following statements
is characteristic of entrepreneurs?
A. They like certainty
B. They have the ability to visualize a
clear path
C. They look at problems and see
opportunities
D. They prefer to be inventive rather
than worry about whether the invention
solves a customer need
Definition
C. They look at problems and see
opportunities
Term Definition(p. 149) Although successful
entrepreneurs are more tolerant of
uncertainty,
A. they seldom start another business
after a failure.
B. they develop mental games to see
themselves through the risk game,
especially.
C. they always protect themselves from
failure by taking-out lots of insurance.
D. they strive to take calculated risks.
D. they strive to take calculated risks.
Term
(p. 150) Effective entrepreneurial teams
combine:
A. creativity with marketing and
production experience.
B. venture financing, tax benefits, and
production economies.
C. scientific abilities, capital
investment, and marketing skills.
D. risk tolerance, debt financing, and
international experience.
Definition
A. creativity with marketing and
production experience.
Term
(p. 150) Successful entrepreneurial
teams:
A. quickly organize themselves like
large corporations.
B. assign only one person to new
product innovation.
C. bring a variety of talent to the
business venture.
D. outsource most of the details of
innovation.
Definition
C. bring a variety of talent to the
business venture.
Term
(p. 152) One reason we have seen
continued growth in home-based
businesses is:
A. the location offers a more secure
operational environment.
Definition
B. affordable computer and
information technology makes it easier
to compete.B. affordable computer and
information technology makes it easier
to compete.
C. people need something to do while
they wait to return to work for a large
corporation.
D. it is less risky to start a home-based
business than other types of
entrepreneurial ventures
Term
(p. 152-153) Which of the following
statements is not a challenge for homebased businesses?
A. Affordable technology such as the
Internet
B. Staying focused on the business and
leaving home chores for after-business
hours
C. Using your time wisely
D. Promoting your services
Definition
A. Affordable technology such as the
Internet
Term
(p. 155) Affiliate marketing is a web-based
business strategy that:
A. relies on customers that enter the
sites of large companies such as GAP™
and Nike™.
B. asks you to offer the names and
emails of ten of your friends who may
be interested in the products or services
the web-site is selling.
C. currently illegal, but difficult to stop.
D. rewards individuals who are willing
to link a company's website to their
blog or social network.
Definition
D. rewards individuals who are willing
to link a company's website to their
blog or social network.
Term
(p. 146; 155) Which of the following best
describes the difference between an
intrapreneur and an entrepreneur?
A. Intrapreneurs start nonprofit
Definition
C. Intrapreneurs work within existing
corporations while entrepreneurs
assume the risks of starting their own
businessorganizations while entrepreneurs start
profit-seeking businesses
B. Intraprenuers are practical while
entrepreneurs are creative
C. Intrapreneurs work within existing
corporations while entrepreneurs
assume the risks of starting their own
business
D. Intrapreneurs limit their efforts to
financial investments, while
entrepreneurs are involved in the
management of all areas of a business
Term
(p. 155) Intrapreneurs make use of
__________ to develop and launch new
products and generate new profits.
A. their employer's existing human,
financial, and physical resources
B. their own personal financial
resources
C. government-supplied physical and
financial resources
D. old ideas abandoned by
entrepreneurs
Definition
A. their employer's existing human,
financial, and physical resources
Term
(p. 156) Enterprise zones are:
A. government owned properties that
are available for entrepreneurial
ventures at a reduced cost
B. similar to incubator facilities but
strictly run by city and state
governments
C. blighted areas that contained toxic
materials making them unsuitable for
business operations
D. specific locations across the U.S.
where entrepreneurs can set-up shop
and receive tax breaks for operating in
these areas
Definition
D. specific locations across the U.S.
where entrepreneurs can set-up shop
and receive tax breaks for operating in
these areas
Term Definition(p. 156) Enterprise zones and investor
visas are examples of:
A. government policies that favor large
corporations rather than small
businesses.
B. government programs that
encourage economic growth through
entrepreneurship.
C. government policies designed to
encourage intrapreneurs.
D. examples of private initiatives to
reduce the government's role in the
economy.
B. government programs that
encourage economic growth through
entrepreneurship.
Term
(p. 156) For the past twenty-five years,
state and city governments have
promoted facilities where new
businesses can open-up shop and share
common services such as secretarial,
accounting, and legal services. Due to
their remarkable success rate,
_______________ continue to grow in
popularity.
A. enterprise zones
B. incubators
C. intrapreneurial development centers
D. venture farms
Definition
B. incubators
Term
(p. 147) The Spotlight on Small
Business box "You're Never Too Young
to be an Entrepreneur", features young
people who
A. directed inheritance money they
received into profitable business
ventures.
B. turned a social passion into a
business opportunity.
C. realized the American dream at a
very young age, and now run multimillion dollar companies.
D. convinced banks to fund their
Definition
B. turned a social passion into a
business opportunity.business ideas.
Term
(p. 149) In the Thinking Green box,
"Socially Responsible
Entrepreneurship",:
A. Gary Hirshberg explains how he
turned Kraft Foods into an eco-friendly
company.
B. Gary Hirshberg explains the
difficulties that companies experience
in their attempts to be socially
responsible, and talks about what he
learned from his business failures.
C. Gary Hirshberg explains that
environmentalism and business still
don't mix due to the high investment
costs in re-tolling manufacturing sites
to be more eco-friendly.
D. Gary Hirshberg proves that
environmentalism and business can
cohabitate and even turn a profit.
Definition
D. Gary Hirshberg proves that
environmentalism and business can
cohabitate and even turn a profit.
Term
(p. 153) According to the Reaching
Beyond our Borders box, how do small
business owners use technology to keep
their labor costs down?
A. They have purchased accounting
and bookkeeping software like,
Quickbooks™
B. Most have gone in debt to retrofit
their manufacturing facilities to include
robots on the production lines
C. They only do business with sweat
shops
D. They solicit the services of
Elance.com and other online services to
contractually hire graphic designers
and other virtual assistants from
around the globe
Definition
D. They solicit the services of
Elance.com and other online services to
contractually hire graphic designers
and other virtual assistants from
around the globe
Term Definition(p. 146) Kenya recently quit a job with a
large corporation to start her own
business. While she realizes that her
decision comes with risk, she is excited
for the chance to be independent and by
the challenges of running her own
firm. Kenya is an example of a(n):
A. intrapreneur.
B. entrepreneur.
C. venture capitalist.
D. raconteur.
B. entrepreneur.
Term
(p. 148) Erin developed a new type of
exercise equipment she calls the Tush
N' Tone. After unsuccessfully searching
for potential investors, she arranged a
personal loan and borrowed additional
money from her parents. Her
willingness to continue believing in her
idea and remain enthusiastic shows
that Erin is:
A. characteristically self-nurturing.
B. better suited to managing a
nonprofit organization.
C. unaware of the risks she was taking.
D. not a true entrepreneur.
Definition
A. characteristically self-nurturing.
Term
(p. 150) Apple Computer's "smart team"
is an example of a firm that succeeded
by:
A. encouraging each manager to focus
on a well defined area of the business
and build his own specialized
department.
B. bringing together a group of talented
and experienced managers to conceive,
develop, and market products.
C. emphasizing a low price and low cost
strategy right from the beginning.
D. assembling a group of employees
whose inexperience was a plus, because
they did not come with the baggage and
Definition
B. bringing together a group of talented
and experienced managers to conceive,
develop, and market products.institutional ideas of larger companies.
Term
(p. 152) Anna recently left a large
insurance firm and opened a homebased business preparing medical
transcriptions for doctors. Based on
recent statistics, she can expect:
A. a negative reaction from friends and
family who wonder when she will get a
"real" job.
B. the emergence of affordable
technology will make it less challenging
for her to compete with larger firms
offering the same service.
C. the government will discourage her
attempts to create a home-based
business in the hopes that she will opt
for locating in an enterprise zone.
D. to find security, routine and a
paycheck from her new enterprise.
Definition
B. the emergence of affordable
technology will make it less challenging
for her to compete with larger firms
offering the same service.
Term
(p. 155) Jake is an innovative engineering
graduate who works for a large
company that makes adhesive products
for commercial and consumer use. One
of his primary responsibilities is to
initiate and develop new products to
complement the firm's current product
line. Jake's company is ___________.
A. intrapreneurial
B. entrepreneurial
C. an outside consultant for other firms
D. at a disadvantage because it is trying
to operate like a small business
Definition
A. intrapreneurial
Term
(p. 156) SouthwestCollege received a
government grant to establish a
business incubator. This facility will
offer:
Definition
D. new businesses low-cost office space
with basic business services.A. local government agencies assistance
in obtaining funds for urban renewal.
B. area businesses advice on employee
benefits and ways to reduce taxes.
C. venture capitalists an opportunity to
identify new entrepreneurs.
D. new businesses low-cost office space
with basic business services.
Term
(p. 155) Ketan is an intrapreneur for a
multinational electronics company. As
an intrapreneur Ketan:
A. is expected to recruit new
managerial talent for his firm.
B. will use the firm's existing resources
to develop new products.
C. is concerned mainly with improving
the firm's public image.
D. will concentrate on creating new
ventures that can be spun off to become
independent firms.
Definition
B. will use the firm's existing resources
to develop new products.
Term
(p. 150-152) Pete inherited a thriving dry
cleaning business from his father and
mother. He continued the tradition of
offering quality service to the customers
he served. As the surrounding towns
expanded, several people suggested that
Pete expand the business to offer
service in new locations. He chose to
maintain only one operation, so as not
to lose control and to keep his work life
and home life balanced. Pete is a good
example of a(n) ______________.
A. small business affiliate
B. intrapreneur
C. micropreneur
D. enterprise zone participant
Definition
C. micropreneur
Term Definition(p. 156) Located on Monsanto's world
headquarters campus,
the NidusCenter is a unique
___________ facility. The tenants are
biotechnology companies who are at
various stages of product development.
The agricultural giant, Monsanto,
the Danforth
Foundation,Washington University St.
Louis, St. LouisUniversity, and several
venture capital firms contribute seed
money for these small start-up ventures
that receive approval to further develop
their ideas at the NidusCenter.
A. incubator
B. intrapreneurial
C. enterprise zone
D. micropreneurial
A. incubator
Term
(p. 157) Small businesses:
A. deal with similar management issues
that large companies face.
B. deal with very different management
issues due to the very different
management challenges experienced by
small businesses.
C. do not seek government funding due
to the fact that the federal government
has made it very clear that it must
support large operations before small
operations.
D. concern themselves with state-of-theart information and accounting
technology but not employee relations
due to their challenge to financially
support employee benefits programs.
Definition
A. deal with similar management issues
that large companies face.
Term
(p. 157) The Small Business
Administration defines a small business
as a firm that:
A. has fewer than 100 partners.
B. is independently owned but not
Definition
B. is independently owned but not
dominant in its industry.dominant in its industry.
C. is dominant in its industry, but small
in the number of workers it employs.
D. has annual receipts of more than a
specified amount depending upon the
industry.
Term
(p. 158) Small businesses create about
__________ percent of the new jobs in
the United States.
A. 5-10
B. 25-35
C. 60-80
D. 100
Definition
C. 60-80
Term
(p. 157) A business's size is measured:
A. in relation to the number of
competitors in its industry.
B. in relation to other firms in its
industry.
C. in relation to the number of
dominant competitors in its sector.
D. as small, if it participates in the
services sector.
Definition
B. in relation to other firms in its
industry.
Term
(p. 158) According to economist Bruce
Kirchhoff, small business failures are:
A. lower than traditionally reported.
B. understated to keep small business
creation enthusiasm.
C. accurate and alarming.
D. inconclusive.
Definition
A. lower than traditionally reported.
Term
(p. 158) When comparing small businesses
to their larger competitors, it is clear
that:
A. bigger is always better.
Definition
C. small firms often can offer more
personalized customer services than big
firms.B. small firms can always outperform
big firms on a level playing field.
C. small firms often can offer more
personalized customer services than big
firms.
D. small firms are slower to respond to
opportunities than are large firms.
Term
(p. 159) Which of the following is not a
reason stated for small business
failure?
A. Managerial incompetence
B. Inadequate financial planning
C. Buying too little on credit and not
being lenient enough with your credit
paying customers
D. Borrowing money without a plan of
how and when you will repay the debt
Definition
C. Buying too little on credit and not
being lenient enough with your credit
paying customers
Term
(p. 159) Which of the following
will not help your small business
succeed?
A. Services you perform are easily
replicated by larger companies, such as
online banking
B. You provide a unique service that
requires a significant amount of
personal attention such as a service that
provides in-home care for seniors
C. Investing in a franchise
D. Your product is not easily mass
produced, like professional
photography
Definition
A. Services you perform are easily
replicated by larger companies, such as
online banking
Term
(p. 158) Small businesses are important to
the U.S. economy because:
A. they fill-in the gaps when large
businesses want to let workers go on
vacation; or when large businesses want
Definition
D. they create over 60% of new jobs
each year and generate over 50% of the
U.S. GDPto temporarily cease production
B. banks and other financial services
companies would not have borrowing
customers, because small businesses
borrow more than large businesses
C. they pay most of the tax revenue
collected by the U.S. government
D. they create over 60% of new jobs
each year and generate over 50% of the
U.S. GDP
Term
(p. 158) Using the analogy of boulders vs.
sand for filling a hole, the textbook
points out that:
A. small businesses are employing a
record number of employees because
they have to work twice as hard at
producing the same amount of output
as a large competitor.
B. small businesses can serve niche
markets that larger firms do not serve
well.
C. the sand represents the small
businesses that start and fail each year,
while the boulders represent the large
companies whose resources permit
them to stay the course.
D. large companies serve market niches
so much better than small companies.
Definition
B. small businesses can serve niche
markets that larger firms do not serve
well.
Term
(p. 158) Which of the following
employment statistics about small
businesses is true?
A. Small businesses create about 15%
of all new jobs in the U.S.
B. The number of women owning small
businesses has remained constant
C. A great majority of American
workers find their first jobs with a
small business
D. Growth of minority-owned
Definition
C. A great majority of American
workers find their first jobs with a
small businessbusinesses in theU.S. is declining
Term
(p. 157) According to SBA guidelines, a
manufacturing firm with 1,000
employees:
A. would be classified as a large firm in
the industrial sector.
B. may be classified as a small business
depending upon the size of other firms
in the industry.
C. is too small to achieve the efficiencies
of large scale production.
D. is classified as an S corporation.
Definition
B. may be classified as a small business
depending upon the size of other firms
in the industry.
Term
(p. 159) Entrepreneurs looking for a
business that gives them the best
opportunity to get rich should consider
starting a business in:
A. the manufacturing sector.
B. the food service industry.
C. a low risk industry.
D. the agriculture sector.
Definition
A. the manufacturing sector.
Term
(p. 159) A review of small business
successes and failures indicates that
the:
A. businesses that are easiest to start
offer the greatest potential for long
term growth and profits.
B. restaurant industry offers the least
risk for entrepreneurs.
C. businesses with potential of high
profit levels tend to be difficult to start
and hard to keep going.
D. reason the service sector is rapidly
growing is that these firms are easy to
start and keep going, and offer high
levels of security and growth potential.
Definition
C. businesses with potential of high
profit levels tend to be difficult to start
and hard to keep going.Term
(p. 157-158) After graduation, Manny
focused his attention on finding full
time employment. He has decided to
narrow his job search to jobs with a
major corporation. His job search
strategy:
A. makes sense because managerial
skills are best developed by working for
big firms.
B. is smart because major corporations
represent the most important source of
employment growth in the United
States.
C. indicates that Manny's passion is to
fulfill his dream of owning his own
business.
D. will likely limit his job prospects
since most new jobs are with small
businesses.
Definition
D. will likely limit his job prospects
since most new jobs are with small
businesses.
Term
(p. 157) After several years of working as
a regional manager for a nationally
known nonprofit, Janelle landed a
management position with an
innovative small business. If she accepts
the job offer, she is likely to find that:
A. due to the significant differences in
large and small firms, her previous
experience will be of little value in her
new position.
B. the principles of management are
much the same at large and small firms.
C. nonprofit organizations are
motivated by their desire to help people
and so financial management is of little
concern.
D. planning is more important to a
nonprofit organization and less
important to a small business so she will
need to adjust the time she spends on
the planning function.
Definition
B. the principles of management are
much the same at large and small firms.Term
(p. 159) As a result of corporate
downsizing, Alex lost his job as an
information systems manager for a
large telecommunications company. A
bonafide computer geek in his own
right, Alex knew that several of his past
company contacts often outsourced
their computer problems. He decided it
was a good time to test the waters and
see if he could secure enough computer
clients to be in business for himself. His
success demonstrated that:
A. starting your own business can
quickly provide security and profits.
B. people always tend to hire people
they know from past associations.
C. the service sector is not an area of
significant growth.
D. successful big businesses often create
profitable opportunities for small
businesses.
Definition
D. successful big businesses often create
profitable opportunities for small
businesses.
Term
(p. 158) After selling his software business
for a sizeable profit, software engineer
Gus Greene decided to try something
different. He would become a general
contractor on a large condo
development in an upcoming area
of Atlanta,Georgia. He invested several
million and then borrowed another $30
million (or 75% of the project cost)
from a lending institution. He based his
borrowing risk on the assumption that
the housing market would continue to
appreciate for several years to come. As
the housing market began a free-fall in
early 2008 and continued into 2009,
Gus saw his business crashing around
him. Sales were very meager and the
bank wanted its money back. Which of
the following statements might best
describe the reason Gus' business
failed?
Definition
D. Gus went into the business with very
little knowledge about the industry or
the market.A. Although Gus took some risk, it
wasn't enough. In business, it is "more
risk, more expected reward!"
B. The bank let Gus down. It should not
have lent him that much money.
C. He should have designated himself as
a passive investor. Therefore, his
investment would not be in jeopardy
D. Gus went into the business with very
little knowledge about the industry or
the market.
Term
(p. 159) Jennifer, a talented photography
major started a corporate photography
business. She planned to solicit jobs
from large corporations who needed
pictures for their annual reports and
websites. Although filling a unique
niche, Jennifer needed the security that
the business would thrive and that she
would earn enough to support herself
and her child. She also hoped that she
would spend less time each day calling
on potential clients and more time
doing the actual shoots. As her small
business consultant, which of the
following suggestions would you have
for Jennifer?
A. Jennifer should either take the risk
necessary to develop a small business,
or go to work for someone else.
B. In the beginning, it's doubtful that
Jennifer will realize ease of entry,
security, and good profits. She needs to
make plans in the event that one or
more of these does not materialize
quickly.
C. Photographers can take pictures of a
multitude of things. It's probably not
good strategy to limit her business to
only photographing the needs of large
corporations.
D. Jennifer should definitely make time
for herself each day so that she does not
Definition
B. In the beginning, it's doubtful that
Jennifer will realize ease of entry,
security, and good profits. She needs to
make plans in the event that one or
more of these does not materialize
quickly.experience burn-out. If she plans well,
leaping into her own business will
provide with her several hours of
unstructured time each day where she
can perfect her craft even more.
Term
(p. 158) Dr. Smiley White just graduated
from dental school. He is hoping to
acquire the necessary funding to start
his own dental practice. One advantage
of this type of business is:
A. above average opportunity to
borrow funds at a high interest rate
B. nearly unlimited growth potential
C. the service is individualized and not
easily mass-produced
D. very low startup costs
Definition
C. the service is individualized and not
easily mass-produced
Term
(p. 159) When Krystal Ginger graduates
from culinary school she dreams of
opening her own Asian fusion
restaurant. Her other passion is skiing
in Colorado, where she schedules four
or five trips each year. As her small
business advisor, you believe it
necessary to provide her with
information that will help her make
good business decisions. Which of the
following would be helpful for Krystal
to know?
A. Restaurants are relatively easy
businesses to start, but are labor
intensive and also have the greatest
failure rate.
B. Restaurants are not the easiest type
of business to start, but once you get it
going, you will have plenty of time for
skiing.
C. Most restaurant owners get rich if
they open their own, independent
restaurant as opposed to starting a
franchised operation.
Definition
A. Restaurants are relatively easy
businesses to start, but are labor
intensive and also have the greatest
failure rate.D. Franchised operations will take less
time on the part of the owner than a
regular independently owned
operation. If she opens a franchise, she
will have more time for creativity in the
business, and more time for skiing too.
Term
(p. 160) A small business management
course at a community college may
offer entrepreneurs an opportunity to:
A. meet with experienced entrepreneurs
and learn from their advice.
B. try out ideas on a computer
simulation before risking real time and
money.
C. listen to a qualified instructor solve
all of the problems of small business
owners.
D. be part of a group that will include
angel investors.
Definition
A. meet with experienced entrepreneurs
and learn from their advice.
Term
(p. 161) One way to get into business is to
buy an existing company. The value of
the business used to determine a fair
purchase price is based on:
A. the prospects for business
competition.
B. the current owner's retirement plan.
C. the amount of government contracts
the company has.
D. the value of what the business owns,
what it earns, and what makes it
unique.
Definition
D. the value of what the business owns,
what it earns, and what makes it
unique.
Term
(p. 160) Conversations with people who
start their own business often reveal
that:
A. many small business owners got
their entrepreneurial idea from a
Definition
A. many small business owners got
their entrepreneurial idea from a
previous job.previous job.
B. it is unusual for experienced
corporate managers to start their own
businesses.
C. the most successful entrepreneurs
often start their business ventures right
after high school.
D. most small business owners begin
with significant personal wealth.
Term
(p. 160) For prospective entrepreneurs,
enrolling in an introduction to business
or small business management course
offered through their community
college:
A. is likely to be wasted time since
college courses tend to be too
theoretical.
B. can be helpful by offering them an
opportunity to meet experienced small
business owners.
C. serves as supplementary
information, only after starting their
business venture.
D. seldom provides you with
information to help make small
business decisions.
Definition
B. can be helpful by offering them an
opportunity to meet experienced small
business owners.
Term
(p. 160) Which of the following
suggestions would an experienced
business owner offer to help someone
who is thinking about starting a
business venture?
A. Avoid the temptation of buying an
existing firm. Build your own
reputation and make your own
mistakes.
B. Gain experience by working for a
successful businessperson.
C. Postpone consulting with an
accountant or lawyer until you can
afford their services.
Definition
B. Gain experience by working for a
successful businessperson.D. Jump in quickly, before the market
conditions change and opportunities
are lost.
Term
(p. 160) Successful small business owners
are:
A. not good sources for information on
starting your own business because they
generally do not understand failure.
B. valuable sources for information
since you can learn from their
experiences.
C. good but risky since their keen sense
of sniffing-out something with potential
will tempt them to steal your ideas.
D. valuable sources of information, but
you should proceed with caution
because talking with someone who
could eventually be your competitor
may cross the line due to federal trade
commission laws.
Definition
B. valuable sources for information
since you can learn from their
experiences.
Term
(p. 160) When starting a small business,
it's important to remember:
A. an affinity for taking large amounts
of risk is the critical factor in achieving
small business success.
B. doing things differently from
previous entrepreneurs is the real key
to success.
C. learning from others and gaining
relevant business experience improves
the odds for success.
D. to avoid burnout, limit the number
of hours you work each week as you
adapt to the rigors of self-employment.
Definition
C. learning from others and gaining
relevant business experience improves
the odds for success.
Term
(p. 161) The Making Ethical
Decisions box, "Going Down with the
Definition
C. ethical decisions that need to be
considered when employees leave aShip" addresses a dilemma worthy of
consideration. It describes:
A. an unethical situation where the
business owner's need for capital causes
him/her to delay all payments to
suppliers for 120 days, forcing several
of his close business relationships, outof-business.
B. the slow death of a business and how
important it is to delay payments, selloff assets and do everything possible to
save a failing business except dismissing
employees who need their jobs for
survival.
C. ethical decisions that need to be
considered when employees leave a
faltering business to start their own,
eventually competing against
theirprevious employer.
D. the unethical and disloyal decision to
leave your family business and start
your own, taking with you all the family
business's trade secrets.
faltering business to start their own,
eventually competing against their
previous employer.
Term
(p. 161) Motivated by his desire to operate
his own business, Nick considers
purchasing an existing business. As he
carefully weighs this option, he is likely
to find that:
A. very few owners of small businesses
have any interest in selling.
B. his potential for success would
greatly improve if he started his own
new firm.
C. the value of an existing business is
determined by what the business owns,
what it earns, and what makes it
unique.
D. any entrepreneur willing to sell
his/her business is experiencing serious
financial problems.
Definition
C. the value of an existing business is
determined by what the business owns,
what it earns, and what makes it
unique.
Term Definition(p. 160) Carrie, a student
atMetropolitanCommunity College,
dreams of starting her own business. In
an effort to learn as much as she can
about small business management, she
talked to four friends who each offered
their advice. Which of these suggestions
is likely to help Carrie the most?
A. The best way to learn about running
a business is by getting hands-on
experience. You should quit school and
put your dream into action.
B. Take courses related to small
business management and look for a
job with a successful businessperson,
preferably in your field of interest.
C. Since every business is unique, don't
worry about advice from others. Go to
a bank, get a business loan, and live
your dream.
D. Starting and managing a small
business requires little more than
common sense. If your idea is unique,
hard work will guarantee your success.
B. Take courses related to small
business management and look for a
job with a successful businessperson,
preferably in your field of interest.
Term
(p. 161) Greg benefited from his
experience working for an established
private company that provided
innovative lighting for large music
venues. Although confident that he
could start his own lighting business, he
had limited capital to buy the necessary
equipment needed to successfully
compete with established companies.
Which of the following strategies would
best help Greg achieve his goal of
business ownership?
A. Begin by offering to take over
management of his employer's business,
allowing the owner to enjoy some
leisure time
B. Consider working for a major
corporation, live modestly, and save
until he has sufficient funds to start his
Definition
A. Begin by offering to take over
management of his employer's business,
allowing the owner to enjoy some
leisure timebusiness
C. Enroll in the closest university and
apply for student loans
D. Open his business and trust that his
work experience will bring him success
even with insufficient capital
Term
(p. 161) As a young boy, Drew remembers
his grandfather telling him, "Son, if you
can find something you like to do, and
somebody is willing to pay you to do it,
well, that's the secret to a great life."
The way Drew saw it, this was his big
break. For the past five years, he split
his time between school and working
for a local tree farm/nursery business.
The owner recently announced he was
ready to retire. As Drew began creating
a business plan, he contemplated what
the business might be worth and how
much will he need to buy this business.
For starters, Drew
A. needs to find a government data base
that outlines what nursery businesses
are worth, on average, across the
country.
B. should speak with the current owner
and determine the total value of assets
(what the business owns), its earning
potential, and its unique advantage.
C. will want to determine the assessed
value of the acreage that the business
owns, and then bid competitively.
D. needs to understand that it's difficult
to buy an existing business, rather than
start your own. The key will be to meet
with the company's accountant, and
explain your interest. The accountant
will have all the answers.
Definition
B. should speak with the current owner
and determine the total value of assets
(what the business owns), its earning
potential, and its unique advantage
Term
(p. 162) Two key management functions
that need particular attention when
Definition
B. planning and financingstarting a business are:
A. human relations and accounting
B. planning and financing
C. marketing and public relations
D. staffing and controlling
Term
(p. 162) A __________ is a written
document that details the business idea,
the target market and the business's
competitive advantage, financial
resources available for the business,
and the qualification of the
management.
A. feasibility product
B. marketing plan
C. business plan
D. statement of intent
Definition
C. business plan
Term
(p. 162) The business plan will include
______________.
A. an analysis of the competition
B. names of banks the owner plans to
visit
C. import/export information
D. names of employees
Definition
A. an analysis of the competition
Term
(p. 162) A detailed written statement that
describes the nature of the business, the
target market, the firm's competitive
advantages, as well as the owner's
resources and qualifications is a:
A. business plan.
B. entrepreneurial mission statement.
C. profit and loss statement.
D. professional action plan.
Definition
A. business plan.
Term
(p. 162) Entrepreneurs seeking financial
Definition
C. create a detailed business plan tosupport from bankers and potential
investors should:
A. be vague regarding their creative
business plan to avoid having their idea
stolen.
B. seek the bankers' and investors'
assistance in developing their business
plan.
C. create a detailed business plan to
help the bankers and investors
understand why this business will
succeed.
D. ask for a relatively small amount of
capital initially, postponing a full
funding request until the investors
better understand the business concept.
help the bankers and investors
understand why this business will
succeed.
Term
(p. 162) Bankers and potential investors
are likely to read ___________ first.
A. the executive summary
B. the marketing plan
C. the qualifications of the management
team
D. the analysis of the competition
Definition
A. the executive summary
Term
(p. 164) After personal savings, the next
largest source of capital for
entrepreneurs is from:
A. large multinational banks.
B. the Small Business Administration.
C. state and local governments.
D. friends and family.
Definition
D. friends and family.
Term
(p. 164) ________ are private individuals
who invest their own money in
potentially hot new companies before
these firms become larger, publicly
traded companies.
A. Leveraged buyout specialists
Definition
B. Angel investorsB. Angel investors
C. Venture investors
D. Corporate raider investors
Term
(p. 165) Due to the credit crunch during
the recession of 2008, many small
businesses found that _____________
were more willing to lend money to
smaller operations.
A. large corporations
B. credit card companies
C. international banks
D. smaller, community banks
Definition
D. smaller, community banks
Term
(p. 165) A firm or individual providing
financial capital to small businesses in
exchange for an ownership stake in the
company is called a(n):
A. corporate raider.
B. takeover specialist.
C. financial capitalist.
D. venture capitalist.
Definition
D. venture capitalist.
Term
(p. 165) Which of the following
government agencies is responsible for
encouraging the development of small
business?
A. Small Business Administration
B. Federal Trade Commission
C. Entrepreneur Assistance Center
D. Federal Microloan Authority
Definition
A. Small Business Administration
Term
(p. 165) Which of the following sources of
investment is the least likely type
available to entrepreneurs?
A. Angel investors
B. Small Business Administration loans
Definition
C. Venture capitalistsC. Venture capitalists
D. Family and friends
Term
(p. 165) The Small Business
Administration's microloan program
awards loans to entrepreneurs based
primarily on their:
A. collateral.
B. credit history.
C. previous business success.
D. integrity and sound business idea.
Definition
D. integrity and sound business idea.
Term
(p. 165) A Small Business Investment
Company (SBIC) is a(n):
A. agency of the federal government
that loans money to high tech firms.
B. private investment company that is
licensed by the SBA to make loans to
small businesses.
C. private firm that offers loans to
small businesses in return for a share of
ownership in the firm.
D. agency set up by state governments
to provide managerial advice and
support to small businesses.
Definition
B. private investment company that is
licensed by the SBA to make loans to
small businesses.
Term
(p. 165) One of the best places for young
entrepreneurs to start shopping for a
SBA loan is a(n):
A. SmallBusinessDevelopmentCenter.
B. financial institution specializing in
business loans.
C. college or university financial aid
office.
D. the Internet web Page: of the
Venture Capitalists Association.
Definition
A. SmallBusinessDevelopmentCenter.
Term Definition(p. 166) A ________ refers to people with
unsatisfied wants and needs who are
willing and able to buy a product or
service.
A. market
B. consumer cooperative
C. consumer collective
D. buyer's cooperative
A. market
Term
(p. 167) To be considered part of a
market, an individual must:
A. be a registered buyer.
B. have made a purchase within the
past 30 days.
C. know the names and addresses of
two or more sellers.
D. have both a willingness to buy and
the financial resources needed to buy.
Definition
D. have both a willingness to buy and
the financial resources needed to buy.
Term
(p. 167) Small business owners often
struggle in attracting qualified workers.
Which of the following contributes to
this problem?
A. Bosses in small firms tend to be
disrespectful to the workers
B. Owners will not often listen to ideas
suggested by the workers
C. Employee relations are especially
poor in small firms
D. Many jobs in small firms have low
pay and few benefits
Definition
D. Many jobs in small firms have low
pay and few benefits
Term
(p. 167) Employees of small businesses
often have greater job satisfaction than
do employees of larger firms. One
reason for this difference in job
satisfaction is that employees of small
businesses often:
A. earn higher wages.
Definition
C. get more respect from their bosses.B. receive more vacation time.
C. get more respect from their bosses.
D. have more job security and better
fringe benefits.
Term
(p. 167) A new business that sets up a(n)
_____________ from the start is saving
itself time and grief later.
A. angel investment network
B. good accounting system
C. detailed supplier network
D. vertical marketing system
Definition
B. good accounting system
Term
(p. 167-168) Small businesses must seek
advice from outside experts. In order to
put together official documents such as
leases, contracts, and partnership
agreements, it is important to seek the
advice of __________.
A. a friend who has already started a
business
B. a competitor in a similar business
C. an attorney
D. a marketing expert
Definition
C. an attorney
Term
(p. 168) A(n) ____________ is a valuable
source of information regarding
techniques to reduce a firm's exposure
to risk.
A. insurance agent
B. accountant
C. liability assessor
D. union business agent
Definition
A. insurance agent
Term
(p. 168) Similar to how large businesses
proceed, small businesses make
marketing decisions ______________.
Definition
D. before a product is developed or
store is openedA. after the product or service is
developed
B. before the business is funded
C. at the same time that they hire
employees, research for an accountant,
and prepare the business plan
D. before a product is developed or
store is opened
Term
(p. 168) Most entrepreneurs and small
business owners agree that a small
business' marketing effort should
include:
A. a web presence
B. a list of competitor products
C. a pro forma income statement
D. a complete product lifecycle
Definition
A. a web presence
Term
(p. 168) The Small Business
Administration sponsors volunteers
from industry, trade associations, and
education who offer advice to small
business owners. These volunteers are
called:
A. the Small Business Council of
Volunteers.
B. Partners in Service and Economic
Progress.
C. Small Business Counselors
Incorporated.
D. the Service Corps of Retired
Executives.
Definition
D. the Service Corps of Retired
Executives.
Term
(p. 162) Entrepreneurs applying for a
bank loan should realize that bankers
will:
A. expect to receive a share of
ownership in the business in exchange
for their loan.
Definition
B. expect the entrepreneur to provide a
business plan.B. expect the entrepreneur to provide a
business plan.
C. generally make loans only to small
businesses in dot.com related
industries.
D. offer only short-term financing.
Term
(p. 162) A good business plan will:
A. focus on the big picture and omit the
small details of operating the business.
B. describe all aspects of the business,
including product, the target market,
the nature of the competition, any
financial resources, and the owner's
qualifications.
C. be purposefully vague, since specifics
can restrict creativity and flexibility.
D. focus on the nature of the business
and the target market, omitting
personal information about the owner
in order to avoid personality issues.
Definition
B. describe all aspects of the business,
including product, the target market,
the nature of the competition, any
financial resources, and the owner's
qualifications.
Term
(p. 162) The executive summary section of
the business plan contains:
A. computerized information that
readers can access interactively.
B. information that will capture the
attention of bankers and other investors
who receive many business plans every
day.
C. qualifications, experience, and
education of the entrepreneur and
prospective employees.
D. a financial summary prepared by the
business' accountant.
Definition
B. information that will capture the
attention of bankers and other investors
who receive many business plans every
day.
Term
(p. 165) When seeking financial backing
from a venture capitalist, a small
business owner should realize that the
Definition
C. expect an ownership stake in the
company in exchange for financial
backing.venture capitalist will:
A. charge an interest rate that is much
higher than any other lender.
B. not be interested in the management
of the business.
C. expect an ownership stake in the
company in exchange for financial
backing.
D. demand that the money be repaid
within 90 days or less.
Term
(p. 166) A market consists of potential
buyers of a good or service. However,
for a market to exist:
A. the business requires wholesalers
and retailers.
B. one firm must dominate in sales and
product development.
C. people must have unsatisfied wants
and needs as well as a willingness and
ability to buy.
D. the product must be laboratory
tested and approved by the Food and
Drug Administration (FDA).
Definition
C. people must have unsatisfied wants
and needs as well as a willingness and
ability to buy.
Term
(p. 167) Small business employees:
A. usually dislike their jobs and look
forward to finding employment with
major corporations.
B. find their jobs less challenging than a
similar job in a large corporation.
C. usually get paid higher wages than
workers in large corporations.
D. often find more job satisfaction than
their counterparts in big business.
Definition
D. often find more job satisfaction than
their counterparts in big business.
Term
(p. 167-168) Entrepreneurs learn that there
are many legal and financial issues
involved in starting their business. The
Definition
D. seek and pay for expert guidance
and assistance.best way for the small business owner
to resolve these issues and protect the
firm's resources is:
A. for the owner(s) to trust his/her
common sense.
B. to hire a full-time lawyer and
accountant who work exclusively for
the small business.
C. defer making decisions regarding
these issues until the company is bigger.
D. seek and pay for expert guidance
and assistance.
Term
(p. 168) Which of the following is not a
recommended source of small business
advice for persons contemplating a new
business?
A. Successful small business owners
B. University internship programs
C. Other prospective small business
owners
D. SCORE [Service Corps of Retired
Executives]
Definition
C. Other prospective small business
owners
Term
(p. 162) In order to finance The
Shortbread Shack, a mobile bakery
business that services several large
Silicon Valley companies, Marcy
demonstrated her steadfast desire to get
her bakery off the ground by visiting
several bankers with _____________.
A. her insurance agent
B. her business plan
C. her venture capitalist
D. her idea
Definition
B. her business plan
Term
(p. 162) In order to improve his chances of
small business success, Demitri
prepared a business plan. Most often, a
Definition
C. the plan enables Demitri to think
carefully about all aspects of his
business idea.positive outcome of this exercise is:
A. the plan will meet federal reporting
requirements of the Internal Revenue
Service.
B. the plan ensures financing will be
available from the Small Business
Administration.
C. the plan enables Demitri to think
carefully about all aspects of his
business idea.
D. the plan will protect Demitri from
failure.
Term
(p. 168) Justin's favorite part of
Introduction to Business class was
marketing. As he brainstorms about
starting a car detailing business, he
recalls that it is important to:
A. open for business and start collecting
information about what customers
want.
B. find the most affordable location for
the business.
C. only agree to serve a high-end
market.
D. analyze the market before making
the service available.
Definition
D. analyze the market before making
the service available.
Term
(p. 164) As a high net worth individual,
Allison searches for growth firms in
need of additional funding to achieve
their goals. In return for this
____________, Allison expects to
assume ownership in the business.
A. analysis
B. venture capital
C. corporate loan
D. securities investment
Definition
B. venture capital
Term Definition(p. 164) Chris is an angel investor. This
means that he:
A. invests his money in new businesses
with potential for growth, hoping for a
good return on his investment if they go
public.
B. creates business incubators for
startup Web-based firms.
C. invests in non-profits that plan to
change their status when they double in
size.
D. he comes to the rescue of firms who
default on their bank loans.
A. invests his money in new businesses
with potential for growth, hoping for a
good return on his investment if they go
public.
Term
(p. 165) Samantha recently applied for a
microloan from the SBA. Although
several criteria are important, the
Small Business Administration's
decision to grant or deny the loan will
largely depend upon
A. her credit history and the collateral
she can offer.
B. her age, since microloans are only
available to senior citizens.
C. her previous record of business
success.
D. the soundness of her business plan,
and her integrity.
Definition
D. the soundness of her business plan,
and her integrity.
Term
(p. 168) Bing came to the U.S. on a
swimming scholarship. After a few
months of frustration with trying to
find swim goggles like he used in his
native country, he started a web site
that offered specialty goggles for
swimming, skiing, and snowboarding.
Before launching the web site and
filling orders, Bing spent a few months
going to swim meets and gathering
preferences about goggles from other
swimmers. Bing's actions:
A. showed that he had a ready market
Definition
D. demonstrated his need to better
understand the market.for this product.
B. demonstrated that he had little
experience with this product.
C. showed that he was promoting the
web site before it launched.
D. demonstrated his need to better
understand the market.
Term
(p. 166) Ben got a phone call from one of
his regular customers asking if he had
time to repair a couple of broken
sprinkler heads on the customer's
underground sprinkling system.
Although it was already 6:00 p.m. and
Ben had put in a full day of work, he
turned his car around and headed for
the customer's house. As a small
business owner, Ben demonstrates:
A. his need for additional cash flow.
B. his ability to easily adapt and
respond to his customer's needs.
C. the fact that it is difficult to find
employees willing to go the extra mile
for a small business because benefits
are non-existent.
D. that considering the fact that
sprinkler heads are constantly breaking
and need repair, his service is
overpriced.
Definition
B. his ability to easily adapt and
respond to his customer's needs.
Term
(p. 167) Ming's three employees have been
with her since she started Employment
Recruiters, Inc., nearly 10 years ago. As
she contemplates the staffing for her
new branch office, she senses that none
of these three are ready to manage the
office. Faced with this difficult
situation, she should:
A. appoint one of the three anyway to
show that she appreciates their loyalty
and commitment.
B. run the new branch herself and
Definition
C. hire a new employee to manage the
office since this could be detrimental to
the business.appoint one of the three to take over the
original office.
C. hire a new employee to manage the
office since this could be detrimental to
the business.
D. appoint all three to the new branch
and let them run it using a "team"
approach.
Term
(p. 167) After Kate graduated from
college, her grandfather created a
bookkeeping position for her in his
furniture retail business. Her older
brother is in charge of purchasing
inventory for the stores, yet often the
store runs out of popular furniture or
become overstocked with pieces that
must be marked down to be sold. Kate
is confident that her brother is more
suited for handling accounting and
finance, and she has a pulse on what
sells and how much sells. Although she
has spoken with her grandfather about
it a couple of times, he seems reluctant
to change. As the founder of the
business, he may:
A. find it difficult to remove family
members from positions, even if it is not
good for the business.
B. find it difficult to retrain Kate for
the job, and even though his business is
losing opportunities, he will stay the
course.
C. he knows that profit margins have
declined, and he doesn't care.
D. have a bigger picture of things, and
not feel the need to respond to a family
member's request.
Definition
A. find it difficult to remove family
members from positions, even if it is not
good for the business.
Term
(p. 167) As a small business owner, Tanika
can't afford to provide her employees
with the high wages and benefits
Definition
C. empower her employees to develop
their own ideas.offered by big corporations. One way to
retain her employees and create a high
level of motivation would be to:
A. constantly communicate with them
that "at least they have a job."
B. adopt a policy of promoting workers
who have been employed the longest.
C. empower her employees to develop
their own ideas.
D. hire only family members, since they
are more loyal.
Term
(p. 168) After retiring as a
telecommunications
executive, Chad joined SCORE. As a
SCORE counselor Chad will:
A. provide venture capital funds for
aspiring small businesspeople.
B. visit high schools to advise students
who are thinking about starting their
own business.
C. help in the research and
development of new products for
entrepreneurs to market.
D. provide consulting services to small
businesses for free.
Definition
D. provide consulting services to small
businesses for free.
Term
(p. 169) The size of the world market is:
A. 500 million
B. 6.7 billion
C. 5 million
D. 10 trillion
Definition
B. 6.7 billion
Term
(p. 169) According to the U.S. Department
of Commerce, a ________ of small
businesses export their goods.
A. small percentage
B. large percentage
C. decreasing number
Definition
A. small percentageD. decreasing percentage
Term
(p. 169) Increased participation in small
business exporting owes credit to
_________.
A. political constituents who have made
in-roads abroad
B. large events such as the Olympics
that have brought attention to the
potential in world markets
C. technological advances such as the
Internet and PayPal for safely fulfilling
orders
D. partnerships that small businesses
have formed with large businesses
Definition
C. technological advances such as the
Internet and PayPal for safely fulfilling
orders
Term
(p. 169) One of the hurdles small
businesses face when deciding to export
is:
A. financing is often difficult to find.
B. overseas buyers prefer dealing with
large corporations.
C. smaller companies must wait in line
after large companies to qualify for
tariffs.
D. American products are perceived as
inferior.
Definition
A. financing is often difficult to find.
Term
(p. 169) One reason why many U.S. small
businesses are not involved in exporting
is:
A. there is a limited market for their
products.
B. the government's new homeland
security programs limit opportunities
for small businesses.
C. many of these firms do not know
how to get started.
D. U.S. products are perceived as
Definition
C. many of these firms do not know
how to get started.inferior.
Term
(p. 170) The SBA's ________ program
provides export financing opportunities
for small businesses.
A. global trade funding
B. Homeland security funding
C. Export Express loan
D. International Monetary Funding
Definition
C. Export Express loan
Term
(p. 170) Small business owners interested
in finding out more about exporting
will find that:
A. there is very little information on
exporting relevant to small businesses.
B. the single best resource is the
International Monetary Fund.
C. the most valuable information costs
more than it is worth.
D. there is an abundance of inexpensive
information from a variety of sources.
Definition
D. there is an abundance of inexpensive
information from a variety of sources.
Term
(p. 169) Which of the following best
describes the outlook for small
businesses in international markets?
A. the world is a larger, and potentially
a more lucrative market than the U.S.
domestic market
B. the threat of terrorist activities
prevents small businesses from
competing internationally
C. most foreign buyers prefer to deal
with large, well-known corporations
rather than small businesses
D. higher business costs eliminate the
profit opportunities in global markets
Definition
A. the world is a larger, and potentially
a more lucrative market than the U.S.
domestic market
Term Definition(p. 170) Small businesses often have
advantages in international markets.
One advantage is:
A. a greater expertise in managing the
paperwork required to sell goods in
international markets.
B. a better understanding of the
cultural differences involved.
C. individualized customer service as
opposed to impersonal corporate
bureaucracies.
D. the ability to obtain financing
through the International Monetary
Fund.
C. individualized customer service as
opposed to impersonal corporate
bureaucracies.
Term
(p. 170) Labels Plus, LLC, exports
specialty printing equipment for the
labeling, flexible packaging, and carton
industry. Due to increased support
from ________, this company's sales to
Brazilian companies and other global
opportunities have significantly
increased.
A. its newly revised web site
B. Department of Commerce's Bureau
of Industry and Security
C. the FDA
D. local politicians
Definition
B. Department of Commerce's Bureau
of Industry and Security
Term
(p. 169) Jake wants to sell his workout
DVDs in European, Asian, and Latin
American countries. _______________
will help him reach vendors abroad,
without the expense of traveling to meet
them face-to-face.
A. A web site and other technological
advances
Definition
A. A web site and other technological
advancesB. Partnering with a
large U.S. recording studio
C. The SBA (Small Business
Administration)
D. An incubator facility
Term
(p. 169) Luis is a partner in a firm that
specializes in producing vitamins and
health food products. While the
business is considered small
by U.S.standards, he is attempting to
persuade his partner to expand
internationally. Luis would list which of
the following as an advantage of going
international?
A. Exporting can help sell excess
inventory
B. Marketing programs benefit from
the cultural similarities in prospective
markets
C. Financing can easily be obtained to
expand internationally
D. Selling your products in other
markets reduces their life cycle, making
them more attractive
Definition
A. Exporting can help sell excess
inventory
Term
(p. 170) Antoine is considering marketing
his bicycles in Brazil. If he enters the
Brazilian market, he is likely to learn
that ____________.
A. some cultures like dealing with
individuals from smaller companies
rather than large companies
B. he will not be able to keep up with
demand
C. most foreign cultures prefer large
company relationships to small
company relationships
D. there is strong resistance of Brazilian
firms with respect to American
products
Definition
A. some cultures like dealing with
individuals from smaller companies
rather than large companiesSuccessful entrepreneurial teams:
A. quickly organize themselves like large corporations.
B. assign only one person to new product innovation.
C. bring a variety of talent to the business venture.
D. outsource most of the details of innovation.
C. bring a variety of talent to the business venture.
A business's size is measured:
A. in relation to the number of competitors in its industry.
B. in relation to other firms in its industry.
C. in relation to the number of dominant competitors in its
sector.
D. as small, if it participates in the services sector.
B. in relation to other firms in its industry
For prospective entrepreneurs, enrolling in an introduction to
business or small business management course offered through
their community college:
A. is likely to be wasted time since college courses tend to be
too theoretical.
B. can be helpful by offering them an opportunity to meet
experienced small business owners.
C. serves as supplementary information, only after starting
their business venture.
D. seldom provides you with information to help make small
business decisions.
B. can be helpful by offering them an opportunity to meet
experienced small business owners.
________ are private individuals who invest their own money
in potentially hot new companies before these firms become
larger, publicly traded companies.
A. Leveraged buyout specialists
B. Angel investors
C. Venture investors
D. Corporate raider investors
B. Angel investors
Enterprise zones are specific geographic areas that:
A. the government has set aside for major corporations that
promise to spend at least $10 million to create new jobs.
B. attract business investment by offering lower taxes and
government support for development.
C. the government has recognized as having the fastest growth
rates in the country.D. are characterized by government ownership of small
businesses.
B. attract business investment by offering lower taxes and
government support for development.
Successful small business owners are:
A. not good sources for information on starting your own B.
business because they generally do not understand failure.
C. valuable sources for information since you can learn from
their experiences.
D. good but risky since their keen sense of sniffing-out
something with potential will tempt them to steal your ideas.
C. valuable sources for information since you can learn from
their experiences.
A Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) is a(n):
A. agency of the federal government that loans money to high
tech firms.
B. private investment company that is licensed by the SBA to
make loans to small businesses.
C. private firm that offers loans to small businesses in return
for a share of ownership in the firm.
D. agency set up by state governments to provide managerial
advice and support to small businesses.
B. private investment company that is licensed by the SBA to
make loans to small businesses.
A creative person working within a corporation to launch new
products and generate new profits is known as a(n):
A. arbitrator.
B. micropreneur.
C. macropreneur.
D. intrapreneur.
D. intrapreneur
One reason we have seen continued growth in home-based
businesses is:
A. the location offers a more secure operational environment.
B. affordable computer and information technology makes it
easier to compete.
C. people need something to do while they wait to return to
work for a large corporation.
D. it is less risky to start a home-based business than other
types of entrepreneurial ventures.
B. affordable computer and information technology makes it
easier to compete.A new business that sets up a(n) _____________ from the
start is saving itself time and grief later.
A. angel investment network
B. good accounting system
C. detailed supplier network
D. vertical marketing system
B. good accounting system
When seeking financial backing from a venture capitalist, a
small business owner should realize that the venture capitalist
will:
A. charge an interest rate that is much higher than any other
lender.
B. not be interested in the management of the business.
C. expect an ownership stake in the company in exchange for
financial backing.
D. demand that the money be repaid within 90 days or less.
C. expect an ownership stake in the company in exchange for
financial backing.
Similar to how large businesses proceed, small businesses
make marketing decisions _____________.
A. after the product or service is developed
B. before the business is funded
C. at the same time that they hire employees, research for an
accountant, and prepare the business plan
D. before a product is developed or store is opened
D. before a product is developed or store is opened
Entrepreneurship is:
A. managing businesses for others.
B. a controlling interest in the ownership of a corporation.
C. managing businesses that operate in multiple countries.
D. accepting the risk of starting and running a business.
D. accepting the risk of starting and running a business.
When starting a small business, it's important to remember:
A. an affinity for taking large amounts of risk is the critical
factor in achieving small business success.
B. doing things differently from previous entrepreneurs is the
real key to success.
C. learning from others and gaining relevant business
experience improves the odds for success.D. to avoid burnout, limit the number of hours you work each
week as you adapt to the rigors of self-employment.
C. learning from others and gaining relevant business experience
improves the odds for success.
Enterprise zones are:
A. government owned properties that are available for
entrepreneurial ventures at a reduced cost
B. similar to incubator facilities but strictly run by city and
state governments
C. blighted areas that contained toxic materials making them
unsuitable for business operations
D. specific locations across the U.S. where entrepreneurs can
set-up shop and receive tax breaks for operating in these areas
D. specific locations across the U.S. where entrepreneurs can setup shop and receive tax breaks for operating in these areas
When comparing small businesses to their larger competitors,
it is clear that:
A. bigger is always better.
B. small firms can always outperform big firms on a level
playing field.
C. small firms often can offer more personalized customer
services than big firms.
D. small firms are slower to respond to opportunities than are
large firms.
C. small firms often can offer more personalized customer
services than big firms.
An entrepreneurial team consists of:
A. managers with similar skills, abilities, and interests.
B. experienced professionals from different areas of business.
C. a group of wealthy investors who share a vision for a
product.
D. representatives from management, labor, and the
government who work together to solve a company's problems
in a creative way.
B. experienced professionals from different areas of business.
The size of the world market is:
A. 500 million
B. 6.9 billion
C. 5 million
D. 10 trillion
B. 6.9 billionAffiliate marketing is a web-based business strategy that:
A. relies on customers that enter the sites of large companies
such as GAP™ and Nike™.
B. asks you to offer the names and emails of ten of your friends
who may be interested in the products or services the web-site
is selling.
C. is currently illegal, but difficult to stop.
D. Rewards individuals who are willing to link a company's
website to their blog or social network page.
D. Rewards individuals who are willing to link a company's
website to their blog or social network page.
A market consists of potential buyers of a good or service.
However, for a market to exist:
A. the business requires wholesalers and retailers.
B. one firm must dominate in sales and product development.
C. people must have unsatisfied wants and needs as well as a
willingness and ability to buy.
D. the product must be laboratory tested and approved by the
Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
C. people must have unsatisfied wants and needs as well as a
willingness and ability to buy.
Increased participation in small business exporting owes credit
to ________.
A. political constituents who have made in-roads abroad
B. large events such as the Olympics that have brought
attention to the potential in world markets
C. technological advances such as the Internet and PayPal for
safely fulfilling orders
D. partnerships that small businesses have formed with large
businesses
C. technological advances such as the Internet and PayPal for
safely fulfilling orders
A(n) ________________ is a group of experienced
professionals from different areas of business who join
together to develop, make, and market a new product.
A. entrepreneurial team
B. joint venture
C. self-directed functional team
D. managerial task force
A. entrepreneurial teamA firm or individual providing financial capital to small
businesses in exchange for an ownership stake in the company
is called a:
A. corporate raider.
B. takeover specialist.
C. financial capitalist.
D. venture capitalist.
D. venture capitalist.
The U.S. government's Immigration Act of 1990:
A. encouraged entrepreneurs to come to the U.S. through
"investor visas".
B. established a government program to teach American
workers displaced by immigration how to start their own
businesses.
C. established guidelines to help entrepreneurs recruit legal
aliens as a source of low cost labor.
D. proposed an exchange program for American and European
entrepreneurs to temporarily live internationally in order to
open up foreign branches for their businesses.
A. encouraged entrepreneurs to come to the U.S. through
"investor visas".
Which of the following best describes the difference between
an intrapreneur and an entrepreneur?
A. Intrapreneurs start nonprofit organizations while
entrepreneurs start profit-seeking businesses
B. Intraprenuers are practical while entrepreneurs are creative
C. Intrapreneurs work within existing corporations while
entrepreneurs assume the risks of starting their own business
D. Intrapreneurs limit their efforts to financial investments,
while entrepreneurs are involved in the management of all
areas of a business
C. Intrapreneurs work within existing corporations while
entrepreneurs assume the risks of starting their own business
Business owners who prefer to maintain their businesses at a
manageable size are called:
A. macropreneurs
B. intrapreneurs
C. micropreneurs
D. home workers
C. micropreneurs
A ________ refers to people with unsatisfied wants and
needs who are willing and able to buy a product or service.A. market
B. consumer cooperative
C. consumer collective
D. buyer's cooperative
A. market
Chris is an angel investor. This means that he:
A. invests his money in new businesses with potential for
growth, hoping for a good return on his investment if they go
public.
B. creates business incubators for startup Web-based firms.
C. invests in non-profits that plan to change their status when
they double in size.
D. he comes to the rescue of firms who default on their bank
loans.
A. invests his money in new businesses with potential for growth,
hoping for a good return on his investment if they go public.
Intrapreneurs make use of __________ to develop and
launch new products and generate new profits.
A. their employer's existing human, financial, and physical
resources
B. their own personal financial resources
C. government-supplied physical and financial resources
D. old ideas abandoned by entrepreneurs
A. their employer's existing human, financial, and physical
resources
A(n) ____________ is a valuable source of information
regarding techniques to reduce a firm's exposure to risk.
A. insurance agent
B. Accountant
C. liability assessor
D. union business agent
A. insurance agent
Entrepreneurship
Accepting the risk of starting and running a business.
entrepreneurial team
A group of experienced people from different areas of business
who join together to form a managerial team with the skills
needed to develop,make, and market a new product.
micropreneursEntrepreneurs willing to accept the risk of starting and managing
the type of business that remains small, lets them do the kind of
work they want to do, and offers them a balanced lifestyle.
affiliate marketing
An internet-based marketing strategy in which a business
rewards individuals or other businesses (affiliates) for each
visitor or customer the affiliate sends to its Web site.
intrapreneurs
Creative people who work as entrepreneurs within corporations.
enterprise zones
Specific geographic areas to which governments try to attract
private business investment by offering lower taxes and other
government support.
incubators
Centers that offer new businesses low-cost offices with basic
business services.
small business
A business that is independently owned and operated, is not
dominant in its field of operation, and meets certain standards of
size (set by the Small Business Administration) in terms of
employees or annual receipts.
business plan
A written statement that describes the nature of the business, the
target market, the advantages the business will have in relation
to competition, and the resources and qualifications of the
owner(s).
venture capitalists
Individuals or companies that invest in new businesses in
exchange for partial ownership of those businesses.
Small Business Administration (SBA)
A U.S government agency that advises and assists small
businesses by providing management training and financial
advice and loans.
Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) ProgramA program through which private investment companies licensed
by the Small Business Administration lend money to small
businesses.
market
People with unsatisfied wants and needs who have both the
resources and the willingness to buy.
Service Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE)
An SBA office with volunteers from industry, trade associations,
and education who counsel small businesses at no cost (except
for expenses).
Enterprise zones are specific geographic areas that:
attract business investment by offering lower taxes and
government support for development.
A business's size is measured:
in relation to other firms in its industry.
When seeking financial backing from a venture capitalist, a
small business owner should realize that the venture capitalist
will:
expect an ownership stake in the company in exchange for
financial backing.
A successful web-based strategy that helps a business spread
the word about its web site and products is called
_____________.
affiliate marketing
A Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) is a(n):
private investment company that is licensed by the SBA to make
loans to small businesses.
The U.S. government's Immigration Act of 1990:
encouraged entrepreneurs to come to the U.S. through "investor
visas".
When comparing small businesses to their larger competitors,
it is clear that:
small firms often can offer more personalized customer services
than big firms.For prospective entrepreneurs, enrolling in an introduction to
business or small business management course offered through
their community college:
can be helpful in knowing what are the right strategies in setting
up and running a business.
________ are private individuals who invest their own money
in potentially hot new companies before these firms become
larger, publicly traded companies.
Angel Investors
Two key management functions that need particular attention
when starting a business are:
planning and financing
A(n) ________________ is a group of experienced
professionals from different areas of business, within a
company, who join together to develop, make, and market a
new product.
entrepreneurial team
Business incubators are usually government-funded facilities
intended to:
offer startup firms low-cost office space and basic business
services.
Affiliate marketing is a web-based business strategy that:
Rewards individuals who are willing to link a company's website
to their blog or social network page.
Which of the following is a characteristic of successful
entrepreneurs?
Action-oriented
One reason we have seen continued growth in home-based
businesses is:
affordable computer and information technology makes it easier
to compete.
Effective entrepreneurial teams combine:
creativity with marketing and production experience.
According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, a ________
of small businesses export their goods.small percentage
According to SBA guidelines, a manufacturing firm with 1,000
employees:
may be classified as a small business depending upon the size of
other firms in the industry.
Which of the following government agencies is responsible for
encouraging the development of small business?
Small Business Administration
The SBA's ________ program provides export financing
opportunities for small businesses.
Export Express loan
Successful entrepreneurs are self-nurturing. This means they:
believe in themselves and their ideas.
Chris is an angel investor. This means that he:
invests his money in new businesses with potential for growth,
hoping for a good return on his investment if they go public.
Business owners who prefer to maintain their businesses at a
manageable size are called:
micropreneurs
A __________ is a written document that details the
business idea, the target market and the business's competitive
advantage, financial resources available for the business, and
the qualification of the management.
business plan
The Small Business Administration's microloan program
awards loans to entrepreneurs based primarily on their:
integrity and sound business idea.
Bankers and potential investors are likely to read
___________ first.
the executive summary
One of the challenges of running a home-based business is:
keeping work and family tasks separate.The Small Business Administration defines a small business as
a firm that:
is independently owned but not dominant in its industry.
A creative person working within a corporation to launch new
products and generate new profits is known as a(n):
intrapreneur.
Which of the following sources of investment is the least likely
type available to entrepreneurs?
Venture capitalists
Blake owns a business that installs hardwood flooring. The
business employs one other full-time employee and several
part-time employees who are deployed to various job sites on
an "as needed" basis. The earnings from his company are
added to other family earnings for tax purposes, and Blake
assumes unlimited liability for the business's bills and debt.
Blake's form of business ownership is a __________.
sole proprietorship
Greg's band wants to form a partnership. General partners will
include the drummer, two guitarists, one keyboardist, and one
singer. Greg's great-uncle, a musician in his own right, plans to
provide $30,000, but does not plan to participate in the gigs,
only in the profits. The band will form a _______________
limited partnership
Jim and Sherry own Lawns for Less, Inc., a commercial lawn
cutting service. The couple supplements their income with the
rentals from a few apartment buildings that they own. They
incorporated the lawn care business in order to keep it separate
from their other income. As a C-corporation, if the business
should fail, the couple would _______.
lose only the funds they originally invested in their company
One reason limited liability companies have become so popular
is that they _______.
can be taxed either as a corporation or as a partnership—owners
can choose the tax treatment that is most advantageous for their
situation
In a leveraged buyout, the managers of a firm, its employees, or
other investors _______
use borrowed funds to buy out the firm's stockholdersTrans Globe Airlines recently merged with Royal Blue Airlines,
a financially troubled rival. The firms' management believes
the merger will create a stronger company that can offer
travelers more flights to a wider variety of destinations. This
proposed merger is an example of a _______.
horizontal merger
Mega Bank's latest acquisition is Windfall Bank Shares, a bank
with a strong presence in online financial services. Companies
will acquire other businesses in order to ______________.
enter new markets
An evaluation of franchising would conclude that this type of
arrangement _______
appeals to people who want to own a business, but are not
comfortable starting a company from scratch
Midas Muffler sells franchises to prospective business persons
who want to use the Midas name and offer Midas products. In
a franchise arrangement, Midas would be the
_____________, and the buyer of the franchise is the
____________.
franchisor; franchisee
A ___________ is an organization that is owned and
controlled by the people who use it—producers, consumers and
workers with similar needs who pool their resources for mutual
gain.
cooperative
An entrepreneur _______.
accepts the risk of starting and running a business
One way an intrapreneur differs from an entrepreneur is that
intrapreneurs _______
work within existing corporations while entrepreneurs assume
the risks of starting their own business
When looking at the advantages and disadvantages of starting
various types of businesses, it appears that _______
businesses that offer a chance for high profits tend to be difficult
to start and hard to keep goingResearch about people who start their own businesses reveals
that _______
many small business owners got their entrepreneurial idea from
a previous job they held
Which of the following suggestions would an experienced
entrepreneur most likely give to someone who is thinking
about starting their own business?
Even small businesses must keep accurate records
Due to severe storm damage, Tim needed a new roof on his
house. He called well-known roofing companies in the area
because he had heard their TV promotions for years. His
insurance agent recommended that he call a smaller firm that
several of his clients had worked with in the past. Although all
firms agreed to bid on the project, the smaller firm won the
business. All were competitively priced, but the small company
spent several hours with Tim to make sure that he got what he
wanted; and it also agreed to do the job in two days. One of the
greatest advantages small businesses have is _______
the ability to know their customers better and adapt quickly to
changing needs
When seeking a loan from a bank, an entrepreneur hoping to
start a new business should realize that bankers will _______
expect the entrepreneur to have a well-prepared business plan
When Marco decided to start his own business, Grand Slam
Baseball Academy, he was inspired by a need to improve the
availability of sports activities for young boys in his
community. He lined up several enthusiastic professionals
willing to volunteer their time for his cause. Finding funds to
renovate a building and promote his services was the challenge.
A friend told him about _____________, as a possible
source of funds for lower-income communities. Marco learned
that these organizations often assist their clients with
marketing advice, as well.
community development institution programs
One of the first sources of help that Eric sought when he began
to plan for his Scandinavian import business was
____________. He was amazed to learn that this
organization boasts over 10,000 volunteers that span
industries, trade associations, and education institutions. TheSmall Business Administration connected him with a member
that fit well with the type of business he planned to start.
SCORE—Service Corps of Retired Executives
Luis is a partner in a firm that specializes in producing
vitamins and health food products. While the business is
considered small by U.S. standards, he is attempting to
persuade his partner to expand internationally. Luis would list
which of the following as an advantage of going international?
Exporting can absorb excess inventory.
Today's progressive managers _______.
emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and
order-giving
Which of the following activities is part of the organizing
function of management?
finding the resources workers need to provide faster and better
customer service
When managers identify a market trend that suggests a new
opportunity and then devise a strategy to go after this new
opportunity, they are ____________.
planning
The _________ analysis is a tool used in the planning process
that helps companies assess changes in external environments
as well as strengths and weaknesses within the firm.
SWOT
Engineers at New Generations Computer Company provided
three design approaches for the new keyboard the company
was planning to produce and sell. Designers got together and
used a problem solving approach called ________, in which
they analyzed each approach on its advantages, disadvantages
and implications to finalize their selection.
PMI
Ed Flavorman, the chief executive of Flavor Best Ice Cream,
believes that alternative plans are almost as important as
preliminary plans because the market is so competitive and
unpredictable. Ed endorses _______ planning.
contingencyAs David progressed in his career from a territory sales
manager, to a regional sales manager, to the director of sales,
he found that he utilized more ________ skills and less
_______ skills.
conceptual; technical
Which of the following statements about effective leadership is
the most accurate?
The most effective leadership style depends on who is being led
and the situation that presents itself.
At Livwell Pharmaceuticals, researchers know that the
company's objective is to develop three new cancer fighting
medicines each year, but researchers are able to work on their
own to develop these new drugs. Managers at Livwell practice
_______ leadership.
free-rein
Bing spent several hours reviewing sales and expense reports
for her tea-importing business, in order to determine if she had
reached her profit goals for the previous month. Bing's efforts
are part of the ___________ function of management.
controlling
Managers are involved in the ____ function of management
when they work on shifting procedures and processes to
achieve the organization's goals.
organizing
When managers try to inspire and fuel worker creativity, they
are involved in the management function of ...
leading
Managers are involved in the ___ function of management
when they make sure that the organization is making sufficient
progress toward achieving its goals and objectives.
controlling
Silvia has review the financial statements for the last five years
to compare the firm's performance with its goals and has called
a meeting with her employees to share the news. Her action's
are part of the ___ function of management
controllingCommunicating a vision for others to follow, establishing
corporate values, promoting corporate ethics, and embracing
change are qualities that make a good ...
leader
Leaders who welcome suggestions from employees and make
them a part of the decision-making process are using the ____
style of leadership
participative
What is true regarding the comparison between management
and leadership>
Leaders will make changes when it's beneficial to the
organization.
The first step in the controlling process of the managerial
function of controlling consists of....
setting clear performance standards
¨Reduce product defects by 10% over the next 6 months¨ is a
good example of what?
establishing good performance standards
Richard just finished comparing the financial forecasts
prepared last year with the company's actual performance over
the most recent quarter. After he finishes this task, he will...
communicate the results and deviations to management
____ planning converts the tactical objectives of the
organization into daily or weekly tasks
operational
The managers of Region One decide to establish a road map for
the organization, after identifying the direction in which the
organization is going and its purpose. The road map is the ...
mission statement
In a SWOT analysis what is not considered an organizational
threat?
a lack of managerial depth and talent
Developing specific employee work assignments and schedules
is an example of what?
operational planningManagers who need strong technical skills are responsible for
assigning specific jobs to workers and evaluating their daily
performance are typically at the _____ level of managment
supervisory
A manager who is able to picture the organization as a whole
and think in terms of the ¨big picture¨ is said to possess ____
skills
conceptual
As executive chairman of Google, Eric Schmidt oversees the
company's business strategies. At his management level,
Schmidt will likely spend most of his time using ____ skills
conceptual
In general, as a manager progresses thru the ranks within an
organization, he will require fewer ___ sills but more ___
skills
technical; conceptial
Communicating a vision for others to follow, establishing
corporate values & ethics, and embracing change are qualities
that make a good ___
leader
Leaders who welcome suggestions from employees and make
them a part of the decision-making process are using the __
style of leadership
participative
A true statement regarding the comparison between
management and leadership
leaders are accepting of change when it benefits the organization
When implementing a knowledge management strategy, one of
the first steps is to...
decide what knowledge is the most important for employees to
do the best jobs they can
At this company, salaries are public knowledge, and workers
identify strategic opportunities for both the company and
themselves. This is an example of ___ leadership
free-reinA managers nowadays are more likely to...
emphasize teamwork
Today's managers must: 6pts
be a skilled communicator and team player, as well as a planner,
organizer, motivator, and leader.
Although Best Buy managers allow workers to complete their
tasks on their own in their own way, the managers are still very
much involved in... 2pts
setting goals and monitoring performance
A mission statement should address an organization's.. 2pts
customer needs;self-concept
Rank, in order, the five steps of the control process. 5pts
1. Establish clear performance standards
2. monitoring and recording actual performance or results
3. comparing results against plans and standards
4. communicating results and deviations to appropriate
employees
5. taking corrective action when needed and providing positive
feedback
skills that involve the ability to perform tasks in a specific
discipline or department are
technical skills
An organization chart is a useful visual aid because it shows...
2pts
the division of work in an organization;who reports to whom
specific, short-term statements detailing how to achieve the
organization's goals are...
objectives
Problem solving differs from decision making bc it... 2pts
is less formal and usually requires faster action
What is management
The process used to accomplish organizational goals thru
planning, organizing, leading, and controlling organizational
resourcesThe broad, long-term accomplishments an organization wishes
to attain
goals
What are supervisory managers directly responsible for? 2pts
workers' daily performance; evaluating first line workers' daily
performance
___ is giving employees the authority to make a decision
without consulting the manager and responsibility to respond
quickly to customer requests
empowerment
What are the 7 steps in the decision-making process?
1. define the situation
2. describe and collect needed information
3. develop alternatives
4. develop agreement among those involved
5. decide which alternative is best
6. do what is indicated (begin implementation)
7. determine whether the decision was a good one, and follow-up
Skills that involve the ability to picture the organization as a
whole and the relationship among its various parts
conceptual skills
Human relations skills are those associated with leadership
such as.. (3pts)
delegating, training & development, coaching
What is the focus of strategic planning?
looks at the organization as a whole; long-range
What is the focus of operational planning?
focusses on specific supervisors, department managers, and
individual employees, very short-term
What is the focus of tactical planning?
designed to implement the activities and objectives specified in
the strategic plan; short-range
The process of setting work standards and schedules necessary
to implement the company's tactical objectives is...operational planning
Tasks associated with the organizing function of management:
3pts
recruiting, selecting, training, and developing employees;
allocating resources, assigning tasks, and establishing
procedures for accomplishing goals; preparing a structure
showing lines of authority and responsibility
What is free-rein leadership?
a leadership style that involves managers setting objectives and
employees being relatively free to do whatever it takes to
accomplish those objectives
When a leader empowers employees, that leader is giving
them:
as much freedom as possible to become self-directed and selfmotivated
What is staffing?
the part of the management function of organizing that involves
hiring, motivating, and retaining the best people
___ is a management function that involves measuring
performance against standards or objectives, followed by
identifying, investigating, and correcting any deviations from
those standards or objectives
controlling
Allocating resources, preparing a structure, recruiting,
selecting, and placing employees where they will be most
effective are tasks associated with the _____ function of
management
organizing
____ strive to produce stability, whereas___ embrace and
manage change
managers; leaders
Common roles more progressive managers play today: 3pts
supporting; team building; motivating
___ is the presentation of a company's facts and figures in a
way that is clear and apparent to all stakeholderstransparency
What would be 2 examples of the internal customers of a
company such as Toyota?
the payroll department; employees on the assembly line
Kirby is an experienced manager who gathered his team each
morning and assigned tasks. Lucy supervised a second team,
she didnt tell them what to do but what needs to be done
overall. her team constantly showed higher productivity. What
dos this example demonstrate
how the roles of managers are changing
the process of determining the major goals of the organization
and the policies and strategies for obtaining and using
resources to achieve those goals
strategic planning
Enabling employees so they can be empowered successfully
means.. 3pts
assuring that they have the correct education; training them to
do the job; giving them need coaching
Strategic planning is done by ___ ___ ___
top level management
The management function that involves creating a vision for
the organization, communicating it to others, and motivating
them to achieve goals is ___
leading
The process of developing detailed, short-term statements
about what is to be done, who is to do it, and how
tactical planning
Tactical plans that are detailed and short term state.. 3pts
what is to be done; who is to do it; how it will be done
by which level of management is tactical planning usually
done? 2pts
lower level managers; teams of lower level managers
the management function that includes designing the structure
of the organization and creating conditions and systems inwhich everyone and everything works together to achieve the
organization's goals and objectives is...
organizing
What is planning? 3pts
a management function that includes anticipating trends and
determining the best strategies and tactics to achieve
organization goals and objectives; setting the organization's
vision (mission statement); Continuous process but also
normally follows a pattern
What are planning teams?
having people help monitor the environment, find business
opportunities, and watch for challenges
Why is planning a key function of management?
the other functions depend heavily on it
What is organizing?
a management-function that includes designing the structure of
the organization and creating conditions in which everyone and
everything work together to achieve the organization's goals and
objectives.
What is leading?
management-function creating a vision for the organization and
guiding, training, coaching, and motivating others to work
effectively to achieve the organization's goals and objectives (in a
timely manner)
What is directing?
telling employees exactly what to do
Why don't most large firms use directing anymore?
because employees often how more than their bosses
What is controlling? 4pts
a management-function that involves establishing clear
standards to determine whether or not an organization is
progressing toward its goals and objectives, rewarding people for
doing a good job, and taking corrective action if they are not.
Basically, it means measuring whether what actually occurs
meets the organization's goalsWhat is a vision?
an encompassing explanation of why the organization exists and
where it's trying to head.
What is a mission-statement?
an outline of the fundamental purposes of an organization; The
foundation for setting specific goals and objectives
What should a mission-statement address? 5pts
- the organization's self-concept
- its philosophy
- long-term survival needs
- social responsibility
- nature of the product or service
What are goals?
the broad, long-term accomplishments an organization wishes to
attain; setting them is often a team process
What are objectives?
specific, short-term statements detailing how to achieve the
organization's goals.
3 fundamental questions of planning (procedure you and your
business will follow)
What is the situation now; weaknesses and strengths; how can
we get to our goal from here
What are the four forms of planning?
strategic, tactical, operational, and contingency
What is strategic planning?
the process of determining the major goals of the organization
and the policies and strategies for obtaining and using resources
to achieve those goals.
what are policies?
broad guidelines for action
what are strategies?
determine the best way to use resources
at the strategic planning stage.. 4ptstop managers of the company decide which customers to serve,
when to serve them, what products or services to sell, and the
geographic areas in which to compete.
What is the goal of strategic planning?
to be flexible and responsive to the market
What is tactical planning?
the process of developing detailed, short-term statement about
what is to be done, who is to do it, and how it is to be done.
who normally does tactical planning?
lower level managers
What is contingency planning?
the process of preparing alternative courses of action that may be
used if the primary plans don't achieve the organization's
objective; Back up plans in case primary plans fail
What is operational planning?
the process of setting work standards and schedules necessary to
implement the company's tactical objectives
Whom does operational planning focus on? 3pts
Focuses on specific supervisors, department managers, and
individual employees.
Strategic planning involves the setting of ... by..
broad long-range goals; top managers
Tactical planning involves the identification of ..... by ..
specific, short-range objectives; lower-level managers
What is the danger involved with the fact that very few firms
bother to use contingency planning?
If something changes the market, such companies may be slow to
respond
What is decision-making?
choose among two or more alternatives
What are the steps involved in the rational decision making
model? 7pts1. Define the situation
2. Describe and collect needed information
3. Develop alternatives
4. Develop agreement among those involved
5. Decide which alternative is best
6. Do what is indicated (begin implementation)
7. Determine whether the decision was a good one, and follow up
What is problem solving?
the process of solving the everyday problems that occur. It is less
formal than decision making and usually calls for quicker action.
What is PMI?
Listing all the plusses for a solution in one column, all the
minuses in another, and all the implications in the third.
What is the idea behind PMI?
to have the plusses exceed the minuses
What is an organizational chart?
a visual device that shows relationships among people and
divides the organization's work; it shows who reports to whom.
What are the levels of management? 3pts
top management; middle management; supervisory
management
What is top management?
the highest level of management, consisting of the president and
other key company executives who develop strategic plans.
middle management
the level of management that includes general managers,
division managers, and branch and plant managers who are
responsible for tactical-planning and controlling.
supervisory management
managers who are directly responsible for supervising workers
and evaluating their daily performance.
What three categories of skills must a manager have? 3pts
technical skills; human relations skills; conceptual skills
technical skillsskills that involve the ability to perform tasks in a specific
discipline or department
human relations skills
skills that involve communication and motivation; they enable
managers to work through and with people
conceptual skills
skills that involve the ability to picture the organization as a
whole and the relationship among its various parts.
what is staffing?
a management-function that includes hiring, motivating, and
retaining the best people available to accomplish the company's
objectives.
What is leadership?
creating a vision for others to follow, establishing corporate
values and ethics, and transforming the way the organization
does business in order to improve its effectiveness and efficiency.
What 5 things must a leader do (in order to motivate workers
and create the environment for them to motivate others and
carrying out the leader's vision)
communicate a vision and rally others around that vision;
establish corporate values; promote corporate ethics; embrace
change; stress accountability and responsibility
What is participative leadership?
leadership style that consists of managers and employees
working together to make decisions
What is the key to empowerment?
enabling
What is enabling?
giving workers the education and tools they need to make
decisions
knowledge management
finding the right information, keeping the information in a
readily accessible place, and making the information known to
everyone in the firmWhat is the control process? (definition)
provides feedback that lets managers and workers adjust to
deviations from plans and to changes in the environment that
have affected performance.
What is the control process 6pts?
1. establish clear standards 2. monitor and record performance 3.
compare results against standards against plans and standards 4.
communicate results 5. if needed take corrective action ...
(feedback) are standards realistic?
With ______, performance measurement is relatively easy
and the proper action can be taken. why?
clear standards; the control process/process is based on clear
standards
In order to measure results, what must be true about the
standards and goals?
in order to measure the results, the standards must be specific,
attainable, and measurable. detailed and not broad
setting clear standards is apart of which function of
management?
planning
What are often the foundations for control systems? why?
accounting and finance; they provide the numbers to evaluate
progress
What measures a company's success? 4pts or so
financial, pleasing employees, stakeholders, and customers, both
external and internal customers
external customers
dealers, who buy products to sell to others, and ultimate
customers (or end users), who buy products for their own
personal use.
internal customers
individuals and units within the firm that receive services from
other individuals or units.
An example (well memorized because it can contradict another
question) of internal customersthe field salespeople are the internal-customers of the marketing
research people who prepare market reports for them.
What does management look like today?
Managers tend to be more progressive (Promoting or favoring
progress toward better conditions or new policies, ideas, or
methods) For example, they emphasize teams and team building;
they create drop-in centers, team spaces, and open work areas.
They tend to guide, train, support, motivate, and coach
employees rather than tell them what to do.
What reasons account for changes in management?
Leaders of fortune 100 companies today tend to be younger,
more female, less elite universities. They know their employyes
sometimes know more
What are the primary functions of management?
planning, organizing, leading, controlling
What is an organizational chart?
a visual device that shows relationships among people and
divides the organization's work; it shows who is accountable for
the completion of specific work and who reports to whom
Are the skills needed to be a manager equally important at all
management levels?
no. top managers rely heavily on human relations and conceptual
skills and rarely use technical skills. while first-line supervisors
need strong technical and human relations skills but use
conceptual skills less often. Middle managers need a balance of
all three.
What's the difference between a manager and a leader?
a manager plans, organizes, and controls functions within an
organization. A leader has a vision and inspires others to grasp
that vision, establishes corporate values, emphasizes corporate
ethics, and doesn't fear change
Which is the best leadership style?
depends on the people being led. The challenge of the future will
be to empower self-managed teams
What qualities must standards possess to measure
performance results?Standards must be specific, attainable, and measureable
Today's progressive managers:
emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and
order-giving
___ is the management function that involves determining
whether an organization is progressing toward its goals,
rewarding employees for doing a good job, and taking
corrective action when they are not.
controlling
Setting contingency plans in an organization is considered very
important today mainly because:
conditions change rapidly in today's economic and competitive
environments.
a ___ is used by an organization to show who is accountable
for the completion of specific work and who reports to whom.
organizational chart
__________ is the art of utilizing
organizational resources to accomplish
goals at work.
A. Socialization
B. Justification
C. Preparation
D. Management
Definition
D. Management
Term
(p. 178) Management is more progressive
today. There is more emphasis on:
A. individual work that can be
successfully measured.
B. working in teams.
C. striving to eliminate the control
function of management.
D. placing greater reliance on the
government for financing.
Definition
B. working in teams.
Term
(p. 178) One of the challenges facing
today's managers is to:
Definition
C. work with a more educated
workforce.A. deal with a workforce that is less
educated and less self-directed than in
the past.
B. find ways to encourage conformity
instead of diversity.
C. work with a more educated
workforce.
D. cope with the sudden and
unexpected slowdown in the pace of
innovation and change.
Term
(p. 178) Today's progressive managers:
A. prefer to use the autocratic style of
leadership.
B. emphasize teamwork and
cooperation rather than discipline and
order-giving.
C. face fewer challenges and problems
than managers in the past.
D. can rely on a much higher level of
worker loyalty to the organization than
in the past.
Definition
B. emphasize teamwork and
cooperation rather than discipline and
order-giving.
Term
(p. 178) Which of the following statements
comparing today's workers with those
from earlier eras is most accurate?
Compared to earlier workers, today's
employees are:
A. more loyal to the firm.
B. less educated and less self-directed.
C. more willing to leave the firm to seek
better opportunities.
D. more likely to need direct guidance
and direction from their managers.
Definition
C. more willing to leave the firm to seek
better opportunities.
Term
(p. 178) The revolution in management
that is currently underway suggests
that the most effective managers of the
future will:
Definition
D. emphasize team work.A. be very strict in their treatment of
workers.
B. emphasize individual initiative
rather than teamwork.
C. specialize in performing one of the
four management functions.
D. emphasize team work.
Term
(p. 178) How are managers today different
from managers in the past?
A. Managers today are more likely to
reprimand workers
B. Managers in the past would use
praise and gentle suggestions
C. Managers in the past were less loyal
to their employer
D. Managers today emphasize
teamwork
Definition
D. Managers today emphasize
teamwork
Term
(p. 180) Which of the following statements
has resulted in changes in the role of
management?
A. Most workers today show little
initiative or creativity, so managers
must spend more time directing their
efforts
B. The marketplace is becoming global,
which increases both competition and
opportunities for cooperation and
integration
C. Firms are recognizing that their
workforces are too diverse, so
managers must find ways to reduce
diversity without violating federal laws
against discrimination
D. The desire to encourage teamwork
has resulted in larger, more
cumbersome organizations with too
many workers
Definition
B. The marketplace is becoming global,
which increases both competition and
opportunities for cooperation and
integration
Term Definition(p. 179) One of the four primary functions
of management is:
A. controlling.
B. marketing.
C. financing.
D. designing.
A. controlling.
Term
(p. 179) The management function
concerned with anticipating future
trends and determining the best
strategies to achieve an organization's
goals and objectives is known as:
A. directing.
B. leadership.
C. planning.
D. forecasting.
Definition
C. planning.
Term
(p. 180) According to the "Reaching
Beyond Our Borders" box in Chapter
7, Jack Welch, former CEO of General
Electric, said the key problem
companies face in addressing
opportunities for in the global market
is:
A. the lack of engineer and scientists in
the global market.
B. the lack of support from
the U.S. government for global
expansion.
C. the lack of professional managers at
all levels to run operations.
D. the lack of production capability to
keep up with global demand.
Definition
C. the lack of professional managers at
all levels to run operations.
Term
(p. 180) When managers work on creating
conditions and systems to ensure that
everything and everyone works
together to achieve the organization's
goals, they are involved in the
Definition
D. organizing__________ function of management.
A. controlling
B. leading
C. planning
D. organizing
Term
(p. 181) __________ is the management
function that involves determining
whether an organization is progressing
toward its goals, rewarding employees
for doing a good job, and taking
corrective action when they are not.
A. Organizing
B. Controlling
C. Leading
D. Officiating
Definition
B. Controlling
Term
(p. 179) ___________ is the management
function that involves setting goals,
strategies, and tactics for achieving the
organization's goals and objectives.
A. Forecasting
B. Planning
C. Conceptualizing
D. Controlling
Definition
B. Planning
Term
(p. 180) ___________ is the management
function of creating a vision for the
organization and guiding, training,
coaching, and motivating employees to
help achieve the goals and objectives of
the organization.
A. Organizing
B. Controlling
C. Leading
D. Officiating
Definition
C. Leading
Term Definition(p. 180) Which of the following goals best
describes today's view of the organizing
function? Organizing today focuses on:
A. achieving unified opinions from a
diversified workforce.
B. designing the organization around
the customer.
C. simplifying the process of measuring
outcomes related to performance
standards.
D. developing the most efficient
strategic plans for the firm.
B. designing the organization around
the customer.
Term
(p. 181) When managers determine that
an organization is not making sufficient
progress toward achieving its goals and
objectives and they develop corrective
measures, they are involved in:
A. controlling.
B. planning.
C. directing.
D. accounting.
Definition
A. controlling.
Term
(p. 179) When managers identify a market
trend that suggests a new opportunity
and then devise a strategy to go after
this new opportunity, they are involved
in the function of:
A. controlling.
B. planning.
C. leading.
D. organizing.
Definition
B. planning.
Term
(p. 180) Which of the following activities
would be a part of the leading function
of management?
A. Devising a new strategic plan to
enter a new foreign market currently
dominated by a competing firm
Definition
D. Training and coaching workers to
help them understand their job and
perform it effectivelyB. Recruiting qualified workers to join
the organization and assigning them to
their proper position
C. Examining a financial report to see
whether the firm's profits are
improving and taking corrective action
if they are not
D. Training and coaching workers to
help them understand their job and
perform it effectively
Term
(p. 179) Which of the following activities is
part of the planning function of
management?
A. Assigning a particular worker to do
a specific task
B. Looking at market forecasts to
identify future business opportunities
and challenges
C. Praising a sales representative who
has far exceeded her monthly sales
objectives
D. Conducting a job interview with a
potential new employee
Definition
B. Looking at market forecasts to
identify future business opportunities
and challenges
Term
(p. 180) Which of the following activities is
part of the organizing function of
management?
A. Going over a spreadsheet to analyze
some financial data
B. Teaching a new employee how to use
a piece of office equipment
C. Giving front-line workers additional
resources needed to provide faster and
better service to customers
D. Developing a broad general strategy
to help the organization meet its longterm growth objectives
Definition
C. Giving front-line workers additional
resources needed to provide faster and
better service to customers
Term Definition(p. 180) As a manager, two of Sylvia's
strengths are her ability to
communicate goals clearly, and her
ability to guide, coach, and motivate
workers. Based on these strengths,
__________ is a management function
that Sylvia is likely to be good at
performing.
A. Controlling
B. Planning
C. Leading
D. Organizing
C. Leading
Term
(p. 181) Amanda, a regional manager for
Flairol Cosmetics, has just seen a report
showing that sales in her region are
trending lower than anticipated for the
third quarter. Her next task is to
determine the reason for the
disappointing results and find a way to
get sales up to their desired level.
Amanda's efforts are part of the
____________ function of
management.
A. controlling
B. directing
C. organizing
D. planning
Definition
A. controlling
Term
(p. 181) A __________ is an overall
explanation of why an organization
exists and where it is trying to head.
A. tactical plan
B. prime directive
C. corporate charter
D. vision
Definition
D. vision
Term
(p. 181) A vision for a company is:
A. an explanation of why the company
Definition
A. an explanation of why the company
exists and where it wants to go.exists and where it wants to go.
B. the same thing as an objective.
C. a detailed plan that outlines the
major organizational structure of the
firm.
D. very relevant for the short-term, but
less useful for the long-term.
Term
(p. 181) A meaningful mission statement
should address topics such as the
organization's:
A. form of ownership and methods of
financing.
B. self-concept and company
philosophy.
C. advertising strategy and distribution
plan.
D. tactical plans and contingency plans.
Definition
B. self-concept and company
philosophy.
Term
(p. 181) Employees often work with
managers to develop a(n) __________
that outlines the fundamental purposes
of their organization.
A. organization chart
B. value statement
C. mission statement
D. PERT diagram
Definition
C. mission statement
Term
(p. 181) __________ involves setting the
organization's vision, goals, and
objectives.
A. Organizing
B. Planning
C. Controlling
D. Directing
Definition
B. Planning
Term
(p. 181) ___________ are broad, long-term
Definitionaccomplishments an organization wants
to achieve.
A. Goals
B. Objectives
C. Directives
D. Agendas
A. Goals
Term
(p. 181) __________ are specific, shortterm, measurable results an
organization wants to achieve in order
to fulfill its long term goals.
A. Directives
B. Opportunity targets
C. Objectives
D. Mission complements
Definition
C. Objectives
Term
(p. 182) A __________ analysis is used to
help companies evaluate their internal
strengths and weaknesses, and develop
an awareness of external threats and
opportunities.
A. WISH
B. SWAMP
C. ASSET
D. SWOT
Definition
D. SWOT
Term
(p. 183) __________ planning determines
the major goals of an organization and
lays the foundation for obtaining and
using resources to achieve those goals.
A. Strategic
B. Contingency
C. Central
D. Tactical
Definition
A. Strategic
Term
(p. 184) The type of planning that is
concerned with developing detailed
Definition
D. tacticalshort-term actions about what is to be
done, who is to do it, and how it is to be
done is known as __________ planning.
A. strategic
B. contingency
C. first-line
D. tactical
Term
(p. 184) __________ planning prepares
alternative courses of action that may
be used if the primary plans are not
achieving objectives.
A. Strategic
B. Contingency
C. Tactical
D. Alternative
Definition
B. Contingency
Term
(p. 184) Tactical planning is concerned
with:
A. determining the best way to cope
with an emergency situation.
B. developing detailed strategies about
what is to be done, who is to do it, and
how it is to be done.
C. devising temporary courses of action
to be used if the primary plans do not
achieve the desired results.
D. setting long run goals that will
govern the general course of the
organization for years.
Definition
B. developing detailed strategies about
what is to be done, who is to do it, and
how it is to be done.
Term
(p. 184) Which of the following is involved
in setting work standards and schedules
needed to implement the firm's tactical
objectives?
A. Mission statement
B. Tactical planning
C. Operational planning
D. Contingency planning
Definition
C. Operational planningTerm
(p. 184) A(n) __________ would be used
by a department manager as a tool for
making daily and weekly assignments:
A. operational plan
B. vision statement
C. mission statement
D. tactical plan
Definition
A. operational plan
Term
(p. 184) Strategic planning looks at the
organization as a whole, while ________
planning focuses on daily tasks and
decisions.
A. tactical
B. strategic
C. mission
D. operational
Definition
D. operational
Term
(p. 185) _________ planning is a part of
contingency planning that is used to
deal with sudden and unexpected
changes in the business environment.
A. Crisis
B. Tactical
C. Operational
D. SWOT
Definition
A. Crisis
Term
(p. 185) __________ is choosing among
two or more alternatives.
A. Contingency planning
B. Decision-making
C. Organizational selection
D. Utility analysis
Definition
B. Decision-making
Term
(p. 186) The first step in the rational
decision-making model is to:
Definition
D. define the situation.A. recruit team members to work on
the problem.
B. gather data.
C. develop alternative responses.
D. define the situation.
Term
(p. 186) __________ is a problem solving
technique that attempts to come up
with as many solutions as possible in a
short time without censoring the ideas.
A. Brainstorming
B. Game theory
C. CAD/CAM
D. PMI
Definition
A. Brainstorming
Term
(p. 186) PMI is a:
A. computer program used to help
managers write mission statements.
B. statistical technique used in the
controlling process.
C. problem solving technique used to
evaluate possible solutions to a
problem.
D. rule of thumb used to determine how
many employees should be managed by
any single manager.
Definition
C. problem solving technique used to
evaluate possible solutions to a
problem.
Term
(p. 181) In a company in which a effective
vision has been provided:
A. there is no need for tactical planning.
B. the economic and competitive
environments tend to be much more
predictable.
C. employees are likely to have a sense
of purpose and a common set of values.
D. goals and objectives are no longer
needed.
Definition
C. employees are likely to have a sense
of purpose and a common set of values.
Term Definition(p. 181) A basic difference between goals
and objectives is that goals are:
A. precise, while objectives are vague.
B. set by tactical plans, while objectives
are set by strategic plans.
C. set by middle management, while
objectives are set by first-line
managers.
D. concerned with broad, long-term
accomplishments, while objectives focus
on specific short-term details.
D. concerned with broad, long-term
accomplishments, while objectives focus
on specific short-term details.
Term
(p. 183) Which of the following would be a
concern addressed in a strategic plan?
A. Should the firm make a long-term
commitment to expand into new
markets?
B. Which specific jobs should be
assigned to each employee?
C. How much output should be
produced this week in a given
production facility?
D. Which computer software package
should the firm's human resources
office use to manage the payroll?
Definition
A. Should the firm make a long-term
commitment to expand into new
markets?
Term
(p. 185) According to the "Spotlight on
Small Business" box in Chapter 7, the
Blue Man Group knew that if they
wanted to expand their product
planning and organization were critical.
Therefore, the three partners spent
considerable time writing a:
A. strategic plan
B. performance plan
C. crisis plan
D. responsive plan
Definition
A. strategic plan
Term
(p. 184) Because economic and
Definition
B. develop contingency plans.competitive environments frequently
change, organizations should:
A. set a long-term plan and stick to it.
B. develop contingency plans.
C. save time and money by cutting back
on planning.
D. eliminate any long-term strategic
plans, but devise short-term tactical
plans and update them once a year.
Term
(p. 186) Which of the following techniques
would a team of workers be most likely
to use if they wanted to evaluate several
possible solutions to a specific problem
their company needs to solve?
A. PERT
B. Regression analysis
C. PMI
D. MBO
Definition
C. PMI
Term
(p. 181) Jenna Raiter, the president and
CEO of AutoMotion Auto Service
Centers, has asked several managers
and employees to help establish a
statement to outline the fundamental
purposes of their company. The result
of this effort is likely to be a document
known as a(n):
A. payoff matrix.
B. mission statement.
C. tactical plan.
D. organization chart.
Definition
B. mission statement.
Term
(p. 183) Jamal is part of a management
group that is examining whether his
company, State Engineering, should
offer some important new services that
would broaden its business by
appealing to a different group of
Definition
C. strategic planning.potential clients. Jamal's group is
involved with:
A. contingency planning.
B. operational planning.
C. strategic planning.
D. tactical planning.
Term
(p. 181) Monica was hired by the Misty
Mount Corporation to take over as the
new chief executive officer. Her initial
impression is that the company is in
disarray, primarily because the
employees do not have a sense of
purpose or a common set of values.
Monica's observations suggest that she
needs to provide a(n) _________ for
Misty Mount:
A. vision
B. contingency plan
C. objective function
D. corporate logo
Definition
A. vision
Term
(p. 181) Customers who visit any Good As
New Appliance Repair Center see a
framed statement prominently
displayed near the front door. The
plaque describes the company's
fundamental purposes. In part, it states
that "All Good As New Centers operate
under the belief that every customer
deserves good quality parts, fast and
dependable service, and a fair price."
The words on this plaque reflect the
____________ of Good As New.
A. strategic plan
B. mission statement
C. corporate agenda
D. corporate charter
Definition
B. mission statement
Term Definition(p. 184) Setting contingency plans in an
organization is considered very
important today mainly because:
A. managers have historically been
poor tactical planners.
B. the government can charge firms
with unfair business practices if they do
not have such plans.
C. conditions change rapidly in today's
economic and competitive
environments.
D. most employees and staff don't
understand strategic planning, so they
tend to rely more on contingency plans.
C. conditions change rapidly in today's
economic and competitive
environments.
Term
(p. 182) When a firm makes use of the
SWOT analysis, one of its objectives is
to:
A. identify the best employees to fill
each position within the organization.
B. set specific short-term performance
standards for each department.
C. evaluate the desirability of issuing
stocks or bonds in the current financial
climate.
D. identify the things it does well as an
organization and the things it needs to
improve.
Definition
D. identify the things it does well as an
organization and the things it needs to
improve.
Term
(p. 184) Jermaine is a manager with
Drevil Industries. Part of his job is to
make specific short-term decisions
about what his department must do to
achieve Drevil's long-term success.
Jermaine is involved in:
A. strategic planning.
B. contingency planning.
C. tactical planning.
D. complimentary planning.
Definition
C. tactical planning.
Term Definition(p. 185) According to the "Spotlight on
Small Business" box in Chapter 7, one
of the keys to the success of the Blue
Man Group has been:
A. keeping the price for their show as
low as possible.
B. focusing on the small markets where
the competition for entertainment is
less intense.
C. the decision to keep the organization
small and not risk losing control
through expansion.
D. the development of a strategic plan
to manage the product's growth and
everyday operations.
D. the development of a strategic plan
to manage the product's growth and
everyday operations.
Term
(p. 184) Kayla is a supervisor who
manages a production line. She spends
several hours each week developing
specific employee work assignments
and production schedules for the
coming week so that the production
department can meet its short-term
production objectives. This suggests
that a significant component of Kayla's
job involves:
A. strategic planning.
B. contingency planning.
C. tactical planning.
D. operational planning.
Definition
D. operational planning.
Term
(p. 184) Flavio, CEO of Fabulous Frozen
Custard believes that alternate plans
are almost as important as the primary
operational plans because external
circumstances such as the weather,
competitor moves, and even economic
conditions make it important to have a
Plan B. Flavio endorses:
A. tactical planning.
B. retroactive planning.
C. concurrent planning.
Definition
D. contingency planning.D. contingency planning.
Term
(p. 186) Carlos had been thinking of
setting up a graphic design service
business for quite some time. He knew
that he wanted to work at home and he
now had several leads for prospective
customers. He also knew how much
money he needed to make to cover his
expenses. He had several ways to
approach his new business including
working by himself or taking on a
partner. Both ways needed more
thought to determine what each would
involve. In terms of the rational
decision-making model, Carlos is in
which of the following steps?
A. Defining the situation
B. Describing and collect needed
information
C. Develop alternatives
D. Develop agreement among those
involved
Definition
C. Develop alternatives
Term
(p. 186) __________ is the management
function that involves allocating
resources, assigning tasks, and
establishing procedures for
accomplishing the organizational
objectives.
A. Controlling
B. Outsourcing
C. Organizing
D. Coordinating
Definition
C. Organizing
Term
(p. 187) A(n) __________ is used by an
organization to show who is
accountable for the completion of
specific work and who reports to
Definition
D. organization chartwhom.
A. balance sheet
B. Venn diagram
C. stakeholder outline
D. organization chart
Term
(p. 187) A(n) ________________ is a visual
device which shows relationships
among people and divides the
organization's work.
A. organization chart
B. Venn diagram
C. corporate tree
D. Gantt chart
Definition
A. organization chart
Term
(p. 188) The level of management that is
directly responsible for assigning
specific jobs to workers and evaluating
their daily performance is called:
A. primary management.
B. middle management.
C. supervisory management.
D. secondary management.
Definition
C. supervisory management.
Term
Middle managers are responsible for:
A. establishing the vision for the
organization.
B. assigning specific jobs and
evaluating the daily performance of
workers.
C. devising the organization's strategic
plan.
D. developing tactical plans and
controlling.
Definition
D. developing tactical plans and
controlling.
Term
(p. 187) General and divisional managers,
plant managers, and deans and
Definition
A. middle management.department heads at colleges are
classified as:
A. middle management.
B. supervisory management.
C. top management.
D. nominal management.
Term
(p. 188) Supervisory managers spend most
of their time on:
A. conceptual and financial skills.
B. technical and human relations skills.
C. strategic planning.
D. external efforts such as meeting with
stockholders and other stakeholders.
Definition
B. technical and human relations skills.
Term
(p. 188) ___________ skills involve a
manager's ability to picture the
organization as a whole and the
relationship among its various parts.
A. Creative
B. Technical
C. Conceptual
D. Autonomic
Definition
C. Conceptual
Term
(p. 188) ____________ skills include the
ability to perform tasks of a specific
department or job, such as selling
(marketing) or bookkeeping
(accounting).
A. Conceptual
B. Departmental
C. Technical
D. Tactical
Definition
C. Technical
Term
(p. 188) Leadership, coaching, and morale
building are all part of a manager's
_________ skills.
Definition
D. human relationsA. technical
B. theoretical
C. empirical
D. human relations
Term
(p. 188) Although top managers most
often possess these skills, they usually
make less use of __________ skills than
supervisory managers.
A. technical
B. conceptual
C. human relations
D. empirical
Definition
A. technical
Term
(p. 187) The downsizing that has occurred
in recent years has __________ middle
managers in many organizations.
A. increased the number of
B. eliminated the jobs of some
C. strengthened the control of
D. increased the importance of
Definition
B. eliminated the jobs of some
Term
(p. 187) Which of the following
management positions is responsible for
getting the right information to other
managers to enable them to make
better decisions?
A. Chief executive officer (CEO)
B. Chief financial officer (CFO)
C. Chief planning officer (CPO)
D. Chief information officer (CIO)
Definition
D. Chief information officer (CIO)
Term
(p. 188) The further up the managerial
ladder a person moves, the __________
his or her original job skills become.
A. more important
B. less important
Definition
B. less importantC. stronger
D. more tactical
Term
(p. 187) A chief operating officer (COO)
would be classified as part of a firm's:
A. primary management.
B. middle management.
C. top management.
D. first-line management.
Definition
C. top management.
Term
(p. 189) ___________ involves recruiting,
hiring, motivating, and retaining the
best people available to accomplish the
company's objectives.
A. Directing
B. Planning
C. Leading
D. Staffing
Definition
D. Staffing
Term
(p. 188) In comparing the types of skills
used by managers at different levels
within an organization, which of the
following is true?
A. Top managers use mainly technical
skills and middle and first-line
managers use mostly conceptual skills
B. First-line managers use mainly
technical and human relations skills,
while top managers devote most of their
time to activities involving human
relations and conceptual skills
C. The types of skills used by managers
do not change much from one level of
management to another
D. The specific skills used at different
levels of management do vary, but
conceptual skills are the most
important at all levels
Definition
B. First-line managers use mainly
technical and human relations skills,
while top managers devote most of their
time to activities involving human
relations and conceptual skillsTerm
(p. 189) Gabriella is responsible for hiring,
motivating, and retaining the best
employees for her organization.
Gabriella is in charge of:
A. staffing.
B. orienting.
C. directing.
D. facilitating.
Definition
A. staffing.
Term
(p. 188) After thirteen years as a laborer
for Hendrix Construction, Jimmy was
promoted to the position of foreman.
He is directly responsible for assigning
various jobs to his work crew and
evaluating their performance on a daily
basis. Jimmy is now a member of:
A. top management.
B. middle management.
C. supervisory management.
D. forward management.
Definition
C. supervisory management.
Term
(p. 188) By completing the courses needed
to obtain a college major in accounting,
marketing, or some other field, a
student can go a long way toward
acquiring the _________ skills
managers need to rise through the
ranks of their area of specialization.
A. autocratic
B. technical
C. human relations
D. secondary
Definition
B. technical
Term
(p. 187) Which of the following persons is
most likely to be involved in strategic
planning?
A. Chief executive officer
B. Electrical shop supervisor
Definition
A. Chief executive officerC. Budget analyst
D. Advertising manager
Term
(p. 188) Axel is in a new position, serving
as a first-line manager. Axel's position
will require him to spend a lot of time:
A. developing strategic plans.
B. evaluating the daily performance of
workers.
C. creating a vision for the company.
D. providing information to
stakeholders.
Definition
B. evaluating the daily performance of
workers.
Term
(p. 187) Anita is employed as plant
manager for Mojo Industries,
Incorporated. Though she spends some
time performing all management
functions, she is particularly concerned
with tactical planning and controlling.
Anita's position would be classified as
part of Mojo's:
A. top management.
B. lateral management.
C. supervisory management.
D. middle management.
Definition
D. middle management.
Term
(p. 188) After working for eleven years as
a production line worker, Hollis
recently was made a foreman. In his
new position, Hollis will rely on:
A. conceptual skills more than human
relations skills.
B. technical skills and human relations
skills more than conceptual skills.
C. technical skills and conceptual skills,
but he won't really need any human
relations skills.
D. accounting and financial skills.
Definition
B. technical skills and human relations
skills more than conceptual skills.Term
(p. 188) Ricardo works as a department
head atBarnesHospital. His job
requires Ricardo to spend most of his
time training and coaching employees
to perform their jobs more effectively
and teaching other managers to be
better leaders. Ricardo's job requires
him to make full use of his:
A. technical skills.
B. conceptual skills.
C. orientation skills.
D. human relations skills.
Definition
D. human relations skills.
Term
(p. 188) As CEO of Google, Eric Schmidt
performs strategic planning for the
organization as well as putting
structure in place to monitor company
progress. These activities make use of
Eric's:
A. conceptual skills.
B. technical skills.
C. concurrent skills.
D. human relations skills.
Definition
A. conceptual skills.
Term
(p. 188) Vinnie wants to become a
manager in his company, but he has
always been a bit shy and has a hard
time interacting with co-workers. In
order for Vinnie to succeed as a
manager, he will need to work on his:
A. technical skills.
B. human relations skills.
C. control skills.
D. integration skills.
Definition
B. human relations skills.
Term
(p. 188) Rob intends to major in
accounting because he is confident that
an ability to read and interpret
Definition
A. technical skills.financial and accounting data is the
way to get to the top in business. Rob
seems to be concerned with developing
his:
A. technical skills.
B. verbal skills.
C. qualitative skills.
D. conceptual skills.
Term
(p. 189) _____________ involves creating
a vision for others to follow,
establishing corporate values and
ethics, and transforming the way an
organization does business so that it is
more effective and efficient.
A. Organizing
B. Production management
C. Tactical planning
D. Leadership
Definition
D. Leadership
Term
(p. 189) Leaders:
A. embrace change.
B. are mainly concerned with tactical
issues as opposed to change issues.
C. tend to do the work themselves
rather than delegate it to others.
D. strive to maintain order and
stability.
Definition
A. embrace change.
Term
(p. 191) The __________ style of
leadership is characterized by making
managerial decisions without consulting
others.
A. autocratic
B. bureaucratic
C. free rein
D. democratic
Definition
A. autocratic
Term Definition. (p. 191) Managers who listen to their
subordinates and allow them to
participate in decision-making are
using the ____________ style of
leadership.
A. autocratic
B. free-rein
C. participative
D. bureaucratic
C. participative
Term
(p. 191) A(n) __________ leader would set
objectives and give employees a great
deal of freedom to decide for
themselves how to accomplish those
objectives.
A. free-rein
B. autocratic
C. Type A
D. aristocratic
Definition
A. free-rein
Term
(p. 189) A key to effective leadership is the
ability to:
A. maintain order, stability, and
control.
B. communicate a vision and rally
others around that vision.
C. master the technical details of the
jobs performed by subordinates.
D. maintain an autocratic approach to
dealing with others.
Definition
B. communicate a vision and rally
others around that vision.
Term
(p. 192) __________ is the term used to
describe giving workers the education
and tools they need to assume
additional decision-making powers.
A. Energizing
B. Provisioning
C. Upgrading
D. Enabling
Definition
D. EnablingTerm
(p. 192) _____________ means giving
employees the authority and
responsibility to respond quickly to
customer requests.
A. Restructuring
B. Delineating
C. Empowerment
D. Intrapreneuring
Definition
C. Empowerment
Term
(p. 192) In traditional organizations,
____________ involves giving explicit
instructions to workers, telling them
what to do to meet the goals and
objectives of the organization.
A. directing
B. organizing
C. budgeting
D. controlling
Definition
A. directing
Term
(p. 192) ____________ is concerned with
finding the right information and
making that information accessible and
understood by everyone in an
organization.
A. Mission management
B. Data management
C. Knowledge management
D. Auditing
Definition
C. Knowledge management
Term
(p. 192) The first step in developing a
knowledge management system is to:
A. empower employees to make their
own decisions and accept the
Definition
D. determine what knowledge is most
important to the organization.consequences.
B. obtain the necessary information
system technologies.
C. recognize that perfect information is
readily available in all organizations.
D. determine what knowledge is most
important to the organization.
Term
(p. 189) One difference between managers
and leaders is that:
A. managers are found in businesses
while leaders operate in nonprofit
organizations.
B. mangers work to achieve stability
while leaders embrace change.
C. managers use an autocratic
approach while leaders embrace a
democratic style.
D. all employees can manage, but only
top managers can lead.
Definition
B. mangers work to achieve stability
while leaders embrace change.
Term
(p. 192) Which of the following statements
about effective leadership is the most
accurate?
A. Effective leaders have the same
personality traits
B. The most effective leadership style
depends on who is being led and in
what situation
C. The democratic style of leadership
will almost always improve the
effectiveness of the organization
D. One trait of effective managers is
that they consistently maintain the
same style of leadership
Definition
B. The most effective leadership style
depends on who is being led and in
what situation
Term
(p. 191) Autocratic leadership is likely to
be effective when:
A. subordinates are highly trained
Definition
B. the organization faces an emergency
situation.professionals.
B. the organization faces an emergency
situation.
C. workers enjoy expressing their
opinions and having a say in what is
done.
D. the manager is uncertain about the
best strategy to pursue.
Term
(p. 192) Which of the following statements
about leadership styles is most
accurate?
A. A manager should choose one style
and use it consistently
B. Managers have no control over the
leadership style they use
C. Effective managers often use a
variety of leadership styles
D. Managers should always start with
an autocratic style, but can gradually
switch to a more democratic approach
if workers earn their trust
Definition
C. Effective managers often use a
variety of leadership styles
Term
(p. 192) As firms make greater use of
empowerment and teams, managers
will find that they:
A. should use the same techniques for
directing employees that were used in
the past.
B. will need to closely supervise the
teams to make sure they remain
focused on the goals of the organization.
C. will need to provide the teams with
detailed instructions to give them a
clear sense of direction.
D. must become more like coaches and
counselors than bosses.
Definition
D. must become more like coaches and
counselors than bosses.
Term
Which of the following best summarizes
Definition
A. supply both a vision and a moral andthe type of leader future organizations
are likely to need? In the future,
organizations will need leaders who:
A. supply both a vision and a moral and
ethical foundation for growth.
B. provide the sense of stability and
orderliness the organization needs to
withstand the challenges posed by a
changing environment.
C. have a strong track record of
focusing on the accomplishment of
financial objectives.
D. are effective at using autocratic
techniques.
ethical foundation for growth.
Term
(p. 191) The CEO of peripheral company
QuickDrive uses a leadership style that
encourages employees to discuss
management issues with the CEO and
to work together to resolve those issues
in a democratic manner. Which of the
following statements would the CEO of
QuickDrive most likely make?
A. The key to QuickDrive staying on
top in a high-tech industry is not
wasting time checking out what other
firms do, but to act immediately on my
directives
B. In a high-tech business, it is more
important to invest in technology than
to invest in people
C. The key to keeping talented
employees loyal to QuickDrive is to use
a participative management style and
treat them with respect, value their
ideas, give them the resources they
need, and expect great things from
them
D. Spending a lot of money to buy out
competitors for their technology is
likely to backfire, because QuickDrive
is a leader in technology development
Definition
C. The key to keeping talented
employees loyal to QuickDrive is to use
a participative management style and
treat them with respect, value their
ideas, give them the resources they
need, and expect great things from
themTerm
(p. 191) Well-known retired basketball
coach, Bob Knight, was known for his
emotional antics
atIndianaUniversity and Texas Tech. If
you talk with Bob, he believes in total
dedication from his team and total
compliance to his style of coaching. It's
"his way or the highway." Bob typifies
the _____________ style of leader.
A. bureaucratic
B. free-rein
C. remanded
D. autocratic
Definition
D. autocratic
Term
(p. 191) At Holyfield Chemicals,
department heads usually make
decisions after meeting with employees
and seeking their ideas and suggestions.
Department heads at Holyfield
Chemicals make extensive use of the
___________ style of leadership.
A. autocratic
B. diplomatic
C. democratic (participative)
D. open shop
Definition
C. democratic (participative)
Term
(p. 191) At Lifeline Pharmaceuticals,
highly regarded research personnel rely
on top management to provide strategic
direction. Beyond that, researchers
work on their own to develop new
drugs to satisfy customer needs and
company profit objectives. Middle
management at Lifeline practice
_____________.
A. free-rein leadership
B. consultative leadership
C. projectory leadership
D. autocratic leadership
Definition
A. free-rein leadershipTerm
(p. 192) Adam is a first-line manager for
Idle Time Gaming, Inc., a company
whose values and focus is innovation.
Having recently transferred in from a
traditional retail (top/down) company,
which of the following changes will the
new company expect Adam to
embrace?
A. He must continue to issue detailed
instructions to give the teams a sense of
direction
B. He will no longer have a
management position in the firm, since
the purpose of teams is to eliminate the
need for first-line managers
C. He will need to act less like a "boss"
and more like a coach, advisor,
counselor, and team player
D. He will isolate himself from his
subordinates
Definition
C. He will need to act less like a "boss"
and more like a coach, advisor,
counselor, and team player
Term
(p. 193) The first step in controlling
consists of:
A. issuing orders and explaining
routines.
B. setting clear performance standards.
C. establishing a clear chain of
command.
D. assigning workers to perform
specific tasks.
Definition
B. setting clear performance standards.
Term
(p. 193) In the control process the first
step is to:
A. communicate results and deviations
to employees.
B. compare results to plans and
Definition
C. set clear and appropriate standards.standards.
C. set clear and appropriate standards.
D. monitor and record performance.
Term
(p. 194) In order for standards to be useful
in the controlling process, they must
have certain characteristics. One of
these characteristics is that they must
be:
A. nonspecific.
B. redundant.
C. included the mission statement.
D. attainable.
Definition
D. attainable.
Term
(p. 194) Which of the following should
form the foundation of a firm's control
system?
A. Accounting and finance
B. Marketing and production
C. Human resources and finance
D. Computing and production
Definition
A. Accounting and finance
Term
(p. 194) __________ are units within an
organization that receive services from
other units within the organization.
A. End-users
B. Internal customers
C. Third-party distribution centers
D. Profit centers
Definition
B. Internal customers
Term
(p. 194) __________ include dealers, who
buy products to sell to others, and
ultimate customers who buy products
for their own personal use.
A. End users
B. External customers
C. Internal customers
Definition
B. External customersD. Distribution centers
Term
(p. 193) Ho Han has just spent two hours
going over quality reports to determine
whether his department is meeting
quality standards he set for the current
month. Ho's efforts are part of the
___________ function of management.
A. planning
B. organizing
C. directing
D. controlling
Definition
D. controlling
Term
(p. 194) Pam is a sales manager for
Paradise Beauty Products. She has told
her sales people that she expects each of
them to increase their customer
contacts by at least 5 percent in the next
month. Pam has set a(n):
A. procedural policy.
B. functional objective.
C. policy guide.
D. performance standard.
Definition
D. performance standard.
Term
(p. 194) Which of the following is a clear
performance standard?
A. Bring about a significant
improvement in the morale of all
workers.
B. Decrease the number of products
rejected due to manufacturing defects
by 10% over the next 6 months.
C. Completely eliminate all customer
complaints.
D. Make secretaries more efficient.
Definition
B. Decrease the number of products
rejected due to manufacturing defects
by 10% over the next 6 months.
Term
(p. 193) Two years ago, Travis started his
Definition
C. devise a set of clear performanceown restaurant supply company,
serving the greaterChicago area. Until
recently, he has never concerned
himself with establishing a formal
control system. Now, with a recession
looming, he is experiencing cost
conscious restaurant owners. He has
decided that a formal control system is
needed. The first step Travis should
take is:
A. draw up a formal organization
chart.
B. talk to his banker to set financial
goals.
C. devise a set of clear performance
standards.
D. design an accident report form so
that he can keep accurate records of all
accidents that occur.
standards.
Term
(p. 193) As a middle manager for her firm,
Tori just finished comparing the results
of a promotional campaign with the
outcome expectations. The next step in
the control process is:
A. monitor and record actual
performance.
B. set up contingency plans.
C. communicate results and deviations
with management and employees
involved.
D. establish discipline committees to
decide on dismissals.
Definition
C. communicate results and deviations
with management and employees
involved.
Term
(p. 194) Harper is a sales rep for an
eyeglass company. The company is
always on the cutting edge of trendy
designs. In her job, she frequently relies
on the marketing department to
provide her with information and
materials. When using customer
satisfaction to judge the success of their
Definition
B. take Harper's satisfaction into
account, because customers can be
internal as well as external.company, Harper's managers should:
A. ignore Harper's satisfaction, since
she is an employee rather than a
customer.
B. take Harper's satisfaction into
account, because customers can be
internal as well as external.
C. consider Harper's satisfaction, but
place less emphasis it than on the
satisfaction of a stockholder, since she is
an external customer.
D. only consider Harper's satisfaction if
she has worked in the same job for at
least 2 years.
Term
(p. 194) When establishing criteria to
measure the success of a customeroriented business, managers should:
A. limit their attention to financial
measures such as profit and return on
investment since these are the only
objective and quantifiable measures
available.
B. focus most of their attention on
measures of employee satisfaction, since
without good employees the firm will
not be competitive.
C. focus primarily on financial
measures, but pay some attention to
non-financial concerns.
D. recognize that, while financial
measures are important and should be
considered, the purpose of the firm is to
satisfy both internal and external
customers.
Definition
D. recognize that, while financial
measures are important and should be
considered, the purpose of the firm is to
satisfy both internal and external
customers.
Which statement is most accurate about the impact of business
on society?
...
Which statement is most accurate about the impact of business
on society?
Businesses can have a positive impact on both standard of living
and quality of life.Eve and 3 of her friends enjoy perfumes. Eve made scented
candles as gifts for her friends. Her friends encouraged Eve to
create more and sell them online. Eve has been filling orders
and turning a profit, Eve is proof that:
When you successfully fill a market need, you can make money.
Noliva is a small and poor nation, but its current president has
a genuine desire to create more wealth for Noliva citizens. The
president has recieved many recommendations from his
advisors, which is most likely to create the most wealth for N?
Establish a business environment that promotes and rewards
entrepreneurship.
Nick is a recent finance graduate who has two passions: music
and finance. Upon graduation, he was offered an opportunity
to join a struggling rock band with a lot of potential, or a job at
a large well-established financial services company. By joining
the band, he will forgo which of the following?
Added benefits such as health insurance provided to employees
of large corporations.
Adam Ripley sells custom bicycles. Adam buys several bike
parts including wheels and tires from the Good Treads
Company. Although several government—supported
regulations help Adam in his business, regulations that make it
easy for Adam's business to enjoy good vendor relationships
are:
Laws that support enforceable contracts between firms.
Marla Staples is concerned with identity theft. One of the ways
that she can protect her
...
information from leaking—out to the wrong hands is:
Install antivirus software, firewalls, and anti-spyware software
on her computer.
Which of the following statements best describes how firms
must treat their front-line workers in order to remain
competitive? Front-line workers must be:
Empowered with the authority to respond quickly to the unmet
needs of customersSt. Claire Hospital is considering a program that would allow
some of its workers to use
...
flextime. One group of workers who would probably benefit
from flextime is:
Single-parent families.
Laura and Tim McNash recently moved to North Carolina on a
three-acre home site. They purposefully purchased their home
within biking distance to the university where they are both
employed, and their bikes each have room for two cloth bags
for groceries if they need to purchase food on the way home,
although they plan to grow much of their own. Laura and Tim
are examples of a growing number of young people who:
Want to change their lifestyle to be more in tune to saving
energy.
Jenna Leigh is an information savvy, 20-something person
who is trying to select between two marketing job offers. She
can either join a company that makes small hammers and
screwdrivers for the do-it-yourself hardware store business, or
she can join a company developing the fourth generation cell
phone service. She is quite impressed that the hardware
business is growing quite nicely in China, Mexico, and India
where people are starting to expand their living spaces. She is
also aware of:
An information—based global revolution that might make her
career at a telecommunications company more lucrative in the
long run.
Which of the following statements would a follower of Adam
Smith be most likely to make?
lf people are given the freedom to follow their own interests,
theoretically their efforts will lead to economic growth that
benefits society as a whole.
For many years, Congressman Ricardo Perez has called for
more government regulation of business. "After all," the
Congressman said recently, "businesspeople are out to make a
profit, not to create jobs or serve their customers. The
government must pass more laws to require businesses to take
the interests of consumers and workers into account." From
these comments, it is clear that Congressman Perez:Does not accept the "invisible hand" idea brought forth by Adam
Smith.
Patrick lives in a nation whose government embraces
capitalism. He owns his own home and car, as well as his own
business and building. Patrick maintains ownership due to:
The right to own private property.
The market price of apples is currently rising. In a free—market
economy, the most likely explanation of this price change is
that:
There is a shortage in the market for apples.
Jorge Martinez is a well—educated entrepreneur who operated
a small business in his home country of Florentina. At the
encouragement of his American relatives, Jorge recently
immigrated to the United States and applied for U.S.
citizenship. "ln Florentina, tax rates were very high," Jorge
complained. "The government used the taxes I paid to finance
all sorts of social programs to help the less fortunate. While
this is a noble goal, it has really undermined the profit
incentive of individuals such as me. I really feel that these high
taxes have stifled economic growth." Jorge's comments
illustrate the reason many socialist countries are experiencing
a(n):
Brain drain.
The prime minister of the nation of Urbania has called for
Urbania's legislature to enact new
...
legislation designed to shift his country away from socialism
toward a more capitalistic system. The Prime Minister
acknowledges that such a radical change will entail some
hardships, and that some citizens will be unhappy with the
changes. The most likely source of dissatisfaction with a move
toward capitalism is:
A trend toward unequal distribution of wealth.
Several years ago, the nation of Florentina had a governmentowned telecommunication system that lagged far behind other
nations. In several of its rural areas, there was only one phone
for an entire village of people. Government taxes collected for
the purpose of maintaining the telephone system were very
meager, so the notion of expanding service was almostimpossible. The government of Florentina decided to sell the
phone company to a private firm. The private firm expanded
rapidly. It reported that even poor consumers were willing to
pay for a private phone line. This government decision and
subsequent sale was:
A move toward capitalism.
John complained to his buddy, Frank that prices have
increased a lot over the past year. Frank disagreed, saying that
the prices of some goods have gone up a bit, but other prices
have declined, noting that you can get some good buys on
houses right now. Frank feels that the average price of
consumer goods hasn't changed. Frank and John can refer to
the to learn how government economists currently view the
price situation.
CPI
Chase is a recent college graduate with a new job as an
engineering trainee for a large defense company. Now that he
is making good wages, he hopes to start saving for his first
house and also contribute toward the company retirement
plan. As he looks over his monthly bills, Chase is concerned
about ever getting ahead of the game. His food bill, car
payment, and mounting payments keep him in the "just
making ends meet" category. As his mind wonders back to the
good ol' college days, he reflects on a time when gas and food
seemed a lot more reasonable. Chase is experiencing the effects
of:
Inflation
Lance owns Lance Lawns Irrigation Systems, LLC, a company
that installs and maintains underground lawn irrigation
systems. Business is down due to new housing starts being
negatively impacted by a deep recession. To make things
worse, his bank called yesterday to inform him that his credit
limit (interest fee of 12.5%) will be cut from $30,000 per year
to $15,000 per year, unless he is willing to pay a higher interest
rate of 20%. As Lance drives to the first job this morning, he
knows that his last task of the day will be to reduce the hours
for his two employees. He can't afford to work employees eight
hours per day, with only a $15,000 line of credit. Which of the
following strategies will help Lance's situation?
Fed decreases interest rates
Many of the toy products sold in the United States are
imported from Taiwan because the Taiwanese can producethese products more efficiently than U.S. companies. This is an
example of:
Comparative advantage.
An American firm recently criticized a Chinese steel producer
for charging a lower price for its steel in the United States than
it charges in China. If proven to be true, the Chinese firm has
engaged in:
dumping
The nation of Redland reported that its imports for the
previous year were $4 billion greater than its exports. During
the same period, Redland reported a favorable balance of
payments. This information suggests:
money inflows from tourism, foreign aid, foreign investment and
other sources more than offset Redland's trade deficit.
Pepsi Cola entered into a long—term contract with a South
African beverage company. The contract calls for the South
African firm to produce and market Pepsi Cola in South Africa.
Pepsi will receive royalties on each case of beverage sold. This
is an example of:
Licensing
Adam's Apple Corporation ships all of the apples from its
orchards in Washington to a single buyer in Japan. The firms'
entire profits are derived from this international transaction.
Adam's Apple Corporation:
Is not a multinational corporation.
Workers in the nation of Argenia prefer managers that
forcefully tell employees what to do and how to do it.
Conversely, employees in the U.S. prefer to participate in
decision making in the workplace. This difference between
Argenia workers and U.S. workers represents a management
challenge for firms trading in the global market.
sociocultural
Under a system of floating exchange rates, changes in the value
of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies are the result of:
changes in the supply of and/or demand for dollars in the global
currency market.
Responding to pressure from political lobbyists representing
the U.S. steel industry, the U.S. government levies a tax onsteel products imported from Europe. This is an example of
a(n):
protective tariff.
A major concern voiced by U.S. critics of the North American
Free Trade Agreement ~ (NAFTA) is that it would result in:
loss of jobs in the U.S. economy.
Jill works as a flight attendant for an international airline.
While in China, it is convenient for Jill to find look-a-likes in
famous brands of watches, purses, clothing, and golf clubs. ln
fact, she does her Christmas shopping there and even buys
good quality items for auctioning at her son's preschool events
back in the U.S. Jill's actions:
Demonstrate a continual problem with product piracy in China.
When WorldCom used intentional accounting irregularities to
make the company look more profitable than it actually was, it:
Engaged in illegal behavior.
After a few years of being in business, employees who worked
for a startup software company noticed that the owner
overlooked certain questionable actions of high billing
associates, versus other employees who worked hard but only
brought in an average number of new clients each month. With
respect to what you learned in this chapter about the ethical
behavior of many Americans, which of the following
statements applies here?
As is often the case today, some leaders will look at each
situation individually when making value judgments.
A friend offers to share with you a term paper previously
prepared for her Introduction to Business class last semester.
When you tell her that it wouldn't be fair, she reminds you of
your habit of reading an entire Harry Potter book at the local
bookstore without paying for the book. Which ethics—based
question would be most helpful in evaluating these situations?
Is it balanced?
34.Which of the following would most likely involve ethical
concerns?
...
A. Overstating an expense report.
...35. In an effort to promote the importance of a valuable
education, the faculty and staff at the local community college
are trained to ask each student about their career preferences,
rather than suggest courses that may not benefit the student's
future goals. Although it would be tempting to suggest courses
just to increase the College's enrollment, employees know that
it is
...
more important to serve each student well, even if it means
suggesting courses and/or degrees offered at other institutions.
This approach is consistent with:
...
A. An integrity-based ethics code.
...
36. John was recently hired by Backstreet Books, an eclectic
bookstore in a large college town. At the beginning of the first
day on the job, his store manager handed him a small booklet
consisting of company rules. He was asked to read it and sign
and submit the last page, before starting work. Among other
things, the rules explicitly discussed reprimands for grievous
behavior and dismissal if the firm could prove that the
employee was stealing product from the store. This booklet
represented the of the store.
...
B. compliance-based ethics
...
37. Before it was publicly known that IBM was going to take
over Lotus Development, an IBM secretary told her husband,
who told two co—workers, who told friends, relatives, business
associates, and even a pizza delivery man. A total of 25 people
received the information and traded on this tip to make a
profit. These people were:
...
B. Insider trading.
...38. Last year the Bank of Plenty, Inc. made an all out effort to
go paperless. The bank's public relations arm promoted the
strategy both internally and extemally. Customers were
strongly encouraged to utilize the bank's online banking for all
their banking needs. Customers could sign up for local
workshops where employees were dedicated to showing them
how to navigate the bank's new website and find the
information they required. The bank's initiative demonstrates:
...
C. An area where the firm can contribute to the green effort, as
well as cut costs.
...
39. J. D. started working for an export trading company right
out of college. His job took him to Asia on several occasions,
where he interacted with manufacturers and got to practice his
limited Chinese. He was amazed to see the difference in
working conditions in the developing nations where he visited,
compared to similar operations in the U.S. The expectations of
workers were not the same. J.D.'s experience is an example of:
...
B. Social responsibility differences between similar firms, but
in different countries.
...
40. A few years ago, several U.S. retailers were sued in Los
Angeles courts for human rights abuses associated with
contract manufacturers located in the Marianas Islands, a
territory of the U.S. government. The accusers wanted the
retailers to stop outsourcing the manufacturing of soft goods to
manufacturers on the islands that practiced inhumane labor
standards. The activists who brought suit against the U.S.
firms:
...
A. claimed that the retailers were breaking the law.
...
41. Cali owns Dog Trotters, a dog walking business that she
started to earn money after school and supplement her
allowance. She planned to keep all the profits, and kept things
simple, by putting a flier on the bulletin board at the localgrocery store announcing that she was available to provide this
service. Cali's business is a:
...
A. Sole proprietorship.
...
42. Kristen and her brothers and sisters decided to form a
partnership that specializes in home design of all types. One of
their goals is to maintain the loving relationship they currently
enjoy so they are following the Model Business Corporation Act
recommendations as they write the partnership agreement.
Which of the following is an accurate recommendation of the
Act?
...
C. There should be discussion and well understood ways that
the partners will handle disagreements.
...
43. Zach and Mac own an auto repair business which they
operate as co-owners. Both take an active role in the
management of the business, and each accepts unlimited
liability. Zach and Mac operate as a:
...
B. general partnership
...
44. Dane is a stockholder in SmallWorld, Inc., a C-corporation
that manufactures amusement park rides. The company
recently lost a major court decision and will probably be forced
into bankruptcy. In fact, the damages awarded are so great
that, even if all company assets are sold and the proceeds are
used to pay its debts, SmallWorld is likely to still owe money to
its creditors. lf SmallWorld go bankrupt, Dane and the other
stockholders will:
...
B. Lose their investment but nothing else.
...
45. A few years back, your three U.S. born friends that live in
the State of Wyoming inherited a dude ranch that they plan totum into a retirement haven for race horses. Peaceful Pastures
wants to open its doors by spring, 2010. After attending several
small business seminars, the three friends are certain they
need limited liability. The high-risk, labor-intensive business
will require a sizable investment including an air-conditioned
van, several fenced-in pastures and loads of animal feed. You
recently heard that one form of business ownership requires
owners to pay self-employment taxes on the entire amount of
earnings. You are fairly certain this is one tax loophole your
friends would like to avoid. You recommend:
...
D. S-Corporation
...
46. Continental Foods is considering a conglomerate merger
with a company that makes storage solutions. A likely reason
is:
...
C. Diversification.
...
47. Several years ago. Regis Corporation, a very large hair
styling salon company purchased "Your Father's Mustache"
salons. Although this was initially an acquisition, the merging
of these two businesses was a(n) ______. Regis went on to
purchase several hair care product companies. Joining forces
with hair care product companies would represent a _______.
...
C.horizontal merger; vertical merger
...
48. Marco is a franchisee with Daggies, a chain of sandwich
shops. His business was doing well until several Daggies
franchisees got in trouble and were forced to close their shops.
Soon afterward, Marco's business deteriorated and he too was
forced to close. This is an example of:
...
B.The coattail effect.
...49. Jenna plans to invest in a cleaning service franchise called
"Spare Time". At her first interview with the franchisor's selling
agent, she leamed that the parent company expects royalties of
5%. These are:
...
D. A share of the profits or a percentage share of revenues (net
sales).
...
50. Which of the following people would be most interested in
participating in a business organized as a cooperative?
...
A. Joe is intrigued by the idea of combining his time and
resources with many other people to operate a business
providing a good or service that they all will use.
...
5l. Erin developed a new type of exercise equipment she calls
the Tush N' Tone. After unsuccessfully searching for potential
investors, she arranged a personal loan and borrowed
additional money from her parents. Her willingness to
continue believing in her idea and remain enthusiastic shows
that Erin is:
...
A. characteristically self—nurturing.
...
52. Anna recently left a large insurance firm and opened a
home-based business preparing medical transcriptions for
doctors. Based on recent statistics, she can expect:
...
B. the emergence of affordable technology will make it less
challenging for her to compete with larger firms offering the
same service.
...
53. Pete inherited a thriving dry cleaning business from his
father and mother. He continued the tradition of offering
quality service to the customers he served. As the surrounding
towns expanded, several people suggested that Pete expand thebusiness to offer service in new locations. He chose to maintain
only one operation, so as not to lose control and to keep his
work life and home life balanced. Pete is a good example of
a(n):
...
C. Micropreneur
...
54. As a result of corporate downsizing, Alex lost his job as an
information systems manager for a large telecommunications
company. A bonafide computer geek in his own right, Alex
knew that several of his past company contacts often
outsourced their computer problems. He decided it was a good
time to test the waters and see if he could secure enough
computer clients to be in business for himself. His success
demonstrated that:
...
D. Successful big businesses often create profitable
opportunities for small businesses.
...
55. When Krystal Ginger graduates from culinary school she
dreams of opening her own Asian fusion restaurant. Her other
passion is skiing in Colorado, where she schedules four or five
trips each year. As her small business advisor, you believe it
necessary to provide her with information that will help her
make good business decisions. Which of the following would be
helpful for Krystal to know?
...
A. Restaurants are relatively easy businesses to start, but are
labor intensive and also have the greatest failure rate.
...
56. Carrie, a student at Metropolitan Community College,
dreams of starting her own business. In an effort to learn as
much as she can about small business management, she talked
to four friends who each offered their advice. Which of these
suggestions is likely to help Carrie the most?
...B. Take courses related to small business management and
look for a job with a successful businessperson, preferably in
your field of interest.
...
57. As a young boy, Drew remembers his grandfather telling
him, "Son, if you can find something you like to do, and
somebody is-willing to pay you to do it, well, that's the secret to
a great life." The way Drew saw it, this was his big break. For
the past five years, he split his time between school and
working for a local tree farm/nursery business. The owner
recently announced he was ready to retire. As Drew began
creating a business plan, he contemplated what the business
might be worth. How much will he need to buy this business?
For starters, Drew
...
B. should speak with the current owner and determine the total
value of assets (what the business owns), its earning potential,
and its unique advantage.
...
58. Justin's favorite part of Introduction to Business class was
marketing. As he brainstorms about starting a car detailing
business, he recalls that it is important to:
...
D. analyze the market before making the service available.
...
59. Bing came to the U.S. ona swimming scholarship. After a
few months of frustration with trying to find swim goggles like
he used in his native country, he started a web site that offere
specialty goggles for swimming, skiing, and snowboarding.
Before launching the web site and filling orders, Bing spent a
few months going to swim meets and gathering preferences
about goggles from other swimmers. Bing's actions:
...
D. demonstrated his need to better understand the market.
...
60. As a small business owner, Tanika can't afford to provide
her employees with the high wages and benefits offered by bigcorporations. One way to retain her employees and create a
high level of motivation would be to:
...
C. empower her employees to develop their own ideas. ·
...
60. Jake wants to sell his workout DVDs in European, Asian,
and Latin American countries. ___________
...
will help him reach vendors abroad, without the expense of
traveling to meet them face-to-face.
...
A. A web site and other technological advances
...
62. Antoine is considering marketing his bicycles in Brazil. If
he enters the Brazilian market, he is likely to learn that
_____________.
...
B. Social responsibility differences between similar firms, but
in different countries.
...
63. How are managers today different from managers in the
past?
...
D. Managers today emphasize teamwork
...
64. Which of the following statements has resulted in changes
in the role of management?
...
B. The marketplace is becoming global, which increases both
competition and opportunities for
...
cooperation and integration....
65. As a manager, two of Sylvia's strengths are her ability to
communicate goals clearly, and her ability to guide, coach, and
motivate workers. Based on these strengths, _________ is a
management function that Sylvia is likely to be good at
performing.
...
C. Leading
...
66. Amanda, a regional manager for Flairol Cosmetics, has just
seen a report showing that sales in her region are trending
lower than anticipated for the third quarter. Her next task is to
determine the reason for the disappointing results and find a
way to get sales up to their desired level. Amanda's efforts are
part of the function of management.
...
A. Controlling
...
Jenna Raiter, the president and CEO of AutoMotion Auto
Service Centers, has asked several managers and employees to
help establish a statement to outline the fundamental purposes
of their company. The result of this effort is likely to be a
document known as a(n): ·
...
B. Mission statement.
...
Monica was hired by the Misty Mount Corporation to take over
as the new chief executive officer. Her initial impression is that
the company is in disarray, primarily because the employees do
not have a sense of purpose or a common set of values.
Monica's observations suggest that she needs to provide a(n)
______ for Misty Mount.
...
A. Vision
...Flavio, CEO of Fabulous Frozen Custard believes that alternate
plans are almost as important as the primary operational plans
because extemal circumstances such as the weather,
competitor moves, and even economic conditions make it
important to have a Plan B. Flavio endorses:
...
D. Contingency planning.
...
Which of the following persons is most likely to be involved in
strategic planning?
...
A. Chief executive officer
...
Ricardo works as a department head at Bames Hospital. His
job requires Ricardo to spend most of his time training and
coaching employees to perform their jobs more effectively and
teaching other managers to be better leaders. Ricardo's job
requires him to make full use of his:
...
D. Human relations skills.
...
Rob intends to major in accounting because he is confident
that an ability to read and interpret financial and accounting
data is the way to get to the top in business. Rob seems to be
concerned with developing his:
...
A. Technical skills.
...
The CEO of peripheral company QuickDrive uses a leadership
style that encourages employees to discuss management issues
with the CEO and to work together to resolve those issues in a
democratic manner. Which of the following statements would
the CEO of QuickDrive most likely make?
...C. The key to keeping talented employees loyal to QuickDrive is
to use a participative management style and treat them with
respect, value their ideas, give them the resources they need,
and expect great things from them.
...
At Lifeline Pharmaceuticals, highly regarded research
personnel rely on top management to provide strategic
direction. Beyond that, researchers work on their own to
develop new drugs to satisfy customer needs and company
profit objectives. Middle management at Lifeline practice
_________.
...
A. Free—rein leadership
...
Two years ago, Travis started his own restaurant supply
company, serving the greater Chicago area. Until recently, he
has never concemed himself with establishing a formal control
system. Now, with a recession looming, he is experiencing cost
conscious restaurant owners. He has decided that a formal
control system is needed. The first step Travis should take is:
...
C. Devise a set of clear performance standards.
...
Harper is a sales rep for an eyeglass company. The company is
always on the cutting edge of trendy designs. In her job, she
frequently relies on the marketing department to provide her
with information and materials. When using customer
satisfaction to judge the success of their company, Harper's
managers should:
...
B. take Harper's satisfaction into account, because customers
can be internal as well as external.
...
As Bret prepares to open his new business, he has identified
the tasks that need to be accomplished and has assigned
employees to each task. This illustrates a:
...B. Division of labor.
...
As your good friend ponders putting some structure to his/her
graphic design business idea, which of the following do you ng
advise him/her to do?
...
A. Prepare the non-changeable marketing plan for the next
three years, including marketing analysis and marketing
strategy.
...
While adding structure to his graphic design business,
including the allocation of resources for getting the job done,
Jack knew that he would need to initially allocate a
considerable amount of funds for the sales team to have face to
face meetings with other businesses who needed website
design and promotional materials, Since overall funds were
limited, he worried about his employees using these funds for
the stated purpose and in a manner that he would use them. As
his business advisor, you explain:
...
D. creating a corporate culture that emphasizes your values
goes hand in hand with structuring your organization.
...
At Green Acres Fencing Company, eight employees each
perform various aspects of the company's- work. One person
does sales, four perform installation; one purchases materials;
one does billing; one performs after-sales inspections. This
type of organization reflects Fayol's principle of:
...
A. Division of labor.
...
John recently accepted a job in the marketing department with
the Burbank Bagel Boys. After just a few days on the job, John
learned that the company has many layers of management, and
seems to have a rule to cover almost every situation. These
conditions suggest that Burbank Bagel Boys is a(n):...
D. Bureaucratic organization.
...
Which of the following statements would best summarize Max
Weber's views on the role of workers in an organization?
...
C. Workers should simply follow well-defined procedures.
...
HipHop Music Company assigns workers to departments
based on similar skills. Currently, the company has a
marketing department, a production department, a finance
department, and a human resources department. This suggests
that HipHop departmentalizes by:
...
B. Function.
...
During the past six years, the marketing department manager
at Creative Concepts Intemational made a strong push to hire
mover/shakerprofessionals that had superior performance
records prior to joining this company. It didn't take long for
these enthusiastic marketers to recognize the many talents
within their department. They marveled at how much they
were like each other and how they seemed to agree with each
other's work styles and ideas. After a while, it became difficult
for others in the organization to present to this group. If the
idea did not originate within the marketing department,
marketers did not give it much credence. Management
counselors would describe this phenomenon as :
...
D. Groupthink
...
Which of the following would be the least likely to serve on a
cross-functional team for the Discovery Corporation?
...C. A production manager for one of Discovery's main
competitors
...
Chang is a project manager at Paradox Industries. He is able to
borrow specialists from the organization on a regular basis to
assist in major projects. After the project ends, the specialists
return to their functional units to await new assignments.
Paradox Industries
...
D. matrix organization model
...
Independence Electronics prides itself as a world-class
producer of components used in CD and DVD players. The
outstanding performance of the production department
indicates that this activity is one of the firm's:
...
B. core competencies
...
When Eric Schmidt became the CEO of Google, he reported
that the company in the hands of founders Larry Page and
Sergey Brinn was running well, it just needed a little structure.
CEO Schmidt helped develop:
Contemporary businesses are:
A. beginning to use Fayol's principles of
organization to respond quickly to
changes in the marketplace.
B. reorganizing to be more competitive.
C. performing the organization
function to look good to prospective
buyers.
D. adding to their workforce as part of
adaptive change.
Definition
B. reorganizing to be more competitive.
Term
(p. 202) Organizing a business begins
with:
A. acquiring the necessary resources.
B. choosing the best qualified
Definition
D. determining the work to be done.employees.
C. developing an efficient plan of
action.
D. determining the work to be done.
Term
(p. 202) Dividing the required work
among a group of employees is called:
A. departmentalization.
B. delegation of responsibility.
C. division of labor.
D. separation of control.
Definition
C. division of labor.
Term
(p. 202-203) Dividing tasks into smaller jobs
is called:
A. job enrichment.
B. job specialization.
C. departmentalization.
D. division of authority.
Definition
B. job specialization.
Term
(p. 203) The process of setting up
individual functional units of the
business to do specialized tasks is
called:
A. Departmentalization.
B. Division of labor.
C. Job specialization.
D. Delegation of authority.
Definition
A. Departmentalization.
Term
(p. 202) Job specialization is known to:
A. minimize delegated authority and
responsibility.
B. improve job performance.
C. create work teams and improve
resource allocation.
D. establish procedures.
Definition
B. improve job performance.Term
(p. 202) Due to changes in technology and
competition, managing __________ has
become a critical management skill.
A. consumer demand
B. international markets
C. change
D. negative spiritual issues
Definition
C. change
Term
(p. 203) Which of the following is an
example of a move to reorganize?
A. Reducing the labor force within your
business
B. Revising plans by creating
contingency plans
C. Managing by objectives and clearing
pathways for success
D. Developing a way to monitor
financial success
Definition
A. Reducing the labor force within your
business
Term
(p. 203) As depicted in the Reaching
Beyond our Borders, box, "General
Electric Looks for More Profits", in
order to compete globally, corporate
strategy should:
A. not try to match the performance of
competitors.
B. study competitors and try to match
or exceed their performance.
C. not waste time and resources going
beyond the competitor's strategy, but
should move within striking distance.
D. centralize all services.
Definition
B. study competitors and try to match
or exceed their performance.
Term
(p. 202-203) The proven success of job
specializationlies in the fact that:
A. it leads to groupthink.
B. it avoids the pitfalls of division of
labor, where workers become removed
Definition
D. it adds efficiency to the business's
operation by identifying tasks that some
do better than others.from thinking conceptually about the
business.
C. it is a detractor to others who are
thinking about entering your industry
because it successfully creates barriers
to entry.
D. it adds efficiency to the business's
operation by identifying tasks that some
do better than others.
Term
(p. 204) In the Making Ethical
Decisions box, titled, "Safety versus
Profit", which of the following
statements best forms the theme of this
passage?
A. In the beginning, company
procedures that require value
judgments are often too costly. As the
business grows, the owner can add
ethical procedures to each job.
B. The principles of organization state
that the only company objective is to
gain profits for the owner(s) or
stockholders. If your competitors are
cutting corners with safety regulations,
you should consider the same.
C. The only way to be profitable is to
avoid risk. If new safety equipment
becomes available that is applicable to
your business, even if it slows
productivity, you should adopt it.
D. The corporate culture you create as
you begin your service will last a long
time. Your workers will adopt your
values.
Definition
D. The corporate culture you create as
you begin your service will last a long
time. Your workers will adopt your
values.
Term
(p. 202) As Bret prepares to open his new
business, he has identified the tasks that
need to be accomplished and has
assigned employees to each task. This
illustrates a:
A. management departmentalization.
Definition
B. division of labor.B. division of labor.
C. specialization of priorities.
D. mass production economies.
Term
(p. 203) When Bret started his auto
mechanic shop his business plan
included a(n) _______________ that
showed the relationship among
employees in his organization and the
lines of authority and responsibility.
A. business view map
B. department categorization
C. organization chart
D. operating matrix grid
Definition
C. organization chart
Term
(p. 202-203) As your good friend ponders
putting some structure to his/her
graphic design business idea, which of
the following do you not advise him/her
to do?
A. Prepare the non-changeable
marketing plan for the next three years,
including marketing analysis and
marketing strategy
B. List the work that needs to be done
such as 1) computer assisted design; 2)
sales generation; 3) accounting and
bookkeeping; 4) purchasing and supply
ordering, and more
C. List who will do the various jobs,
including who will perform the
computer work, who will keep the
books, and who will go out and create
sales
D. Assign responsibility and authority
to certain employees
Definition
A. Prepare the non-changeable
marketing plan for the next three years,
including marketing analysis and
marketing strategy
Term
(p. 203) While adding structure to his
graphic design business, including the
Definition
D. creating a corporate culture that
emphasizes your values goes hand inallocation of resources for getting the
job done, Jack knew that he would need
to initially allocate a considerable
amount of funds for the sales team to
have face to face meetings with other
businesses who needed website design
and promotional materials. Since
overall funds were limited, he worried
about his employees using these funds
for the stated purpose and in a manner
that he would use them. As his business
advisor, you explain:
A. it always "takes money to make
money", so he needs to realize that he
will have to take risks
B. in order to achieve a productive
business, he will have to trust those that
he hires but control them carefully
C. it's difficult to monitor financial
resources during the first year of
business. This is the wild-cat year
where you pull-out all stops and let the
experts do the work it takes to make the
sale
D. creating a corporate culture that
emphasizes your values goes hand in
hand with structuring your
organization
hand with structuring your
organization
Term
(p. 205) The concept of ____________
suggests that as a firm produces more,
the average cost of goods produced goes
down.
A. natural growth
B. survival of the fittest
C. cost enhancement
D. economies of scale
Definition
D. economies of scale
Term
(p. 205) Henri Fayol and Max Weber are
best known for their contributions to:
A. production theory.
B. marketing theory.
Definition
C. organization theory.C. organization theory.
D. finance theory.
Term
(p. 205) Organization theorists emerged
during the era of mass production,
meaning:
A. the development of ways to produce
a large quantity of product efficiently.
B. the development of ways to purchase
raw materials in bulk.
C. the decline in the cost of production
due to an increase in the cottage
industry.
D. the era when most companies
adopted very similar methods of
producing goods and services, which
led to standardization of organizational
design.
Definition
A. the development of ways to produce
a large quantity of product efficiently.
Term
(p. 205) Fayol's _____________ principle
states that each worker should report to
one, and only one, boss.
A. division of labor
B. unity of command
C. esprit de corps
D. comparative advantage
Definition
B. unity of command
Term
(p. 205) Fayol's ____________ principle
says that tasks should be divided into
areas of specialization.
A. departmentalization
B. comparative advantage
C. division of labor
D. centralization
Definition
C. division of labor
Term
(p. 206) Fayol's ____________ principle
says that workers' attitudes would
Definition
A. esprit de corpscreate an environment of pride and
loyalty within an organization.
A. esprit de corps
B. hierarchy of loyalty
C. unity of command
D. equity
Term
(p. 206) __________ believed that
managers were trustworthy and
companies would do well if employees
simply did what they were told.
A. John Keynes
B. Adam Smith
C. Peter Drucker
D. Max Weber
Definition
D. Max Weber
Term
(p. 206) Max Weber used the term
________ to describe middle managers
whose job was to implement the orders
of top management:
A. management
B. autocrats
C. staff personnel
D. bureaucrats
Definition
D. bureaucrats
Term
(p. 206) In Weber's view of a bureaucratic
organization, the role of top
management was to:
A. empower workers and enable them
to quickly respond to customer wants.
B. make decisions.
C. develop the rules and procedures
needed to carry out the plans of
bureaucrats.
D. directly supervise front-line
employees to better control operations.
Definition
B. make decisions.
Term Definition(p. 206) In Weber's view of a bureaucratic
organization, the organization
demanded:
A. a spirit of pride and loyalty among
the workers.
B. cross-functional teams.
C. clearly established rules and
guidelines that were to be precisely
followed.
D. self-managed teams.
C. clearly established rules and
guidelines that were to be precisely
followed.
Term
(p. 207) The line of authority that moves
from the top of a hierarchy to the
lowest level is called the:
A. chain of logic.
B. chain of command.
C. organizational design.
D. delegation of contingent authority.
Definition
B. chain of command.
Term
(p. 207) A(n) __________ consists of one
person at the top of the organization
and many levels of managers who are
responsible to that person.
A. hierarchy
B. oligarchy
C. inverted organization
D. informal organization
Definition
A. hierarchy
Term
(p. 207) In a bureaucratic organization:
A. departments communicate with each
other on a regular basis.
B. employees follow strict rules and
regulations.
C. customer satisfaction is the number
one priority.
D. first-line workers are empowered to
respond to the needs of customers.
Definition
B. employees follow strict rules and
regulations.
Term Definition(p. 207) One advantage of a bureaucratic
organization is that:
A. it is very responsive to the wants and
needs of customers.
B. there are very few layers of
management.
C. it encourages cooperation among
different departments within the
organization.
D. employees know they are expected to
follow the rules and regulations
D. employees know they are expected to
follow the rules and regulations.
Term
(p. 207) ______________ organizations are
characteristic of many layers of
management and function with welldefined rules and procedures.
A. Matrix
B. Inverted
C. Ordered
D. Bureaucratic
Definition
D. Bureaucratic
Term
(p. 205) Economies of scale:
A. are available to small firms but not
to large firms due to management
inefficiencies.
B. are achieved when a firm reduces its
average cost of production as it
produces more.
C. can be avoided by purchasing
supplies and raw materials in large
quantities.
D. help explain the success of small
businesses.
Definition
B. are achieved when a firm reduces its
average cost of production as it
produces more.
Term
(p. 206) Max Weber favored which of the
following?
A. Inverted organizations
B. Worker participation in decision
making
Definition
C. Staffing and promotions based on
qualificationsC. Staffing and promotions based on
qualifications
D. Flat organizations
Term
(p. 205) Fayol believed that decisionmaking authority should remain in the
hands of top management:
A. in small organizations, but should be
delegated to middle and first-line
managers in large organizations.
B. in large organizations, but could be
delegated to middle and first-line
managers in small organizations.
C. in all types and sizes of
organizations.
D. only in organizations subjected to
significant government regulation.
Definition
A. in small organizations, but should be
delegated to middle and first-line
managers in large organizations.
Term
(p. 205) Which of the following correctly
identifies the explanation behind the
unity of command principle of
management?
A. All workers must share the same
goal
B. Every firm has one strong leader,
and everyone should support that
individual
C. Workers can become frustrated and
confused if they have more than one
boss
D. All authority should rest with top
management, since only top managers
carry the responsibility of bad decisions
Definition
C. Workers can become frustrated and
confused if they have more than one
boss
Term
(p. 206) If companies follow the theories
of Fayol and Weber, which of the
following scenarios is likely to result?
A. Organization design will be benefit
by the emergence of quick decisionDefinition
C. Organizations that grow will develop
several layers of management and the
time that it takes to make a decision
will increasemaking
B. Organization design will eliminate
systems of hierarchy and chains of
command due to their hindrance of
esprit de corps
C. Organizations that grow will develop
several layers of management and the
time that it takes to make a decision
will increase
D. There will be a significant reduction
of work force due to specialization and
departmentalization
Term
(p. 206) Which of the following statements
most closely identifies the problem with
adopting Fayol's principles of
organization design for contemporary
businesses?
A. Leaving some decision-making
power to middle management had the
effect of minimizing the effort and
results that management would put into
the other historical principles of
organization
B. The rule making that developed
from these principles created
organizations that didn't respond
quickly to customer needs
C. The principles of Fayol and Weber
hampered a firm's ability to determine
if it was profitable
D. Authority and responsibility quickly
became unrelated
Definition
B. The rule making that developed
from these principles created
organizations that didn't respond
quickly to customer needs
Term
(p. 207) Campbell is a middle manager for
a bureaucratic organization. According
to Max Weber's views on bureaucratic
organizations,Campbell's function
within the organization is to:
A. make key operating decisions.
B. evaluate the daily performance of
first-line employees.
Definition
D. implement the decisions of top
management.C. ensure the organization achieves
esprit de corps.
D. implement the decisions of top
management.
Term
(p. 205) At Green Acres Fencing
Company, eight employees each
perform various aspects of the
company's work. One person does sales,
four perform installation; one
purchases materials; one does billing;
one performs after-sales inspections.
This type of organization reflects
Fayol's principle of:
A. division of labor.
B. equity.
C. unity of command.
D. hierarchy of authority.
Definition
A. division of labor.
Term
(p. 205) Sarah is a designer for a business
that installs underground sprinkler
systems for residential and commercial
customers. Sarah designs and presents
systems to prospective customers.
Brothers Tom and Bill share the
ownership responsibilities. Tom is in
charge of commercial accounts and Bill
is in charge of residential accounts.
Sometimes Tom and Bill double book
Sarah's time, creating frustration and
animosity. Since they share supervisory
responsibility, there is no clear way to
decide whose accounts are most
important. This type of situation
represents a violation of Fayol's
____________ principle.
A. division of labor
B. clarity of objective
C. priority of assignment
D. unity of command
Definition
D. unity of commandTerm
(p. 206) Bill, a financial manager at
Carlyle Bank and Trust always strives
to treat each subordinate with respect
and fairness. Bill's treatment of
employees is an example of Fayol's
principle of:
A. unity of command.
B. equity.
C. empowerment.
D. order.
Definition
B. equity.
Term
(p. 207) John recently accepted a job in
the marketing department with the
Burbank Bagel Boys. After just a few
days on the job, John learned that the
company has many layers of
management, and seems to have a rule
to cover almost every situation. These
conditions suggest that Burbank Bagel
Boys is a(n):
A. cross-functional organization.
B. decentralized organization.
C. oligopolistic organization.
D. bureaucratic organization.
Definition
D. bureaucratic organization.
Term
(p. 207) FairviewCommunity College is a
multi-district college with four
campuses. Each campus has one
president, two vice presidents, five
deans, 12 department chairs, over 100
faculty members, and several persons
in support roles. The presidents from
each campus report to four vicechancellors and the vice-chancellors
report to the chancellor. It is clear
that Fairview has a well-defined
_____________.
A. channel of academic culture
B. chain of command
C. responsibility environment
Definition
B. chain of commandD. bureaucratic reallocation
Term
Andrew's company is a bureaucratic
organization. Andrew is likely to
encounter which of the following
conditions?
A. Real time decisions
B. Cross-functional teams
C. Empowerment of first line
employees to better serve customers
D. Many layers of management
Definition
D. Many layers of management
Term
(p. 205) The management at Patriot Mills
works hard to ensure that no one in its
organization has more than one boss
and all workers are treated with
fairness and respect. Additionally, the
firm divides the work into areas of
specialization so that everyone knows to
whom they should report. The
management of Patriot Mills reflects
the ideas and principles of:
A. John M. Keynes.
B. Peter Drucker.
C. Karl Marx.
D. Henri Fayol.
Definition
D. Henri Fayol.
Term
(p. 206) As a manager of a retail clothing
store, Lance favors detailed job
descriptions, formal rules and
regulations, detailed records, and
standardized procedures. He also
believes that staffing and promotion
decisions should be based strictly on the
qualifications of the people under
consideration. Lance's attitudes suggest
that he is strongly influenced by the
ideas of:
A. Ralph Nader.
Definition
B. Max Weber.B. Max Weber.
C. Karl Marx.
D. Adam Smith.
Term
(p. 206) Which of the following statements
would best summarize Max Weber's
views on the role of workers in an
organization?
A. Workers should be empowered to do
whatever it takes to satisfy the needs of
customers
B. Workers will be promoted within the
organization depending upon "who
they know", rather than "what they
know"
C. Workers should simply follow welldefined procedures
D. Although top managers must
ultimately make the decisions, workers
are an important creative resource for
a firm, and top management should
listen to their ideas
Definition
C. Workers should simply follow welldefined procedures
Term
(p. 207) Mike prepared a paper for his
class about organizational styles used in
business. He found that one reason the
traditional bureaucratic style is less
popular than in the past is that:
A. business organizations are much
larger than they once were.
B. restructuring has not produced the
increased efficiency that was expected.
C. the chain of command clearly
identifies areas of responsibility.
D. today's workforce is better educated
and prefers a greater amount of
decision-making involvement in their
jobs.
Definition
D. today's workforce is better educated
and prefers a greater amount of
decision-making involvement in their
jobs.
Term Definition(p. 208) Which of the following
determines the degree of
decentralization a firm might use?
A. The degree to which lower level
management is empowered to make
decisions.
B. The chain of command used to
follow the flow of authority from top of
the hierarchy to the lowest levels.
C. The geographical area served by the
firm's operations.
D. The degree of product
standardization desired by the
marketplace.
A. The degree to which lower level
management is empowered to make
decisions.
Term
(p. 208) In a(n) _____________
organization, decision-making
authority is concentrated at the top
level of management.
A. bottom-up
B. decentralized
C. inverted
D. centralized
Definition
D. centralized
Term
(p. 208) _______________ means that
decision-making authority is delegated
to lower-level managers and
employees.
A. Uniformity of authority
B. Decentralized authority
C. Specification of authority
D. Standardized authority
Definition
B. Decentralized authority
Term
(p. 209) As compared to a centralized
management structure, which of the
following is a disadvantage of the
decentralized management structure?
A. Less responsive to customers
B. Less empowerment
Definition
C. Weakened corporate imageC. Weakened corporate image
D. Lower morale away from corporate
headquarters
Term
(p. 209) As compared to the decentralized
management structure, which of the
following is a disadvantage of the
centralized management structure?
A. Potential for inter-organizational
conflict
B. Less top management control
C. Less efficient
D. Complex distribution system
Definition
A. Potential for inter-organizational
conflict
Term
(p. 208) The optimum number of
subordinates a manager can supervise
is referred to as the:
A. manager-subordinate ratio.
B. chain of command.
C. employee quota.
D. span of control.
Definition
D. span of control.
Term
(p. 209) The span of control for a
manager:
A. should never exceed 7 subordinates.
B. is no longer a relevant issue in
today's computerized offices.
C. depends on a number of factors, and
can vary from one manager to another.
D. varies somewhat from manager to
manager, but most managers operate
best with a span of control of about 9
employees.
Definition
C. depends on a number of factors, and
can vary from one manager to another.
Term
(p. 209) Due to more emphasis on
empowerment and more talented and
better-educated lower level
Definition
A. increasedmanagement, span of control in
organizations has ___________.
A. increased
B. decreased
C. become an obsolete term in
organization design
D. led to tall organizations
Term
(p. 209) An organization that consists of
many layers of management is referred
to as a(n) ____________ organization.
A. flat
B. wide
C. tall
D. deep
Definition
C. tall
Term
(p. 209) The ________ an organization's
structure, the ________ the span of
control.
A. flatter; wider
B. flatter; narrower
C. taller; wider
D. taller; flatter
Definition
A. flatter; wider
Term
(p. 209) An organization with only a few
layers of management is known as
a(n):
A. tall organization.
B. flat organization.
C. leveraged organization.
D. coordinated organization.
Definition
B. flat organization.
Term
(p. 209) In recent years, large
organizations have tried to improve
their efficiency in communication and
decision making by:
A. creating specific rules for everyone
Definition
B. eliminating several layers of
management.to follow.
B. eliminating several layers of
management.
C. restructuring into a bureaucratic
organization.
D. reducing the span of control for
managers.
Term
(p. 210) ________ refers to the process of
dividing organizational functions (sales,
production, accounting/bookkeeping)
into separate units.
A. Coordination
B. A chain of command
C. Empowerment
D. Departmentalization
Definition
D. Departmentalization
Term
(p. 210) The traditional technique used to
departmentalize an organization is by:
A. function.
B. customer group.
C. geographic area.
D. production process.
Definition
A. function.
Term
(p. 211) Which of the following is
considered to be a disadvantage of
functional departmentalization?
A. There may be a lack of
communication among the different
departments
B. Employees must develop skills in
depth
C. The company must achieve
economies of scale
D. Top management has to direct and
control department activities
Definition
A. There may be a lack of
communication among the different
departments
Term Definition(p. 210) Which of the following is
considered to be an advantage of
functional departmentalization?
A. Employees begin to identify with
their department and its goals rather
than with the goals of the entire
organization
B. People in the same department tend
to think very differently
C. Departments are isolated from one
another
D. Employee skills can be developed in
depth
D. Employee skills can be developed in
depth
Term
(p. 209) Within its production
department, Sooner Manufacturing has
shift leaders, supervisors, assistant
plant managers, plant managers,
product group managers, assistant
division managers, division managers,
an assistant vice president for
production, and a vice president in
charge of production. Given its multiple
layer management structure, Sooner
Manufacturing is an example of a(n)
____________ organization.
A. tall
B. wide
C. cross-functional
D. decentralized
Definition
A. tall
Term
(p. 208-209) Which of the following factors
help determine a manager's span of
control?
A. The number of global competitors
B. The level of standardization of the
work to be done
C. Method of accounting for production
D. Form of business ownership
Definition
B. The level of standardization of the
work to be done
Term Definition(p. 208) Organizations that require
consistent production standards to help
create a high quality public image
would tend to favor:
A. centralized authority.
B. an inverted organization.
C. a high level of employee
empowerment.
D. flat organizational structures.
A. centralized authority.
Term
(p. 209) Today's preference to flat vs. tall
organization structures is mainly due to
a flat organization's ability to:
A. encourage esprit de corps among
employees in various departments.
B. increase the cost of labor through
economies of scale.
C. respond readily to customer
demands.
D. increase sales through multiple
customer contacts by several layers of
management.
Definition
C. respond readily to customer
demands.
Term
(p. 208) Greenwave Garden Centers is a
national chain of discount gardening
stores. The top management at
Greenwave realizes that different
regions of the United States have very
different climates and soil conditions, so
they give regional managers a great
deal of freedom to decide exactly what
types of plants, fertilizers, and other
items to stock and how to best market
these products. Greenwave is an
example of a _______________
organization.
A. bureaucratic
B. top down
C. free form
D. decentralized
Definition
D. decentralizedTerm
(p. 210) HipHop Music Company assigns
workers to departments based on
similar skills. Currently, the company
has a marketing department, a
production department, a finance
department, and a human resources
department. This suggests that HipHop
departmentalizes by:
A. process.
B. function.
C. user group.
D. tradition.
Definition
B. function.
Term
(p. 211) Gangsta Industries produces a
variety of anti-crime and safety
products such as burglar alarms, smoke
detectors, surveillance cameras, and
specialty locks. Gangsta sells to
households, businesses, and government
agencies. They have found that each
market requires a different marketing
strategy. Gangsta would probably
benefit from departmentalization by:
A. function.
B. process.
C. customer type.
D. market opportunities.
Definition
C. customer type.
Term
(p. 208) As the head of the engineering
department for her company, Jody
works with her team on complex and
challenging projects. The level of detail
in this work requires Jody to spend a
significant amount of time with each
team member, providing advice and
support. Due to the complexity and
time involvement of each project, Jody
has a(n) ________ span of control.
A. wide
B. narrow
Definition
B. narrowC. unlimited
D. functional
Term
(p. 210) Vaughn Studios organizes its
operations by activity, such as
production, marketing, accounting, and
finance. Vaughn utilizes _____________
departmentalization in order to
maximize their efficiency:
A. product
B. customer
C. functional
D. standardized
Definition
C. functional
Term
(p. 211) Springfield National Bank
organizes its loan operations based on
the market served, such as consumer,
small business, and nonprofit
organizations. Departmentalization
based on ________ allows Springfield to
better serve borrowers with different
needs.
A. function
B. geography
C. process
D. customer group
Definition
D. customer group
Term
(p. 210) JayLo Corporation has
experienced rapid growth during its
five years of existence. While still
relatively small, JayLo is now big
enough that Jennifer, the firm's CEO,
has decided to organize the firm into
functional departments. Jennifer can
likely expect which of the following to
occur?
A. Quick company response to a change
in the business environment
B. Excellent communications between
Definition
D. Opportunities for employees to
develop their skills in depthdifferent departments
C. Increase in scope of the performance
of functions
D. Opportunities for employees to
develop their skills in depth
Term
(p. 208) International Inns
and ConferenceCenters[IICC], a
national chain of professional event
centers utilizes a centralized authority
structure. Which of the following
provides the most likely explanation for
why management at IICC would favor
centralized authority?
A. Top management at IICC intends to
empower its first-line employees
B. Top management at IICC wants to
improve customer service response time
C. Top management desires to maintain
a uniform image and high quality
service
D. IICC wants to utilize a crossfunctional organization
Definition
C. Top management desires to maintain
a uniform image and high quality
service
Term
(p. 209) As a response to a rapidly
changing marketplace, Idea Electronics
found it necessary to reorganize,
including a significant downsize of its
middle management. This action will
likely result in ___________.
A. acquiring additional firms
B. flattening the organization and
empowering employees, allowing them
to get closer to the customer
C. increasing the size of its traditional
departments to handle 24/7 operations
D. centralizing its decision making to
better control its total quality
management program
Definition
B. flattening the organization and
empowering employees, allowing them
to get closer to the customer
Term Definition(p. 211) During the past six years, the
marketing department manager at
Creative Concepts International made
a strong push to hire mover/shaker
professionals that had superior
performance records prior to joining
this company. It didn't take long for
these enthusiastic marketers to
recognize the many talents within their
department. They marveled at how
much they were like each other and
how they seemed to agree with each
other's work styles and ideas. After a
while, it became difficult for others in
the organization to present to this
group. If the idea did not originate
within the marketing department,
marketers did not give it much
credence. Management counselors
would describe this phenomenon as
______.
A. departmentalization clique
B. inter-office competition
C. forward thinking friction
D. groupthink
D. groupthink
Term
(p. 209) Management at Hottie Potatee, a
nationwide potato bar chain, believes
that its customers value a predictable
and consistent level of service and
quality. When customers stop at one of
its potato bar chain restaurants
anywhere in the United States, they
should know what to expect in terms of
menu, price and quality. In order to
maintain this consistency, Hottie
Potatee adopted a(n) ______ structure.
A. centralized authority
B. decentralized authority
C. hybrid authority
D. origination authority
Definition
A. centralized authority
Term Definition(p. 213) A ____________ organization is
characterized by direct two-way lines of
responsibility, authority, and
communication running from the top to
the bottom of the organization, with all
people reporting to only one
supervisor.
A. matrix
B. cross-functional
C. line
D. line-and-staff
C. line
Term
(p. 213) __________ are responsible for
directly achieving organizational goals.
A. Organizational specialists
B. Line personnel
C. Chain of command managers
D. Staff personnel
Definition
B. Line personnel
Term
(p. 213) Employees who perform functions
that advise and assist line personnel are
known as:
A. middle managers.
B. empowered workers.
C. secondary employees.
D. staff personnel.
Definition
D. staff personnel.
Term
(p. 213) Which of the organization models
follows all of Fayol's traditional
management rules?
A. Line organizations
B. Line-and-staff organizations
C. Cross-functional teams
D. Matrix
Definition
A. Line organizations
Term
(p. 213) Staff positions in an organization:
A. support and assist the line positions.
Definition
A. support and assist the line positions.B. are superior to line positions.
C. are less well-paid than line positions.
D. are ways to employ past CEOs until
they retire.
Term
(p. 214-215) In a _____________
organization, specialists from different
parts of the organization are brought
together on a temporary basis to work
on specific projects.
A. matrix
B. line
C. line-and-staff
D. centralized
Definition
A. matrix
Term
(p. 214) Line-and-staff organizations work
well in organizations with:
A. operations in high-growth industries.
B. stiff competition.
C. short product life cycles.
D. a relatively unchanging
environment.
Definition
D. a relatively unchanging
environment.
Term
(p. 215) Matrix organizational structures
were first developed in:
A. Japan.
B. the aerospace industry.
C. the dot com Internet industry.
D. the chemicals industry.
Definition
B. the aerospace industry.
Term
(p. 216) Which of the following was
created as a solution to the temporary
nature of the matrix structure?
A. Line organizations
B. Cross-functional self-managed teams
C. Line-and-staff organizations
Definition
B. Cross-functional self-managed teamsD. Network organizations
Term
(p. 216) Which of the following describes
a group of employees from different
departments working together on a
long-term basis?
A. Focus group
B. Mixed function groups
C. Cross-functional self-managed teams
D. Intrapraneurial teams
Definition
C. Cross-functional self-managed teams
Term
(p. 216) Cross-functional self-managed
teams work best when
________________.
A. leadership is shared
B. there are at least two line and staff
mangers on the team
C. the teams consist of members of only
two functional units
D. The academic levels of all members
are comparable
Definition
A. leadership is shared
Term
(p. 213) Which of the following is an
advantage of a line organization in a
large business?
A. It does not require specialists to
advise people along the line
B. Responsibility and authority are
clearly defined
C. Each worker has several supervisors
D. It is very flexible
Definition
B. Responsibility and authority are
clearly defined
Term
(p. 213) Which of the following positions
would be classified as a staff position?
A. An assembly line worker for a major
auto manufacturer
B. The chief executive officer of a small
Definition
D. An attorney in the legal department
of a manufacturing corporationcorporation
C. A sales manager for a chain of
clothing stores
D. An attorney in the legal department
of a manufacturing corporation
Term
(p. 215) Which of the following is an
advantage of a matrix organization
structure?
A. It is much cheaper to staff than other
organization models
B. It provides for efficient use of
organizational resources
C. The project teams are permanent
D. It is a complex organization
structure
Definition
B. It provides for efficient use of
organizational resources
Term
(p. 216) Which of the following is true of
cross-functional teams?
A. Cross-functional teams are required
not to share information across national
boundaries
B. Employees on the teams are
frustrated by organizational rules and
regulations
C. Cross-functional teams work best
when the voice of the customer is
brought into the organization
D. Cross-functional teams are
disbanded once the current project is
complete
Definition
C. Cross-functional teams work best
when the voice of the customer is
brought into the organization
Term
(p. 216) The main difference between a
matrix-style organization model and a
cross-functional team is:
A. the matrix model has a limit on the
number of functional units who send an
expert to join the team, whereas the
cross-functional team does not.
Definition
B. the matrix model is a temporary
arrangement, whereas the crossfunctional team is a more permanent
arrangement.B. the matrix model is a temporary
arrangement, whereas the crossfunctional team is a more permanent
arrangement.
C. the matrix model shares leadership
responsibilities within the group,
whereas the cross-functional team does
not.
D. the matrix model is a more
permanent arrangement, whereas the
cross-functional team is a temporary
arrangement.
Term
(p. 216) Which of the following would be
the least likely to serve on a crossfunctional team for the Discovery
Corporation?
A. A member of the Discovery
marketing department
B. A production manager for a firm
that is one of Discovery's major
customers
C. A production manager for one of
Discovery's main competitors
D. A representative of a firm that is one
of Discovery's major suppliers
Definition
C. A production manager for one of
Discovery's main competitors
Term
(p. 213) The organizational structure of
the U.S. Army's 1st Infantry Division
provides for direct two-way lines of
responsibility, authority, and
communication running from the top to
the bottom. Additionally, each person
in the division reports to only one
superior. The 1st Infantry Division is
clearly an example of a(n):
A. matrix organization.
B. functional organization.
C. line organization.
D. service organization.
Definition
C. line organization.Term
(p. 213) Eileen works in the human
resources department of a corporation
with several hundred employees. Her
main function is to advise and assist
managers in other departments, such as
marketing and production, when they
make staffing decisions. Eileen's
position would be classified as a(n)
___________ position.
A. staff
B. line
C. first-line
D. secondary
Definition
A. staff
Term
(p. 216) Joe, a production engineer at
Freestone Tires recently joined a team
of specialists from other areas, such as
marketing and finance. His long-term
assignment to this team has produced
several new products. Joe enjoys this
work environment, in part because
Freestone's management has given the
team the freedom and flexibility to
make decisions. A recent development
is the inclusion of "outsiders" from
Freestone's major distributors and
suppliers on the team. It appears that
Joe's team is a(n):
A. interfunctional matrix organization.
B. multidivisional group think-tank.
C. multi-modal product development
team.
D. cross-functional self-managed team.
Definition
D. cross-functional self-managed team.
Term
(p. 216) Barclay developed two interactive
computer games. He didn't do it
entirely alone. Last year he started a
small company, hired two
programmers, and a marketing
graduate. He considers himself a
Definition
D. cross-functional teamcutting-edge kind of guy and wants to
position his company the same.
Soliciting your advice as to how he
should structure his organization as he
moves forward, you suggest that he hire
a few potential customers to join his
team of employees as product testers.
And, maybe he should solicit globally.
You are suggesting to Barclay that he
put together a ___________.
A. line organization model
B. line and staff organization model
C. matrix organization model
D. cross-functional team
Term
(p. 214-215) Chang is a project manager at
Paradox Industries. He is able to
borrow specialists from the
organization on a regular basis to assist
in major projects. After the project
ends, the specialists return to their
functional units to await new
assignments. Paradox Industries
utilizes a:
A. line organization model.
B. bi-functional organization model.
C. lateral transfer organization model.
D. matrix organization model.
Definition
D. matrix organization model.
Term
(p. 217) _____________ is using
communications technology and other
means to link organizations and allow
them to work together on common
objectives.
A. Networking
B. Structural linking
C. Functional sharing
D. Strategic planning
Definition
A. Networking
Term Definition(p. 217) Which of the following describes
an environment in which data is
instantly available via the Internet to
organizational partners?
A. Networking
B. Real time
C. Virtual business
D. E-commerce
B. Real time
Term
(p. 217) Which term describes a company
being so open to other companies
working with it that electronic
information is shared as if the
companies were one?
A. Web-based corporations
B. Webworking
C. Transparency
D. E-connected
Definition
C. Transparency
Term
(p. 217) Which of the following describes a
temporary networked organization
made up of replaceable firms that join
and leave as needed?
A. Web-based corporation
B. Benchmark outsourcing system
C. Network system
D. Virtual corporation
Definition
D. Virtual corporation
Term
(p. 218) The process of rating an
organization's practices, processes, and
products against the best of the world is
known as:
A. webworking.
B. outsourcing.
C. benchmarking.
D. core competencies.
Definition
C. benchmarking.
Term Definition(p. 218) Which of the following describes
the activity of a firm that assigns
specific functions, such as accounting or
legal work, to other organizations
rather than performing these functions
themselves?
A. Functional sharing
B. Outsourcing
C. Benchmarking
D. Virtual distribution
B. Outsourcing
Term
(p. 218-219) __________ refer to those
functions that an organization does as
well as, or better than, any other
organization in the world.
A. Primary functions
B. Comparative strengths
C. Residual functions
D. Core competencies
Definition
D. Core competencies
Term
(p. 219) Young people today are often
called __________ because they have
never known life without the Internet.
A. the high-tech heroes
B. Social networkers
C. digital natives
D. electronic eggheads
Definition
C. digital natives
Term
(p. 219) Which of the following are
common responses of employees when
faced with change?
A. "That's the way we've always done
things"
B. "Perhaps I'll be able to get a
promotion now"
C. "I'm excited to learn something
new"
D. "This should be easy to accept"
Definition
A. "That's the way we've always done
things"Term
(p. 219) Which of the following describes
the redesigning of an organization so
that it can more effectively and
efficiently serve its customers?
A. Reinventing
B. Restructuring
C. Radical reorganizing
D. Extroverted reorganizing
Definition
B. Restructuring
Term
(p. 220) An organization that has contact
people at the top and the chief executive
officer at the bottom is known as a(n):
A. bureaucracy.
B. oligarchy.
C. improvised organization.
D. inverted organization.
Definition
D. inverted organization.
Term
(p. 220) Empowering employees to better
serve customers requires __________
front-line employees.
A. fewer
B. less training for
C. more support for
D. uniforms for
Definition
C. more support for
Term
(p. 218-219) _________ is the term used to
describe those functions that a firm can
do as well or better than others. It
agrees to perform these functions inhouse, rather than outsourcing.
A. Benchmarks
B. Standard responsibilities
C. Operational requirements
D. Core competencies
Definition
D. Core competencies
Term
(p. 217) In today's competitive
Definitionenvironment, cost containment is
extremely important to survival. Which
of the following increases efficiency in
the production and distribution of
goods?
A. Personal computers
B. Real time data
C. Assembly lines
D. Self-managed teams
B. Real time data
Term
(p. 217) Which of the following statements
best describes the evolution of
organization design?
A. Companies have evolved to crossfunctional teams because line models
and line and staff models have become
too costly to maintain.
B. Most companies are finding that the
stages of product development are
much slower than in the past because
new products are much more
complicated in nature than products of
several years ago. Matrix models work
much better in the current
environment.
C. The development of new technology
allows for companies to be much more
self-contained and able to maintain
their competitive advantage due to
more privacy.
D. Companies are now part of a vast
network of global businesses, and part
of a larger system.
Definition
D. Companies are now part of a vast
network of global businesses, and part
of a larger system.
Term
(p. 218) Companies benefit today by interfirm cooperation. One of the ways they
cooperate is through networking.
Another way is by seeking technological
knowledge and learning new processes
from other firms that usually fall
outside of their respective industries.
We call this:
Definition
C. benchmarkingA. competency capturing
B. technology swapping
C. benchmarking
D. broadening the knowledge base
Term
. (p. 219) One of the most difficult
management challenges today is
managing change. This is because:
A. change requires cooperation and an
awareness of a need for change.
B. change requires a lot of bail-out
money from the government.
C. change requires decentralization of
decision-making.
D. change will invariably result in an
inverted organization and management
does not want to relinquish its position
power in order to make that happen.
Definition
A. change requires cooperation and an
awareness of a need for change.
Term
(p. 220) In an inverted organization, the
job of management is to:
A. closely monitor employee
performance.
B. establish rules and regulations to
guide worker behavior.
C. make all of the basic decisions.
D. assist and support front-line people.
Definition
D. assist and support front-line people.
Term
(p. 220) For an inverted organization to be
effective, it requires:
A. managers with strong position
power.
B. managers who are both
technologically savvy and conceptually
savvy.
C. better educated, better trained, and
better paid employees.
D. a focus on what is best for
production.
Definition
C. better educated, better trained, and
better paid employees.Term
(p. 218-219) Independence Electronics
prides itself as a world-class producer
of components used in CD and DVD
players. The outstanding performance
of the production department indicates
that this activity is one of the firm's:
A. fiscal responsibilities.
B. core competencies.
C. benchmark assets.
D. target competitive advantages.
Definition
B. core competencies.
Term
(p. 218) Excite Enterprises, a corporation
of amusement parks uses an accounting
firm to handle the payroll and tax
functions for the company. Using the
services of another firm in this manner
is an example of:
A. outsourcing.
B. functional reassignment.
C. core competencies.
D. benchmarking.
Definition
A. outsourcing.
Term
Bull's-eye, a regional discount retailer,
carefully watches and compares its
operation with the operations of its
closest rivals. This firm does:
A. outsourcing.
B. functional positioning.
C. core competency ranking.
D. competitive benchmarking.
Definition
D. competitive benchmarking.
Term
(p. 217) HairTrend, a cosmetology trade
publication, utilizes the resources of
other organizations as needed. Business
relationships are temporary and
flexible. HairTrend is a networked
organization made up of replaceable
firms that join the network and leave it
Definition
B. a virtual corporation.as needed. This unique organization is
an example of:
A. competitive benchmarking.
B. a virtual corporation.
C. core competency ranking.
D. real time transparency.
Term
(p. 218) Whirlpond, a manufacturer of
home appliances, has historically
produced the components for their
products. However, Whirlpond now
contracts with other firms to produce
these components. This strategy of
__________ is a current trend
among U.S.manufacturers.
A. outsourcing
B. core positioning
C. foreign competency
D. competitive benchmarking
Definition
A. outsourcing
Term
(p. 220) Heather works as a sales
representative for the Westerly
Company. She really enjoys working
for Westerly, because the company
treats her and other sales
representatives as highly valued
employees. Sales reps at Westerly are
given freedom and flexibility in their
relationships with customers. While
there are only a few layers of
management at Westerly, Heather has
found that these managers try their
best to support and assist her efforts.
Based on Heather's experience, it
appears that Westerly is a(n):
A. bureaucratic organization.
B. inverted organization.
C. tall organization.
D. casual organization.
Definition
B. inverted organization.
Term Definition(p. 220) The widely shared values within
an organization that provide unity and
cooperation to achieve common goals is
together known as the:
A. normative matrix.
B. predefined group values.
C. ethical system.
D. organizational culture.
D. organizational culture.
Term
(p. 221) The ____________ of a business
firm is the system that details lines of
authority, responsibility, and position,
similar to the structure on organization
charts.
A. matrix reloaded structure
B. formal organization
C. informal organization
D. normative design
Definition
B. formal organization
Term
(p. 221) All organizations have two
organizational systems:
A. the command system and the control
system.
B. the formal organization and the
informal organization.
C. the functioning system and backup
system.
D. the primary organization and
secondary organization.
Definition
B. the formal organization and the
informal organization.
Term
(p. 221) The __________ is the system of
relationships that develop
spontaneously as employees meet and
form power centers.
A. informal organization
B. bureaucratic structure
C. secondary organization
D. formal organization
Definition
A. informal organizationTerm
(p. 221) In open organizations the
informal organization can be:
A. a hindrance to effective
management.
B. an asset that promotes harmony
among workers.
C. a roadblock to the corporate culture.
D. part of the formal organization.
Definition
B. an asset that promotes harmony
among workers.
Term
(p. 221) The ___________ is the nerve
center of the informal organization.
A. organizational database
B. intranet
C. grapevine
D. company newsletter
Definition
C. grapevine
Term
(p. 221) The informal organization of a
business is probably best suited to:
A. give workers a clear idea of where
they stand in the organization.
B. provide helpful guidelines about how
to handle routine problems.
C. provide a mechanism that generates
careful reasoned decisions about
critical issues.
D. create a feeling of camaraderie
among employees and encourage
teamwork.
Definition
D. create a feeling of camaraderie
among employees and encourage
teamwork.
Term
(p. 221) A firm's formal organization
would be better suited than its informal
organization to:
A. create an atmosphere of friendship
and camaraderie among workers.
B. find answers to critical problems
that require logical analysis.
C. find creative solutions to short-term
problems.
Definition
B. find answers to critical problems
that require logical analysis.D. find a way around bureaucratic
rules and regulations in order to get
things done quickly.
Term
(p. 222) According to the Spotlight on
Small Businesses box, titled, "Keeping
that Small Company Feeling", the main
idea is to:
A. restore the old corporate culture.
B. develop a culture of innovation in
large companies.
C. bring in new progressive managers.
D. implement a centralized form of
management.
Definition
B. develop a culture of innovation in
large companies.
Term
(p. 220) Zach recently got his Ph.D. in
analytical chemistry and was fortunate
to be asked to join the Weilman Lab at
a prestigious eastern university. After a
month on the job, he remarked to
another graduate student at his former
university that the spirit of help and
cooperation at the Weilman lab was
remarkable. He enjoyed going to work
each day and sometimes exchanged
calls with other lab partners in the
evening with ideas to improve each
other's experiments. Zach remarked,
"Now I know why this lab is considered
one of the best in the nation!" Zach is
referring to:
A. the formal organization.
B. the inverted organization.
C. the Balanced organization.
D. the organizational culture.
Definition
D. the organizational culture.
Term
(p. 221) When Eric Schmidt became the
CEO of Google, he reported that the
company in the hands of founders
Definition
C. the formal organization.Larry Page and Sergey Brinn was
running well, it just needed a little
structure. CEO Schmidt helped
develop:
A. the innovative culture.
B. the informal organization.
C. the formal organization.
D. the grapevine.
Term
(p. 221) Ashley experienced frustration
with her new job at Walnut Securities,
until she befriended a secretary from
another department. Over lunch in the
cafeteria, her new friend shared with
Ashley the way things really work at
Walnut Securities. Ashley quickly
learned that:
A. what she learned in her business
classes didn't really help her in the real
world.
B. an unofficial informal organization
exists that she can utilize to help her do
her job.
C. organizational culture can be
negative.
D. not all businesses have a formal
organization.
Definition
B. an unofficial informal organization
exists that she can utilize to help her do
her job.
Term
(p. 222) The Spotlight on Small Business,
titled,"Keeping that Small Company
Feeling", illustrates that:
A. maintaining a strong informal
organization is vital in today's business
environment.
B. maintaining a strong informal
organization is so much easier to effect
in large companies because they have
the money to make it happen.
C. although the informal organization
may provide fun and diversion in the
workplace it breeds unethical behavior
which only the formal organization can
Definition
A. maintaining a strong informal
organization is vital in today's business
environment.derail.
D. getting carried away with
maintaining a small company feeling
can stifle innovation and growth.
Term
(p. 221) Carlos is the person to see in the
welding department if you are a new
employee. While he is not a manager,
he is the person that most of the others
in the department look to for advice
and assistance. Carlos is an important
member of the firm's:
A. supervisory management.
B. participatory control.
C. informal organization.
D. closet cabinet.
Definition
C. informal organization.
Term
(p. 222) One of Javier's coworkers was
recently promoted to a middle
management position at their company.
He seems to have quickly distanced
himself from Javier and their other
coworker, Carlos. In fact, yesterday
Carlos described the situation by
saying, "He's gone to the dark side."
Javier understands what Carlos means
because management keeps themselves
removed from other employees, and
seldom seriously solicit ideas for
improvements or change from those in
the trenches. The disadvantage in
continuing this type of organizational
culture is:
A. nobody takes management seriously.
B. the company will have to look
outside the firm for new managers.
C. small, incremental improvements
rather than radical change will become
the norm.
D. the informal organization can hinder
effective management.
Definition
D. the informal organization can hinder
effective management.
division of laborDividing the required work among a group of employees is
called?
bureaucratic organization
employees follow strict rules and regulations?
equity
Bill, a financial manager at Carlyle bank and trust always stives
to treat each subordinate with respect and firness. Bills'
treatment of employees is an example of Fayol's principle of ___.
max weber
As a manager of a retail clothing store, lance favors detailed job
descriptions, formal rules and regulations, detailed records, and
standardized procedures. He also believes that staffing and
promotion decisions should be based strictly on the
qualifications of the peopel under consideration. Lance's
attitudes suggest that he is strongly influenced by the ideas of:
centralized
in a_______________ organization, decision-making
authority is concerntrated at the top level of management.
span of control
the optimum number of subordinates a manager can supervise is
referred to as the what??
centralized authority
organizations that require consistent production standards to
help create a high quality public image would tend to favor:
level of standardization of the work to be done
which of the following factors help determine a manager's span
of control?
staff personnel
employees who perform functions that advise and assist line
personnel are known as:
line organization
responsibility an authority are clarly defined in a large business?
the development of ways to produce a large quantitiy of
product efficientlyorganization theorists emerged during the era of mass
production, meaning:
functional departmentalization
employee skills can be developed in depth
narrow
as the head of the engineering department for her company jody
works with her team on complex and challenging projects. The
level of detail in this work requires jody to spend a significant
amount of time with each team member time involvement of
each project, Jody has a _______ span of control.
centralized authority
Management at Hottie potatee, a nationwide potato bar chain,
believes that its customers value a predictable and consistent
level of service and quailty. when customers stop at one of its
potato bar chain restaurants anywhere in the U.S. they should
know hottie potatee adopted a __________ structure.
cross functional teams
________ work best when the voice of the customer is brought
into the organization?
networking
is using communications technology and other means to link
organizations and allow them to work together on common
objectives
benchmarking
the process of rating an organization's practices, processes, and
products against the best of the world is known as:
digital natives
young people today are often called ____ because they have
never known life without the internet
core competencies
blank is the term used to describe those functions that a firm can
do as well or better than others. it agrees to perform these
functions in-house rather than outsourcing.
outsourcingexcite a corporation of amusement parks uses an accounting firm
to handle the payroll and tax functions for the company. Using
the services of another firm in this manner is an example of:
The design of a bureaucratic organization assumes a well
educated workforce.
Answer: False LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 243
To better organize his business, Frank divides the required
tasks into smaller jobs and assigns each job to a specific
employee. This is an example of departmentalization.
Answer: False LG: 1/LL: 2 Page: 240
Rationale: Dividing tasks into smaller jobs is called job
specialization. Departmentalization refers to the process of
setting up individual departments to do specialized tasks.
The division of labor and specialization often improves an
employee's job performance.
Answer: True LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 240
Economies of scale occur when a firm operates more efficiently
as it grows larger.
Answer: True LG: 1/LL: 2 Page: 241
Rationale: Economies of scale is the concept that the bigger the
firm, the more efficient production becomes. This improved
efficiency is the result of the specialization of labor and
purchasing raw materials in bulk.
8-1. The driving force behind the change in business
organizations is the change in consumer expectations.
Answer: True LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 240
8-2. The degree to which an organization allows lower level
managers to make decisions determines the degree of
decentralization.
Answer: True LG: 2/LL: 1 Page: 245
8-3. An organizational hierarchy establishes one person at the
top of an organization.
Answer: True LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 243
8-4. The greater the rate of employee turnover, the broader the
span of control.
Answer: False LG: 2/LL: 1 Page: 2468-5. The flatter an organization's structure, the fewer managers
are needed.
Answer: True LG: 2/LL: 1 Page: 248
8-6. In a line organization, there are many specialists who
serve as advisors and assistants to the managers who make
decisions.
Answer: False LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 251
8-7. While staff personnel have the authority to make policy
decisions, line personnel have the authority to advise and make
suggestions.
Answer: False LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 251
8-8. Cross-functional teams are self-managed groups of
employees empowered to work with suppliers and customers to
develop new products and give great service.
Answer: True LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 254
8-9. The design of a bureaucratic organization assumes a well
educated workforce.
Answer: False LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 243
8-10. An organization's core competencies are those functions
that the firm can perform as well or better than anyone else in
the world.
Answer: True LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 257
8-11. Reengineering is intended to improve the performance of
an organization through regular, incremental steps.
Answer: False LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 258
8-12. Reengineering is the fundamental rethinking and radical
redesign of organizational processes in order to achieve
dramatic improvements in performance.
Answer: True LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 258
...
8-13. A firm's formal organization would be better suited than
its informal organization to:
A) create an atmosphere of friendship and camaraderie among
workers.B) find answers to critical problems that require logical
analysis.
C) find creative solutions to short-term problems.
D) find a way around bureaucratic rules and regulations in
order to get things done quickly.
Answer: B LG: 5/LL: 2 Page: 260
8-14. In an inverted organization, the job of management is to:
A) closely monitor employee performance.
B) establish rules and regulations to guide worker behavior.
C) make all of the basic decisions.
D) assist and support front-line people.
Answer: D LG: 5/LL: 2 Page: 258
Rationale: In an inverted organization, the most important
people are the front-line personnel who are in direct contact with
the customers. These employees are given the flexibility and
decision making authority to meet the needs of these customers.
The job of management is to assist and support these contact
people, not boss them around.
8-15. Excite Enterprises uses an accounting firm to handle the
payroll and tax functions for the firm. Using the services of
another firm in this manner is an example of:
A) outsourcing.
B) functional reassignment.
C) core competencies.
D) benchmarking.
Answer: A LG: 4/LL: 2 Page: 257
8-16. As a new employee in a bureaucratic organization, Nancy
can expect a great deal of independence and authority.
Answer: False LG: 1/LL: 2 Page: 243
Rationale: In a bureaucratic organization, everyone is expected
to follow specific rules. One of the problems with this type of
organization is that employees have little flexibility to respond to
customer wants and needs.
8-17. Centralized authority provides for the delegation of
authority to employees who are then better able to respond to
customers' needs.
Answer: False LG: 2/LL: 1 Page: 2458-18. Departmentalization creates an environment in which
people are trained in a variety of managerial responsibilities.
Answer: False LG: 2/LL: 1 Page: 248
8-19. Rome Corporation is organized into departments such as
finance, production, marketing, data processing, and
accounting. Rome has chosen to departmentalize by function.
Answer: True LG: 2/LL: 2 Page: 248
Rationale: Departmentalization by function means to group
workers into departments based on similar skills, expertise, and
resources.
8-20. Line managers issue orders, enforce discipline, and
adjust the organization as conditions change.
Answer: True LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 251
8-21. In large businesses, a line organization provides firms the
ability to respond quickly to a changing environment.
Answer: False LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 251
8-22. Line organizations clearly define the lines of authority
and responsibility.
Answer: True LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 251
8-23. Matrix organizations bring together specialists from
different parts of the firm to work on specific projects.
Answer: True LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 252
8-24. The team specialists in a matrix organization remain part
of the traditional line and staff structure.
Answer: True LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 252
8-25. A matrix organization produces an environment that
discourages cooperation and teamwork.
Answer: False LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 252
8-26. Cross-functional teams are self-managed groups of
employees empowered to work with suppliers and customers to
develop new products and give great service.
Answer: True LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 254
8-27. Cross-functional teams serve as advisory committees
offering their expertise to line decision makers.Answer: False LG: 3/LL: 1 Page: 254
8-28. Networking uses communication technology to link
organizations allowing them to work together on common
objectives.
Answer: True LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 255
8-29. The Internet makes real time availability of data possible.
Answer: True LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 255
8-30. Transparency describes the relationship between a firm
and its stockholders.
Answer: False LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 255
8-31. Transparency allows two companies to work more
efficiently together.
Answer: True LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 255
8-32. Benchmarking requires organizations to compare each
function against the best in the world.
Answer: True LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 256
8-33. Competitive benchmarking rates an organization's
products and operations against the industry average.
Answer: False LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 256
8-34. Competitive benchmarking compares a company's
practices, processes, and products against the world's best.
Answer: True LG: 4/LL: 1 Page: 256
8-35. Restructuring involves relatively minor changes to an
organization to better meet the needs of management.
Answer: False LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 257
8-36. Inverted organizations empower employees by adding
multiple layers of management and long lines of
communication.
Answer: False LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 258
8-37. In an inverted organization, the purpose of management
is to assist and support first-line employees, not boss them
around.
Answer: True LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 2588-38. A firm's informal organization refers to the structure that
identifies the authority, responsibility, and position of people
within the organization.
Answer: False LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 260
8-39. The informal organization of a business can help
generate creative solutions to short-term problems.
Answer: True LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 260
8-40. The formal organization of a firm provides the lines of
authority to follow in routine situations.
Answer: True LG: 5/LL: 1 Page: 260
8-41. Organizing a business begins with:
A) acquiring the necessary resources.
B) choosing the best qualified employees.
C) developing an efficient plan of action.
D) determining the work to be done.
Answer: D LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 240
8-42. Dividing the required work among a group of employees
is called a:
A) departmentalization.
B) delegation of responsibility.
C) division of labor.
D) separation of control.
Answer: C LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 240
8-43. Dividing tasks into smaller jobs is called:
A) job enrichment.
B) job specialization.
C) departmentalization.
D) division of authority.
Answer: B LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 240
8-44. The process of setting up individual departments to do
specialized tasks is called:
A) departmentalization.
B) a division of labor.
C) job specialization.
D) delegation of authority.
Answer: A LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 2408-45. In a bureaucratic organization:
A) departments communicate with each other on a regular
basis.
B) employees follow strict rules and regulations.
C) customer satisfaction is the number one priority.
D) the first-line workers are empowered to respond to the
needs of customers.
Answer: B LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 243
8-46. One advantage of a bureaucratic organization is that:
A) it is very responsive to the wants and needs of customers.
B) there are very few layers of management.
C) it encourages cooperation among different departments
within the organization.
D) employees know what is expected of them.
Answer: D LG: 1/LL: 1 Page: 243
economies of scale
the situation in which companies can reduce their production
costs if they can purchase raw materials in bulk; the average cost
of goods goes down as production levels increase
hierarchy
a system in which one person is at the topf of the organization
and there is a ranked or sequential ordering from the top down
of managers who are responsile to that person
chain of command
the line of authority that moves from the top of a hierarchy to the
lowest level
bureaucracy
an organization with many layers of managers who set rules and
regulations and oversee all decisions
centralized authority
an organization structure in which decision making authority is
maintained at the top level of management
decentralized authority
an organization structure in which decision making authority is
delegated to lower level managers more familiar with local
conditions than headquarters management could bespan of control
the optimal number of subordinates a manager surpervises or
should supervise
tall organization structure
an organizational structure in which the pyramidal organization
chart would be quite tall because of the various levels of
management
flat organization structure
an organization structure that has new layers of management
and a broad span of control
departmentalization
the dividing of organizational functions into separate units
line organization
an organization that has direct two way lines of responsibility,
authority, and communication running from the top to the
bottom of the organization, with all people reporting to only one
supervisor
line personnel
employees who are part of the chain of command that is
responsible for achieving organizational goals
staff personnel
employees who advise and assist line personnel in meeting their
goals
matrix organizations
an organization in which specialists from different parts of the
organization are brought together to work on specific projects
but still remain part of a line and staff structure
cross functional self manage teams
groups of employees from different departments who work
together on a long term basis
networking
using communications technology and other means to link
organizations and allow them to work together on common
objectivesreal time
the present moment or the actual time in which something takes
place
virtual corporation
a temporary networked organization made up of replaceable
firms that join and leave as needed
benchmarking
comparing an organizations practices, processes, and products
against the worlds best
core competencies
those functions that the organization can do as well as or better
than any other organization in the world
digital natives
young people who have grown up using the internet and social
networking
restructuring
redesigning an organization so that it can more effectively and
efficiently serve it customers
inverted organization
an organization that has contact people at the top and the ceo at
the bottom of the organization chart
organization (or corporate) culture
widely shared values within an organization that provide unity
and cooperation to achieve common goals
formal organization
the structure that details lines of responsibility, and position;
that is, the structure shown on org charts
informal organization
the system that develops spontaneously as employees meet and
form cliques, relationships, and lines of authority outside the
formal org
Operations Management
The development and administration of the activities involved in
transforming resources into goods and servicesA specialized area in management that converts or transforms
resources (including human resources) into goods and services.
Manufacturing
The activities and processes used in making tangible products;
also called production
Production
the act of making, creating or manufacturing
Operations
the activities and processes used in making both tangible and
intangible products.
Inputs
labor, machinery, buildings and other resources used to produce
outputs
Outputs
The goods, services, and ideas that result from the conversion of
inputs
Standardization
The making of identical interchangeable components or products
modular Design
The creation of an item in self-contained units, or modules, that
can be combined or interchanged to create different products
Customization
Making products to meet a particular customer's needs or wants
Capacity
The maximum load that an organizational unit ca carry or
operate.
Fixed-position layout
A layout that brings all resources required to create the product
to a central location
Project Organization
A company using a fixed-position layoutProces layout
A layout that organizes the transformation process into
departments that group related processes.
intermittent organization
Organizations that deal with products of a lesser magnitude than
do project organizations; their products are not necessarily
unique but possess a significant number of differences.
Product layout
A layout requiring that production be broken down into
relatively simple tasks assigned to workers, who are usually
positioned along an assembly line
Continuous manufacturing organizations
Companies that use continuously running assembly lines,
creating products with many similar characteristics
Computer-assisted design
It is use to design of components, products, and processes on
computers instead of paper. CAD
Computer-assisted manufacturing
Manufacturing that employs specialized computer systems to
actually guide and control the transformation processes. CAM
Flexible manufacturing
The direction of machinery by computers to adapt to different
versions of similar operations.
computer-intergrated manufacturing
a complete system that designs products manages machines and
materials, and controls the operations function. CIM
Supply Chain management
Connecting and integrating all parties or members of the
distribution system in order to satisfy customers
Purchasing
The buying of all the materials needed by the organization; also
called procurement
InventoryAll raw materials, components, completed or partially completed
products, and pieces of equipment a firm uses
Inventory Control
The process of determining how many supplies and goods are
needed and keeping track of quantities on hand, where each item
is, and who is responsible for it
Economic Order Quantity model
a model that identifies the optimum number of items to order to
minimize the costs of managing (ordering, storing, and using)
them. EOQ
Just-in-time inventory management
a technique using smaller quantities of materials that arrive "just
in time" for use in the transformation process and therefore
require less storage space and other inventory management
expense
Material-requirements planning
A planning system that schedules the precise quantity of
materials needed to make the product.
Routing
The sequence of operations through which the product must pass
Scheduling
The assignment of required tasks to departments or even specific
machines, workers, or teams
Quality control
The processes an organization uses to maintain its established
quality standards
Total quality management
a philosophy that involves everyone in an organization in a
continual effort to improve quality and achieve customer
satisfaction
Statistical process control
a system in which management collects and analyzes
information about the production process to pinpoint quality
problems in the production systemBenchmarking
A primary tool of the continuous improvement process.
ISO9000
A family of standards, supported by the international
organization for standardization, representing an international
consensus on good quality management practices. ISO9000
addresses busines processes rather than specific outcomes
ISO14000
Standards of the International Organization for Standardization
concerned with "environmental management" aimed at
minimizing harmful effects on the environment
production
The creation of finished goods and services using the factors of
production:land,labor,capital,entrepreneurship,and knowledge.
production management
The term used to describe all the activities managers do to help
their firms create goods.
operations management
A specialized area in management that converts or transforms
resources (including human resources) into goods and services.
form utility
The value added by the creation of finshed goods and
services,such as the value added by taking silicon and making
computer chips or putting services together to create a vacation
package.
process manufacturing
That part of the production process that physically or chemically
changes materials.
assembly process
That part of the production process that puts together
components.
continuous process
A production process in which long production runs turn out
finished goods over time.
intermittent processA production process in which the production run is short and
the machines are changed frequently to make different products.
computer-aided process (CAD)
The use of computers in the design of products.
computer-aided manufacturing (CAM)
The use of computers in the manufacturing of products.
computer-integrated manufacturing (CIM)
The uniting of computer-aided design (CAD) with computeraided manufacturing (CAM).
flexible manufacturing
Designing machines to do multiple tasks so that they can
produce a variety of products.
lean manufacturing
The production of goods using less of everything compared to
mass production.
mass customization
Tailoring prodcuts to meet the needs of individual customers.
facility location
The process of selecting a geographic location for a company's
operations.
facility layout
The physical arrangement of resources (including people) in the
production process.
materials requirement planning (MRP)
A computer-based production management system that uses
sales forecasts to make sure that needed parts and materials are
available at the right time and place.
enterprise resource planning (ERP)
A computer application that enables multiple firms to manage all
of their operations (finance, requirements planning, human
resources, and order fulfillment) on the basis of a single,
integrated set of corporate data.purchasing
The function in a firm that searches for quality material
resources, finds the best suppliers, and negotiates the best price
for goods and services.
just-in-time (JIT) inventory control
A production process in which a minimum of inventory is kept
on the premises and parts,supplies,and other needs are delivered
just in time to go on the assembly line.
quality
Consistency producing what the customer wants while reducing
errors before and after delivery to the customer.
six sigma quality
A quality measure that allows only 3.4 defects per million
oppurtunities.
statistical quality control (SQC)
The process some managers use to continually monitor all
phases of the production process to assure that quality is being
built into the product from the beginning.
statistical process control (SPC)
The process of taking statistical samples of product components
at each stage of the production process and plotting those results
on a graph. Any variances from quality standardsare recognized
and can be corrected if beyond the set standards.
ISO 9000
The common name given to quality management and assurance
standards.
ISO 14000
A collection of the best practices for managing an organization's
impact on the environment.
program evaluation and review technique (PERT)
A method for analyzing the tasks in completing a given
project,estimating the time needed to complete each task,and
identifying the minimum time needed to complete the total
project.
critical pathIn a PERT network, the sequence of tasks that takes the longest
time to complete.
Gantt chart
Bar graph showing production managers what projects are being
worked on and what stage they are in at any given time.
A basic characteristic of flexible manufacturing is that it:
relies heavily on labor, since humans are more adaptable than machines.
uses machines designed to perform multiple tasks so they can be used to produce a variety
of products.
Operations management planning does not include decisions about:
where to locate a business facility and how it will be configured.
materials requirement planning.
quality control.
the acquisition of financing for projects.
1) Which of the following is NOT a typical supply chain
member?
A) resellers
B) customers
C) intermediaries
D) government agencies
E) raw materials supplier
D
________ the manufacturer or service provider is the set of
firms that supply the raw materials, components, parts,
information, finances, and expertise needed to create a product
or service.
A) Downstream from
B) Upstream from
C) Disintermediated from
D) Horizontal to
E) Parallel with
B
3) Another term for the supply chain that suggests a sense and
respond view of the market is ________.
A) supply and demand chain
B) demand chain
C) channel of distribution
D) distribution channel
E) physical distribution
b4) Most producers today sell their goods directly to
________.
A) final users
B) final users and marketing members
C) intermediaries
D) warehouses
E) third-party logistics providers
c
6) From the economic system's point of view, the role of
marketing intermediaries is to transform the assortment of
products made by producers into the assortment of products
wanted by ________.
A) channel members
B) distributors
C) consumers
D) manufacturers
E) marketers
c
7) Producers benefit from using intermediaries because they
________.
A) offer greater efficiency in making goods available to target
markets
B) bring a fresh point of view to strategy development
C) eliminate risk
D) are generally backlogged with orders
E) refuse to store products for longer than a few days
a
8) Intermediaries play an important role in matching
________.
A) dealer with customer
B) supply and demand
C) product to region
D) manufacturer to product
E) information and promotion
b
9) Channel members add value by bridging the major gaps of
________ that separate goods and services from those who
would use them.
A) time, need, and form
B) place, possession, and form
C) time, place, and possessionD) place, time, and need
E) place, need, and distribution
c
13) In marketing terms, we say that the number of
intermediary levels indicates the ________ of a channel.
A) depth
B) complexity
C) involvement
D) length
E) width
d
14) At minimum, a marketing channel consists of a producer
and a(n) ________.
A) wholesaler
B) agent
C) broker
D) intermediary
E) customer
e
15) To a producer of goods, a greater number of channel levels
means ________ and greater channel complexity.
A) less distance between producer and end consumer
B) less control
C) fewer potential ideas
D) higher taxes
E) fewer channel partners
b
16) Which of the following is an example of a complete
business-to-business channel?
A) producer to retailer to consumer
B) producer to wholesaler to retailer to consumer
C) producer to sales branch
D) business distributor to business customer
E) producer to distributor to business customer
e
20) Joanie Calvert is experiencing a disagreement with
intermediaries in the channel over who should do what and for
what rewards. Joanie is experiencing ________.
A) a tying disagreement
B) channel conflictC) channel disintermediation
D) third-party logistics
E) channel intermediation
b
21) ________ conflict, which occurs between different levels
of the same channel, is more common than ________
conflict, which occurs among firms at the same level of the
channel.
A) Horizontal; vertical
B) Vertical; horizontal
C) Contractual; corporate
D) Corporate; franchise
E) Wholesaler; retailer
b
29) The most common type of contractual relationship in
business is the ________.
A) franchise organization
B) administered marketing system
C) conventional marketing channel
D) corporate VMS
E) horizontal marketing system
a
36) Due in a large part to advances in technology, ________
is a major trend whereby product and service producers are
bypassing intermediaries and going directly to final buyers, or
radically new types of channel intermediaries are emerging to
displace traditional ones.
A) the vertical marketing system
B) the corporate marketing system
C) disintermediation
D) the corporate merger
E) the hostile takeover
c
37) The four major steps of designing a channel system are
analyzing consumer needs, setting channel objectives,
________, and evaluating the alternatives.
A) establishing a budget
B) identifying major channel alternatives
C) seeking regulatory approval
D) seeking legal advice
E) measuring objectives
b39) To increase a channel's service level, the channel must
provide a greater assortment of products, more add-on
services, or ________.
A) lower prices
B) fewer middlemen
C) faster delivery
D) more competition
E) less follow-up
c
46) Sometimes a producer chooses only a few dealers in a
territory to distribute its products or services. Generally these
dealers are given a right to ________ distribution.
A) exclusive
B) selective
C) intensive
D) administered
E) corporate
a
48) When establishing the responsibilities of channel
members, the producer establishes a list price, sets discounts
for intermediaries, and defines each channel member's
________.
A) sales limits
B) territory
C) legal rights
D) customers
E) mission
b
51) China and India each contain more than one billion people.
However, companies can access only a small percentage of
these potential markets due to ________.
A) inadequate distribution systems
B) indifference toward Western products
C) high regional taxes
D) the religious caste system
E) insurmountable language barriers
a
58) Marketing logistics involves getting the right product to the
right customer in the right place at the right time. Which one of
the following is NOT included in this process?A) planning the physical flow of goods and services
B) implementing the plan for the flow of goods and services
C) controlling the physical flow of goods, services, and
information
D) gathering customer's ideas for new products
E) planning the flow of logistics information to meet customer
requirements at a profit
d
59) Marketing logistics involves which of the following
distribution flows?
A) outbound and inbound only
B) outbound, inbound, and reverse
C) inbound and reverse only
D) outbound and reverse only
E) outbound only
b
60) ________ logistics controls the movement of products
from points of production to consumers.
A) Inbound
B) Reverse
C) Outbound
D) Vertical
E) Horizontal
c
62) Which of the following is NOT an area of responsibility for
a logistics manager?
A) information systems
B) warehousing
C) promotions
D) inventory
E) purchasing
c
66) To reduce inventory management costs, many companies
use a system called ________, which involves carrying only
small inventories of parts or merchandise, often only enough
for a few days of operation.
A) reduction-inventory management
B) just-in-time logistics
C) limited inventory logistics
D) supply chain management
E) economic order quantity
b67) Through the use of ________, or "smart tag" technology,
a company is able to locate a product's exact position within
the supply chain.
A) RFID
B) PRM
C) VMS
D) IT
E) 3PL
a
69) In the proper order, identify the correct terms for these
intermodal transportation combinations: rail and truck, water
and truck, water and rail.
A) fishyback; airtruck; trainship
B) piggyback; airtruck; fishyback
C) trainship; fishyback; piggyback
D) piggyback; fishyback; trainship
E) piggyback, fishyback; birdyback
d
74) Today, a growing number of firms now outsource some or
all of their logistics to ________.
A) cross-functional teams
B) disintermediaries
C) horizontal channel members
D) third-party logistics providers
E) competitors
d
75) UPS Supply Chain Solutions, which handles all of its
clients' "grunt work" associated with logistics, is an example of
________.
A) integrated logistics management
B) a distribution center
C) selective distribution
D) a third-party logistics provider
E) a cross-functional, cross-company team
d
87) Which product will most likely be exclusively distributed?
A) BMW cars
B) Levi's blue jeans
C) Bazooka bubble gumD) Prairie Farms yogurt
E) Coca-Cola
a
92) Grayville Rock and Gravel, located in a seaport town, sells
rock, gravel, and sand to local markets. It has just been
awarded a contract with a company 500 miles down the coast.
Management should consider switching from truck to
________ transport.
A) water
B) rail
C) pipeline
D) air
E) none of the above
a
100) In using air transportation and then expedited truck
carriers to deliver specialty items to customers outside of a
designated delivery range, Miller Meats is using ________.
A) all of its supply chain
B) all of its value delivery network
C) direct marketing channels
D) intermodal transportation
E) a horizontal marketing system
d
109) When Sherwin Williams Paint Company has single
ownership of integrated, successive stages of production and
distribution, it has created a corporate VMS.
true
110) Disintermediation as a trend is on the rise in U.S.
business.
true
112) The faster the delivery, the greater the assortment
provided, and the more add-on services supplied, the more the
channel's service level is restricted.
false
114) Intensive distribution seeks many outlets in a market,
while selective distribution seeks only one outlet in a given
market area.
false115) The producer and intermediaries need to agree on the
terms and responsibilities of each member, including price
policies, conditions of sale, territorial rights, and specific
services to be performed by each party.
true
120) Integrated logistics management aims to provide better
customer service and trim distribution costs through
teamwork, both inside the company and among all the
marketing channel organizations.
true
121) Judy Smith is the manager of the local McDonald's
franchise in Cartersville. Recently the home office did not let
her participate in co-op advertising like the other McDonald's
in her district. Now she is irritated and demands fairness. This
is an example of horizontal conflict.
false
1) ________ includes all the activities involved in selling
products or services directly to final consumers for their
personal, nonbusiness use.
A) Franchising
B) Retailing
C) Brokering
D) Wholesaling
E) Disintermediation
b
2) In recent years, ________ has been growing fast. This
includes selling to final consumers through direct mail,
catalogs, telephone, and the Internet.
A) social marketing
B) shopper marketing
C) franchising
D) nonstore retailing
E) e-commerce
d
5) Which type of stores usually carry more specialty goods for
which customers like to be "waited on" and have much higher
operating costs, which are passed along to the customer?
A) self-service stores
B) category killer stores
C) full-service storesD) independent stores
E) specialty-service retailers
c
8) ________ are flourishing due to increased use of market
segmentation and market targeting.
A) Chain stores
B) Specialty stores
C) Superstores
D) Discount stores
E) Off-price stores
b
11) ________ are facing slow sales growth because of slower
population growth, increased competition, and the rapid
growth of out-of-home eating.
A) Convenience stores
B) Department stores
C) Chain stores
D) Supermarkets
E) Hypermarkets
d
13) Which type of small store carries a limited line of highturnover convenience goods and makes most of its revenues
from cigarette, beverage, and gasoline sales?
A) convenience
B) chain
C) department
D) supermarket
E) hypermarket
a
17) ________ retailers in the United States are growing faster
than product retailers.
A) Discount
B) Merchant
C) Service
D) Specialty
E) Off-price
c
18) ________ sell standard merchandise at lower prices by
accepting lower margins and selling higher volume.
A) Merchant wholesalersB) Discount stores
C) Full-service retailers
D) Limited-service retailers
E) Factory outlets
b
19) Early ________ cut expenses by offering few services and
operating in warehouse-like facilities in low-rent, heavily
traveled districts.
A) chain stores
B) factory outlet malls
C) discount stores
D) off-price retailers
E) full-service retailers
c
30) Until retailers ________ and ________ their markets,
they cannot make consistent decisions about product
assortment, services, pricing, advertising, store décor, or any of
the other decisions that must support their positions.
A) compete with; position
B) target; compete with
C) define; profile
D) limit; serve
E) divest; eliminate
c
31) Service differentiation among retailers has ________.
A) increased
B) decreased
C) stayed the same
D) franchised
E) tripled
b
33) A retailer's ________ should differentiate the retailer
while matching target shoppers' expectations. One strategy is
to offer merchandise that no other competitor carries.
A) agent
B) broker
C) product assortment
D) environment
E) distribution strategy
c36) While all retailers would like to achieve ________ while
charging ________, the two seldom happen together.
A) low volume; high markups
B) low volume; low markups
C) high volume; high markups
D) high volume; low markups
E) high volume; cut-rate markups
c
37) In-store demonstrations, displays, contests, and visiting
celebrities are examples of ________.
A) franchises
B) sales promotions
C) agent promotions
D) broker promotions
E) product life-cycling
b
45) Today's trend in retail clusters is toward ________, huge
unenclosed shopping centers consisting of a long strip of retail
stores, including at least one large, freestanding anchor store
like Walmart. Each store has its own entrance with parking
directly in front for shoppers who wish to visit only one store.
A) shopping malls
B) power centers
C) superstores
D) chain stores
E) regional shopping centers
b
47) In response to a(n) ________, many retailers have cut
costs, used price promotions, and added new value pitches to
their positioning.
A) down economy
B) up economy
C) dot-com meltdown
D) dot-com boom
E) shift in retail technology
a
60) Which wholesaler's channel function is demonstrated
when a wholesaler's sales force helps a manufacturer to reach
many small customers at a low cost?
A) bulk-breaking
B) selling and promoting
C) buying and assortment buildingD) warehousing
E) rackjobbing
b
102) Marketers who use shopper marketing use the retail store
itself as an important marketing medium.
true
103) Department stores carry narrow product lines with deep
assortments within those lines.
false
104) In recent years, convenience stores have redesigned their
stores to closely focus on serving their primary target market
made up of young, blue-collar men.
false
110) Chain stores are located near residential areas and are
open long hours, seven days a week; they carry a limited line of
high-turnover goods.
false
111) In a retailer cooperative, independent retailers contract
with each other to set up a central buying operation and
conduct joint promotional efforts.
true
113) To create the right atmosphere, some retailers control
every aspect of the consumer's store experience, including what
customers hear and smell.
true
114) Power centers are decreasing in number.
false
120) In an automated warehouse, orders are fed directly from
the retailer's information system to the wholesaler's, and the
items are picked up by mechanical devices and taken to a
shipping platform where they are assembled.
true
121) Full-service retailers such as JC Penney provide more
sales assistance because they carry more shopping goods about
which customers need information.false
1) A company's total marketing communications mix consists
of a special blend of advertising, sales promotion, public
relations, personal selling, and direct-marketing tools that the
company uses to communicate customer value and build
customer relationships. This is also called ________.
A) direct marketing
B) integrated marketing
C) the promotion mix
D) competitive marketing
E) target marketing
c
2) The use of short-term incentives to encourage the purchase
or sale of a product or service is called ________.
A) direct marketing
B) sales promotion
C) personal selling
D) public relations
E) publicity
b
3) Any paid form of nonpersonal presentation and promotion
of ideas, goods, or services by an identified sponsor is called
________.
A) sales promotion
B) advertising
C) direct marketing
D) personal selling
E) public relations
b
5) Which of the following is NOT a major category in a
company's promotion mix?
A) sales promotion
B) strategic positioning
C) direct marketing
D) public relations
E) advertising
b
9) Today's consumers do not need to rely on marketer-supplied
information about products and services because they can use
________ to seek out a wealth of information.A) marketing communications
B) direct marketing
C) the Internet and other technologies
D) mass market media
E) informative advertising
c
11) Moving away from ________, marketers have been
shifting toward highly focused marketing, spawning a new
generation of more specialized and highly targeted
communications efforts.
A) mass marketing
B) advertising
C) direct marketing
D) pull strategies
E) push strategies
a
18) Advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, public
relations, and direct marketing are all ________.
A) communications channels that should be integrated under
the concept of integrated marketing communications
B) communications channels focused more on narrowcasting
than broadcasting
C) promotional tools used for push strategies but not pull
strategies
D) promotional tools used for pull strategies but not push
strategies
E) promotional tools adapted for use in mass marketing
a
21) Integrated marketing communications produces better
communications ________ and greater ________ impact.
A) consistency; sales
B) sales; consistency
C) marketing; competitive
D) variety; production
E) branding; quality
a
27) In the communication process, the reaction of the receiver
after being exposed to a message is called the ________.
A) response
B) answer
C) noiseD) feedback
E) decoding
a
38) In the model of buyer-readiness stages, the first stage is
________.
A) preference
B) knowledge
C) liking
D) awareness
E) insistence
d
42) Though a popular appeal, when used poorly ________
can detract from comprehension, quickly wear out its welcome,
overshadow the product, or even irritate consumers.
A) humor
B) nonpersonal communication
C) direct marketing
D) integrated marketing
E) noise
a
51) Creating word-of-mouth campaigns by cultivating opinion
leaders and getting them to spread information about a
product or service to others in their communities is known as
________.
A) sales promotion
B) indirect marketing
C) buzz marketing
D) stealth marketing
E) public relations
c
54) To ________, a marketer can ask target audience
members whether they remember the message, how many
times they saw it, and what points they remember.
A) select a message source
B) collect feedback
C) select a message channel
D) plan a media purchase
E) design a marketing appeal
b61) Advertising has some shortcomings. What is NOT one of
them?
A) It is impersonal.
B) It can be very costly.
C) It slowly reaches many people.
D) It carries on one-way communication with the audience.
E) It does not make audience members feel the need to
respond.
c
65) "Buy it now" is the message of ________.
A) personal selling
B) advertising
C) a nonpersonal communication channel
D) sales promotion
E) publicity
d
69) Which promotional mix strategy directs marketing efforts
toward final consumers?
A) pull
B) blitz
C) push
D) buzz
E) pulse
a
70) Which promotional mix strategy directs marketing efforts
toward market channel members?
A) pull
B) blitz
C) push
D) buzz
E) pulse
c
101) A company's marketing communications mix is also called
its promotion mix.
true
110) The communications process should start with mass
media advertising to reach many consumers.
false111) The four major communication functions are encoding,
decoding, response, and noise.
false
114) Awareness, knowledge, and preference are buyerreadiness stages.
true
115) There are three types of appeal from which marketers may
choose as they design their message content. These types are
rational, emotional, and moral appeals.
true
116) Buzz marketing involves cultivating opinion leaders and
getting them to spread information about a product or service
to others in their communities.
true
124) Advertisements for prescription drugs often feature
potential benefits and negative side effects that consumers may
experience with use of the medication. These ads present twosided arguments.
true
__________ is the specialized area of management that
converts or transforms resources into goods and services.
A. Logistics management
B. Resource engineering
C. Intrapreneuring
D. Operations management
Operations management
__________ is the creation of goods and services using land,
labor, capital, entrepreneurship, and knowledge.
A. Resource recombination
B. Supply chain management
C. Production
D. Purchasing
Production
___________ utility is the value added by the creation of
finished goods and services using raw materials, components,
and other inputs.
A. Manufacturing
B. MarginalC. Consumption
D. Form
Form
In ___________, materials are physically or chemically
changed to produce a product.
A. process manufacturing
B. assembly processes
C. utilitarian production
D. diffusive manufacturing
Process manufacturing
A(n) __________ puts together components to make a
product.
A. modular process
B. compression process
C. assembly process
D. econometric process
Assembly process
A production process characterized by long production runs to
turn out finished goods over time is known as a(n):
A. assembly process.
B. continuous process.
C. extended process.
D. unrestricted process.
Continuous process
In the past, the idea behind mass production was to:
A. produce goods of the highest possible quality.
B. give producers the maximum flexibility to respond to
customer preferences.
C. make large quantities of a limited variety of products at very
low cost.
D. give workers more control over their work environment.
Make large quantities of a limited variety of products at very low
cost
In _________, machines are designed to do multiple tasks so
that they can produce a variety of products.
A. systems engineering
B. microdesign
C. modular construction
D. flexible manufacturing
Flexible manufacturingThe goal of lean manufacturing is to:
A. keep inventories of finished goods as high as possible.
B. produce goods and services with less of everything that goes
into the process.
C. produce a very limited variety of goods.
D. become more self sufficient by producing major components
rather than buying them.
Produce goods and services with less of everything that goes into
the process
A production process characterized by a short production run
and frequent adjustments to machines so that different
products can be produced is known as a(n):
A. just-in-time process.
B. lean manufacturing system.
C. analytic process.
D. intermittent process.
Intermittent process
__________ is the process of selecting a geographic location
for a company's operations.
A. Facility location
B. Facility layout
C. FRP
D. Geographic requirements planning
Facility location
Contemporary producers and their suppliers:
A. locate in areas where they can share the same labor.
B. know that it is not necessary to locate close to international
customers due to technology such as the
Internet.
C. locate close together to decrease the cost of distribution.
D. have advanced beyond ERP to more sophisticated systems.
Locate close together to decrease the cost of distribution
Operations management becomes a(n) ____________ when
companies outsource several processes and create a network of
firms that cooperatively produce products and services.
A. open operation
B. closed operation
C. interfirm process
D. conjoined process
Interfirm process__________ is the physical arrangement of resources in the
production process.
A. Facility location
B. Facility layout
C. ERP
D. RRL
Facility layout
Firms often use a(n) _____________ when working on a
major project involving the production of a large item such as
an airplane, ship, or bridge.
A. assembly line layout
B. continuous production process
C. fixed-position layout
D. process manufacturing technique
Fixed-position layout
Unlike an assembly line where workers perform only a few
tasks, in a _________ layout, teams of workers combine to
perform a variety of tasks needed to produce more complex
units of a final product.
A. modular
B. spoke and wheel
C. network
D. cluster
Modular
In manufacturing, a __________ is used to produce large
quantities of a few types of products.
A. assembly-line layout
B. process layout
C. modular layout
D. fixed-position layout
Assembly-line layout
In manufacturing, a __________ is frequently used in
operations that serve different customers' different needs.
A. product layout
B. process layout
C. modular layout
D. fixed-position layout
Process layoutTo reduce the cost of holding too much inventory, many
companies have implemented:
A. ABC inventory management.
B. first-in, last-out inventory control.
C. just-in-time inventory control.
D. maximum inventory management.
Just-in-time inventory control
____________ examines statistical samples of product
components at each stage of the production process and plots
the results on a graph in order to spot and correct any
variances from desired quality levels.
A. CAD/CAM
B. Econometrics
C. Analysis of variance
D. Statistical process control
Statistical process control
planning
the management function concerned with anticipating future
trens and determining the best strategies to achieve an
organization's goals and objectives is known as:
leading
______ is the management function of creating a vision for the
organization and guiding, training, coaching and motivating
employees to help achieve the goals and objectives of the
organization.
controlling
when managers determine that an organization is not making
sufficient progress toward achieveing its golas and objectives
and they develop corrective measures, they are involved in:
tactical
the type of planning that is concerned with developing detailed
short term actions about what is to be done, who is to do it, and
how it is to be done is known as ____ planning.
developing tactical plans and controlling
middle managers are responsible for:
technical and human relations skills
supervisory managers spend most of their time on:
technical skillsrob intends to major in accounting because he is confident that
an ability to read and interpret financial and accounting data is
the way to get to the top in business. Rob seems to be concerned
with developing his:
autocratic
the ______ style of leadership is characterized by making
managerial decisions without consulting others.
both a vision, moral and ethical foundation for growth
best summarizes the type of leader future organizations are likely
to need?in the future, organizations will need leaders who
supply:
production
____ is the creation of goods and services using land, labor,
capital, entreprenurship, and knowledge.
good experiences for those who use the service
operations management in the service sector is focused on
creating:
continuous process
a production process characterized by long production runs to
turn out inished goods over time is known as a
large quantities of limited variety of products at very low cost
in the past, the idea behind mass production was to:
produce goods using less of all types of resources
the main objective of lean manufacturing is to:
facility layout
____ is the physical arrangement of resources in the production
process.
materials requirement planning
MRP is the acronym for:
six sigma approach to quality control
_____detects potential problems early to prevent their
occurrencereducing time to market
millennium a leading producer of environmentally friendly
cleaning agents is looking for a site for a new production facility.
the company is mainly focusing on sites that are close to major
highways and rail hubs and are not too far from some major
population centers. this suggests that an important consideration
for millennium is:
become certified in ISO 9000 standards
xsport industries is a us based manufacturer of sporting goods.
recently, it has decided to make a major push to sell its products
in the european union. in order to succeed in this new market
xsport will need to:
A must be completed before B can begin
A PERT network consists of activites linked by arrows. Suppose
two of the activites on the network are labeled A and B. An arrow
from A to B indicates that:
A
When Elaine accepted a position with Cannon Corporation in
Dallas, Texas, she felt uneasy. She was new to the area and new
to this company. However, she was pleased that her new job
offered her the opportunity to play on the company volleyball
team. She quickly made new friends and, through her new
friends, learned about the city. Apparently, her new job satisfies
Elaine's ________ needs.
A. social
B. esteem
C. self-actualization
D. physiological
C
A central characteristic of "management by objectives" is that:
A. goals are set by top management and followed without
question by others within the organization.
B. employees are given complete freedom to set their own goals
as long as they are consistent with broad guidelines established
by top management.
C. goals are set through a process involving all members of the
organization.D. it assumes that management must motivate employees, since
employees are incapable of motivating themselves.
A
Kanetra believes that if she leaves her employees unsupervised
for a few minutes they will do nothing but slack off. She is known
as the "Dragon Lady" (at least behind her back) for the harsh
criticism and punishment she disburses whenever an employee
makes an error. Kanetra is a __________ manager.
A. Theory X
B. Theory Y
C. Theory Z
D. Theory plus
B
Herzberg's research found that safe working conditions and good
pay:
A. are important motivators for most employees.
B. helped maintain worker satisfaction, but did little to increase
motivation.
C. had no impact on worker morale.
D. were very important motivators for professional employees
and managers, but were poor motivators for unskilled
employees.
B
Which of the following statements about worker motivation is
most consistent with the findings of the Hawthorne studies?
A. Worker motivation will fall significantly if lighting conditions,
temperature, and other elements of the physical environment are
not kept at their optimal levels.
B. Employees are more motivated if they feel they are part of a
special group or project.
C. The best way to motivate employees is to offer pay raises,
bonuses, and other financial incentives to employees who meet
or exceed clearly specified goals.
D. Worker motivation is unimportant in determining the level ofworker productivity, because productivity is primarily
determined by external factors such as the speed of the
machinery the employees operate.
B
Marla always strives to excel in her career. Several years ago, she
finished College, finally achieving a Ph.D. Although she works as
an educator and has a secure position at an urban college, she
does not hold a faculty position at a prestigious university. It is
obvious to her colleagues that Marla is unsatisfied with her
position at work. She constantly gives coworkers subtle
reminders of her superior academic credentials and only
participates in work activities where she will assume a leadership
role. Analyzing Marla's situation using Maslow's hierarchy of
needs, which of the following needs are unmet?
A. self-actualization needs
B. esteem needs
C. social needs
D. physiological needs
B
Which of the following practices would be most consistent with
the views of scientific management?
A, job enlargement
B. job simplification
C. job enrichment
D. job rotation
D
As a manager, Charlene works hard to ensure that employees are
treated fairly, yet she still gets feedback that indicates that some
employees don't believe she is fair. This problem most likely
result from the fact that:
A. Charlene doesn't understand that employees are not
concerned with equity, only with getting the biggest possible
reward for the least possible effort.
B. "Fair treatment" is a hygiene factor rather than a motivator.
C. Attempts to treat employees fairly only work in an Asian or
European culture. American employees tend to be individualists
who believe that rewarding results are more important than
perceptions of fairness.D. Equity judgments are based on perceptions, and the
perceptions of employees are not always accurate.
A
Which of the following statements is the best description of how
scientific management viewed employees?
A. Employees are like machines that must be programmed to
perform in a certain way
B. Most employees are creative and intelligent individuals who
should be given a great deal of freedom and flexibility in how
they perform their jobs
C. Employees will only exert their maximum effort if they believe
that their goals are attainable
D. Employees are individuals who do not respond in the same
way to a particular
A
Working conditions recently changed at the Great Barriers
Corporation. Managers and employees now answer their own
phones, and even top managers are addressed by their first
name. The company even eliminated executive washrooms and
parking spaces. Great Barriers implemented all of these changes
to motivate employees to work more productively by creating a
team spirit within the company. Great Barriers' efforts are
consistent with an attempt to:
A. improve motivation through open communication.
B. fully implement the scientific management approach
developed by Taylor.
C. establish a pure Type J approach to management.
D. ensure that maintenance factors are satisfactory.
According to Herzberg, job-related factors that motivated workers to work harder and more
productively had one thing in common:
they were easy to explain and easy to measure.
they focused on making the jobs performed by employees simpler to accomplish.
they were related to job content.
An important criterion that helps to determine the type of management style [Type A, J, or Z] that
works best for firms is:the education level of the workforce.
the marital and family status of the workforce.
the general culture that surrounds the firm.
Which of the following statements would a proponent of management by objectives likely make?
Top management is best qualified to set the organization's overall goals
When all is said and done, employees must motivate themselves
Ramon works at Chicago Medical Instruments. His job was recently redefined so that he now has
more flexibility in the hours he works and more say in the procedures used on the job. This suggests
that Chicago Medical Instruments is trying to change Ramon's job so that it has more:
feedback.
autonomy.
At Livwell Pharmaceuticals, researchers know that the
objective is to develop three new cancer fighting medicines
each year. After that, they work on their own to develop the
new drugs. Managers at Livwell practice ______________.
free-rein leadership
Bing spent several hours reviewing sales and expense reports
for her tea importing business, in order to determine if she had
reached her profit goals for last month. Bing's efforts are part
of the ___________ function of management.
controlling
Engineers at New Generations Computer Company provided
three design approaches for the new keyboard the company
was planning to produce and sell. Designers got together and
used a problem solving approach called ________ to finalize
their selection.
PMI
When managers identify a market trend that suggests a new
opportunity and then devise a strategy to go after this new
opportunity, they are ____________.
planning
As David progressed in his career from a territory sales
manager, to a regional sales manager, to the director of sales,
he found that he utilized more ________ skills and less
_______ skills.
conceptual; technical
Today's progressive managers:
tend to emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than
discipline and order-giving.Which of the following activities is part of the organizing
function of management?
providing the resources that workers need in order to provide
faster and better customer service.
Ed Flavorman, the chief executive of Flavor Best Ice Cream,
believes that alternative plans are almost as important as the
primary operational plans because the market is so competitive
and unpredictable. Ed endorses:
contingency planning.
The _________ analysis is a tool used in the planning process
that helps companies evaluate changes in external
environments and assess strengths and weaknesses within the
firm.
SWOT
Which of the following statements about effective leadership is
the most accurate?
The most effective leadership style depends on who is being led
and in what situation.
Basic principles of organization design
are usually the same for large and small businesses.
As the head of the marketing department, Jody works with
others on complex and challenging projects. The level of detail
in this work requires Jody to spend a significant amount of
time with her employees providing advice and support. Within
the marketing department, Jody probably has a(n) ________
span of control.
narrow
If a firm decides to let another company that specializes in
accounting services handle all of its financial records and
prepare its tax forms. This is an example of:
outsourcing
Groups of employees from different departments who work
together on a long-term basis are members of:
cross-functional self-managed teams.
Which of the following positions in a firm would be classified
as a staff position?a lawyer employed in the legal department of a manufacturing
corporation
The _____________ consists of the relationships that
develop spontaneously as employees meet and form power
centers.
informal organization
Within its production department, Marlin Manufacturing has
shift leaders, supervisors, assistant plant managers, plant
managers, product group managers, assistant division
managers, division managers, an assistant vice president for
production, and a vice president in charge of production.
Marlin Manufacturing is an example of a(n) ____________
organization.
tall
In a(n) _____________ organization, decision-making
authority is maintained at the top level of management.
centralized
The process of rating an organization's practices, processes,
and products against the best of the world is known as:
benchmarking
Mo was hired by a firm that has a very bureaucratic
organization. Mo is likely to encounter which of the following
conditions in his firm?
many rules and regulations that employees are expected to follow
In a just-in-time (JIT) inventory system, suppliers:
Become more like a department in the producing firm rather
than a separate business.
In recent years, the service sector of the U.S. economy has:
Grown much more rapidly than the manufacturing sector.
The purpose of determining the critical path on a PERT
network is to:
Identify the sequence of tasks that takes the longest to complete.
For services, the facility layout is designed to:
Help customers find things, buy things, including on the InternetA firm would be most likely to employ statistical process
control (SPC) if it wanted to:
Make sure products meet quality standards all along the
production process.
A Chinese flash drive company outsources the production,
promotion, and distribution of its products, and maintains
internal control of design and engineering functions. In order
to compete well in the dynamic environment of high
technology products, its operation focuses on making certain
all partner companies work cooperatively via internet-based
communication. This contemporary operations concept is
called a(n) _________.
interfirm process
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is considered more
sophisticated than MRP primarily because it can:
Monitor processes in multiple firms at the same time.
At Stevens Manufacturing workers are organized in teams that
combine their efforts to produce complex units of a final
product. Stevens is using a facility layout known as a(n):
Modular layout.
Today, production techniques are significantly faster without
added costs due to the fact that ____________ create
designs, make design changes, and actually produce the
product.
CAD and CAM
The goal of lean manufacturing is to:
produce goods and services with less of everything compared to
mass production.
Weldon Task has just successfully negotiated a new long-term
sales agreement with a major client. The personal satisfaction
Weldon has about his efforts is his ________ reward.
intrinsic
Which of the following statements is the best description of
how scientific management viewed workers?
Workers are like machines that must be programmed to perform
in a certain way.The most important impact of the Hawthorne studies was that
it:
changed the direction of research away from Taylor's scientific
management toward the study of human-based management.
According to Maslow, a higher order need:
becomes a source of motivation after lower order needs are
satisfied.
According to Herzberg, a sense of achievement, earned
recognition, and interest in the work itself were:
motivators
Ramon works at Chicago Medical Instruments. His job was
recently redefined so that he now has more flexibility in the
hours he works and more say in the procedures used on the
job. This suggests that Chicago Medical Instruments is trying
to change Ramon's job so that it has more:
autonomy
At Virtual Frontier International, employees tend to work with
little direct supervision. They are expected to use creativity and
imagination on the job because management believes they are
committed and professional workers. The management style at
Virtual Frontier reflects ____________ attitudes about
workers.
Theory Y
Employees will evaluate an opportunity by first determining if
they think they can achieve it; then, they make some
determination as to whether they will be rewarded for their
effort, and lastly, they think about the type of reward that
would be worth their effort. These thoughts correspond with:
Expectancy Theory
According to equity theory, which of the following statements
is most accurate?
Workers perceptions of fairness will affect their level of
motivation.
Which of the following statements about cultural differences in
the workplace is most accurate?
Motivating employees across the globe is an ongoing challenge
for most companies._____________ workers do not have the expectation of
regular, full time employment.
Contingent
Which of the following firms would have the strongest
incentive to adopt a job sharing plan?
GHI Health Services wants to reduce absenteeism and tardiness.
In coming years, high tech growth areas such as computers,
biotechnology, and robots are likely to experience a:
shortage of skilled labor.
A(n) __________ is a financial incentive a firm offers to
encourage employees to accept an early retirement offer.
golden handshake
Which of the following types of work would be best suited to
the use of on-the-job training as the primary training method?
checking out customers at a local convenience store
A common way of compensating teams is a ___________
system, in which bonuses are based on improvements over a
previous performance baseline.
gain-sharing
Ben Eisner is a human resource manager at Claymont
Communications who is currently involved in human resource
planning. Which of the following tasks would Ben perform as a
part of the planning process?
Prepare a human resource inventory.
Probably the most controversial program enforced by the
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission concerns:
affirmative action.
The information contained in performance appraisals helps
managers:
make decisions about promotions, compensation, training, and
firing.
Which of the following would be used by a manager who
wanted to fill a position using an internal source?
promotion of a current employeeIn order to level the playing field in trade between the U.S. and
China, U.S. policymakers have called upon China's government
to allow the Yuan (China's currency) to float freely, as other
world currencies. Through government regulation, China
maintains an undervalued currency, which results in:
Choose one answer.
a. More buying power for Chinese consumers who want to
purchase U.S. goods and goods from other countries.
b. Maintaining robust Chinese exports and a favorable balance
of trade for China.
c. Developing better relations with industrialized countries who
want to increase the value of their exports.
d. Stability and strength of the Chinese Yuan against the U.S.
dollar and the euro.
b. Maintaining robust Chinese exports and a favorable balance of
trade for China.
A fast-growing form of foreign direct investment is sovereign
wealth funds (SWFs). Why do these investments by
governments with surplus cash flows worry trade experts?
Choose one answer.
a. SWFs invest in high risk start-ups with no proven history of
producing goods and services that developing or developed
countries need. They may likely undermine the years of
development of growing economies.
b. SWFs have a greater risk of going bankrupt than other
investments because governments are not good at running
businesses.
c. Some fear that governments investing their SWFs in large
firms may gain control of natural resources, sensitive
technologies, and the decision making of management.
d. Some trading experts believe that SWFs are supported by
terrorist organizations, and their strategy is an indirect way to
undermine the creation of U.S. jobs.
c. Some fear that governments investing their SWFs in large
firms may gain control of natural resources, sensitive
technologies, and the decision making of management.Denmark requires foreign companies that sell butter in
Denmark to sell it in cubes, not tubs. This type of requirement
is known as a:
Choose one answer.
a. protective tariff.
b. revenue tariff.
c. quota.
d. nontariff barrier.
d. nontariff barrier
Mini-Case
Since he was five years old, Rhett Tenna
struggled with poor eyesight. He suffered through all the
names that went along with wearing eyeglasses for most of his
young life. Rhett eventually switched from traditional
eyeglasses to contact lens, but he always wondered why glasses
were considered to be "ugly" and not fashionable. After
graduation from college, Rhett set out on a lifelong goal: to
make eye wear synonymous with high fashion. He opened a
specialty store called "The Eyes Have It." His marketing plan
was to remove the social stigma of wearing glasses, and replace
it with a sense of flair and high fashion. From the day he
opened his first store, Rhett's plan met with resounding
success. Today, "The Eyes Have It" has grown from that single
outlet to a medium-sized company with dozens of stores
located in six states, and a manufacturing plant that turns out
designer frames.
A recent internal audit, however,
suggested a problem that Rhett had not anticipated. The study
indicated that the U.S. market is just about saturated and
growth of "The Eyes Have It" stores will be very limited. The
audit concerned Rhett until he recognized an untapped market
existed overseas. If people all over the world have the same
problem, the global market opportunities are fantastic! All in
favor of going global say: "The Eyes Have
It"!
The company was informed by the
Japanese Ministry of Trade that they could only export 1.5
million pairs of eyeglasses to the Japanese market during a
given year. The Japanese have imposed a(n):
Choose one answer.
a. revenue tariff.
b. embargo.c. import quota.
d. limit order.
c. import quota.
The value of goods imported into France exceeds the value of
French exports. This indicates that France:
Choose one answer.
a. Has an exchange rate decrease.
b. Utilizes high tariffs.
c. Has a budget deficit.
d. Has a trade deficit.
d. Has a trade deficit.
U.S. firms that produce sophisticated military hardware are
prohibited from exporting that equipment to "unfriendly"
governments, such as Iran. This complete ban on exporting
sensitive technology to specific countries is an example of a(n):
Choose one answer.
a. import quota.
b. boycott.
c. tariff.
d. embargo.
d. embargo.
The three countries participating in NAFTA are:
Choose one answer.
a. Canada, Panama, and the United States.
b. Mexico, Panama, and the United States.
c. Canada, Nicaragua, and Mexico.
d. Canada, Mexico, and the United States.
d. Canada, Mexico, and the United States.Which of the following is an advantage of offshore
outsourcing?
Choose one answer.
a. Companies can create efficiencies by hiring low-wage
employees.
b. Wages increase in the home country.
c. Product quality improves permitting firms to charge more
for their products.
d. Communication between the company and its customers
improves.
a. Companies can create efficiencies by hiring low-wage
employees.
A sociological challenge that must be overcome in order to be
successful in the global market is:
Choose one answer.
a. A lack of cultural understanding.
b. An overly anxious desire to please at all cost.
c. Inequality of global natural resources.
d. Wealth management.
a. A lack of cultural understanding.
Nike _________________ its products in foreign countries,
where labor is cheap and production sites are owned by other
companies. This strategy allows Nike to experiment in new
markets without incurring large start-up costs involved with
building their own production facilities.
Choose one answer.
a. contract franchises
b. pays governments to market
c. globally licenses
d. contract manufactures
d. contract manufacturesReviewing the recent experience of the United States in global
markets reveals that the U.S has:
Choose one answer.
a. a merchandise trade surplus with the rest of the world.
b. a large trade deficit with China.
c. avoided becoming a debtor nation.
d. attracted very little foreign direct investment.
b. a large trade deficit with China.
_____________ is buying products from another country.
Choose one answer.
a. Importing
b. Outsourcing
c. Retailing
a. Importing
Rosa's aunt was taking a cruise to Brazil. She suggested to Rosa
that she would be glad to buy her some jewelry while in port in
Rio de Janeiro because the exchange rate would be to her
benefit. This means:
Choose one answer.
a. The currency in Rosa's home country is weak against the
Brazilian currency.
b. The currency in Rosa's home country will be almost equal to
the Brazilian currency; otherwise it would not be a good
exchange.
c. The currency in Rosa's home country is devalued.
d. The currency in Rosa's home country has strength against
the Brazilian currency.
d. The currency in Rosa's home country has strength against the
Brazilian currency.
As students think about a career in the business world today,
which of the following is a good strategic suggestion?
Choose one answer.a. Studying a foreign language.
b. Securing a job with a large multinational corporation.
c. Stay away from franchising due to the saturation of this form
of business globally.
d. Avoid spending a lot of time studying fluctuations in
currencies because a global currency is eminent.
a. Studying a foreign language.
__________ occurs when a country has a monopoly on
producing a product or is able to produce it at a cost well below
that of all other countries.
Choose one answer.
a. Comparative advantage
b. Absolute advantage
c. Complete advantage
d. Dumping advantage
b. Absolute advantage
_______ tariffs are designed to raise money for the
government.
Choose one answer.
a. Regulatory
b. Revenue
c. Price
d. Profit
b. Revenue
A benefit of contracting with export trading companies is:
Choose one answer.
a. They are the experts in establishing trading partners abroad,
and negotiating all the details in retaining customers.
b. They are experts in staying out of the financial transactionsof establishing new markets.
c. They will always assume the risk if your product does not sell
to the foreign customer.
d. They keep you legal because they serve as the franchisor and
make certain that your products meet ISO requirements.
a. They are the experts in establishing trading partners abroad,
and negotiating all the details in retaining customers.
One of the purposes of Export Assistance Centers is to:
Choose one answer.
a. help multinational corporations reach agreements with
foreign governments.
b. provide subsidies to domestic firms hurt by dumping by
foreign firms.
c. provide trade-finance support for small and medium-sized
firms involved in direct exporting.
d. encourage domestic firms to become more competitive by
forming keiretsu-like organizations, much like those found in
Japan.
c. provide trade-finance support for small and medium-sized
firms involved in direct exporting.
One objective of NAFTA is:
Choose one answer.
a. increase trade barriers between the countries involved.
b. decrease investment opportunities in the countries involved.
c. promote conditions of fair competition for the three trading
partners.
d. improve working conditions in Central America.
c. promote conditions of fair competition for the three trading
partners.
Under a system of floating exchange rates, changes in the value
of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies are the result of:
Choose one answer.a. negotiated rate adjustments between the U.S. government
and the World Trade Organization.
b. decisions made by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors
in order to implement monetary policy.
c. fluctuations in the world price of gold.
d. changes in the supply of and/or demand for dollars in the
global currency market.
d. changes in the supply of and/or demand for dollars in the
global currency market.
In an effort to promote the importance of a valuable education,
the faculty and staff at the local community college are trained
to ask each student about their career preferences, rather than
suggest courses that may not benefit the student's future goals.
Although it would be tempting to suggest courses just to
increase the College's enrollment, employees know that it is
more important to serve each student well, even if it means
suggesting courses and/or degrees offered at other institutions.
This approach is consistent with:
Choose one answer.
a. an integrity-based ethics code.
b. a compliance-based ethics code.
c. a response to a government mandate.
d. a personal responsibility commitment.
a. an integrity-based ethics code.
Which of the following terms describes someone who reports
illegal or unethical behavior?
Choose one answer.
a. whistleblower
b. horn blower
c. watch tower sentinel
d. integrity watchdog
a. whistleblowerCompliance based ethics codes typically:
Choose one answer.
a. rely on laws and regulations outside the firm for guidance.
b. have a strong affinity for shared accountability among
employees.
c. promote a "do-it-right" climate.
d. enable responsible employee conduct.
a. rely on laws and regulations outside the firm for guidance.
Which of the following indicates that U.S. businesses are
demanding socially responsible behavior from their
international suppliers?
a. The establishment of the Equal Opportunity Employment
Commission
b. The decision of Wal-Mart to open stores globally
c. The decision of Phillips-Van Heusen to cancel orders from
suppliers that violate its ethics code
d. The creation of the North American Free Trade Zone
(NAFTA) between the U.S., Canada, and Mexico
c. The decision of Phillips-Van Heusen to cancel orders from
suppliers that violate its ethics code
Corporate ________ covers issues such as setting minority
hiring practices, manufacturing safe products, and minimizing
pollution.
a. responsibility
b. philanthropy
c. diversity
d. structure and strategy
a. responsibility
The boxed material entitled "Reaching Beyond Our Borders"
that told the story about Joe, the Motorola engineer, suggests
that U.S. firms operating overseas are:a. Not as flexible on social issues as local employees would like
them to be.
b. Exploiting employees by working them long hours at low
pay.
c. Complying with the ethical standards of the people they
employ, in the countries in which they are operating.
d. Responding to their stockholders desire for profits.
c. Complying with the ethical standards of the people they
employ, in the countries in which they are operating.
A(n) _______ -based ethics code defines corporate values;
creates a supportive environment, and, stresses shared
accountability among employees.
.
a. social
b. corporate responsibility
c. compliance
d. integrity
d. integrity
Ethical dilemmas in business:
.
a. force us to make poor choices.
b. always end up bringing out the best in us.
c. often force us to choose between equally unsatisfactory
alternatives.
d. define us as being moral absolutists or moral situationalists.
c. often force us to choose between equally unsatisfactory
alternatives.
Several outside groups regularly monitor the activities of Metro
Chemical Corporation. These groups are interested in the
firm's involvement and enforcement of their ethical and social
responsibility policies. Who of the following is the leastlikely to be among the "watchdog" groups?
.
a. The financial officer of a church with funds invested in the
chemical company.
b. Overseers from the World Trade Organization (WTO).
c. A student in environmental engineering attending a local
college.
d. The president of the union representing the workers at the
chemical company.
b. Overseers from the World Trade Organization (WTO).
Which of the following would be a unique focus of an integritybased ethics code?
.
a. Increased control over employee actions.
b. Shared accountability among employees.
c. Increased penalties for code violators.
d. Improved awareness of the relevant laws.
b. Shared accountability among employees.
Which of the following industries has been deregulated?
.
a. Chemicals
b. Agriculture
c. Airlines
d. Steel
c. Airlines
Mini-Case
Brian and Sondra have just opened a
new Cajun restaurant on the edge of town, Cajun Cookin' Inc.
They own the land and building and have a brand-new kitchen
as well as a lovely seating area, filled with mementos from the
South. They have a liquor license and make wonderful
Southern drinks. They are quite pleased that members of thecommunity are helping their business grow by coming in for a
meal or a drink after work. They are good businesspeople who
pay their bills on time and as a result have great relationships
with the vendors that supply them
food.
One day as Brian was speaking with
one of his customers a shriek went up from the other side of
the restaurant. When he rushed over, he found that one of his
customers had spilled hot tea on her arm. If this customer was
so inclined, she could __________ and the court would likely
find in her favor.
.
a. sue Brian for breach of contract
b. sue the restaurant for negligence
c. sue the restaurant under statutory law
d. She can do nothing about this except not go to the restaurant
ever again.
b. sue the restaurant for negligence
A government policy aimed at reducing the purchase of a
specific good through increased taxes has been most often
applied to:
.
a. beer.
b. sports cars.
c. white bread.
d. diet soft drinks.
a. beer.
Allison is concerned that she is not getting full disclosure of
information from a mortgage broker who is hoping to refinance
the mortgage on her house. Having recently studied business
law, you suggest to Allison that she contact the
________________________ that was formed after the
Dodd-Frank Wallstreet Reform and Consumer Protection Act
became law.
.
a. Federal Trade Commission (FTC)b. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB)
c. Due Diligence Agency (DDA)
d. Financial Fairness Consortium (FFC)
b. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB)
The number of personal bankruptcies has:
.
a. significantly decreased as a result of the Bankruptcy Reform
Act.
b. increased.
c. nearly reached the level of business bankruptcies.
d. remained unchanged.
b. increased.
Your 15-year-old brother comes home with the great news that
he has decided to buy his first car and has just agreed to give
$10,000 to a complete stranger. He signed the contract and
just needs to pay the stranger and pick up the car. Your dad is
upset and calls the stranger to tell him your brother will not be
buying the car. The stranger can:
.
a. sue your brother for breach of contract.
b. sue your dad for breach of contract.
c. sue your brother for specific performance.
d. do nothing.
d. do nothing.
Some economists advocate a ____________ on the
consumption of such products as gasoline, liquor, cigarettes,
and even soda pop, in the hope that consumers will think about
how their purchases are having negative impacts on themselves
and their environment.
.
a. progressive taxb. sin tax
c. flat tax
d. tax credit
b. sin tax
A(n) __________ occurs when one party fails to follow the
terms of a contract.
. a
. breach of contract
b. discharge of obligation
c. obligation failure of enforcement
d. infringement of contract
a. breach of contract
You and your boss agree to terminate your employment
contract because you want to devote more time to school. This
breach of contract would likely be resolved by:
.
a. a specific performance requirement.
b. the payment of damages.
c. a judge.
d. a discharge of obligation.
d. a discharge of obligation.
The body of law created by court decisions rendered by judges
is called __________ law.
.
a. precedent
b. statutory
c. common
d. tortc. common
Naomi is planning to invest in a new online franchise - the
Novel Artist, Inc. The franchisor provides proprietary software
and training for designing invitations and cards for special
occasions such as weddings, graduations, and birth
announcements. The franchisee is obligated to pay a monthly
fee to the franchisor. Naomi will use the software to create her
own special designs that she will ultimately feature on her
website. She also has chat availability so she can accommodate
customers with special requests. Order turn-around time must
be fast. She can only take on as many clients as she can make
good on delivery. An advantage of Naomi's online franchise is:
.
a. She has a limited territory.
b. She has a narrow product offering.
c. She does not need name recognition or marketing
assistance.
d. She has an unlimited territory.
d. She has an unlimited territory.
In the Legal Briefcase box, "Virtual Companies,"
.
a. The box discusses the Vermont Teddy Bear Company and
the difficulty the company experienced when transitioning
from an S-Corporation to a C-Corporation.
b. The box talks about a newly created LLC in Vermont called
the Virtual Company, where all official filing is electronic, and
members contribute their skills through electronic
communication.
c. The box discusses how the state of Vermont wants to attract
business, yet refuses to permit the electronic submission of
filing for any form of business ownership.
d. The box talks about the Vermont maple syrup industry and
how due to the fact that it is a seasonal business, it cannot exist
virtually. The labor intensive business requires the expertise of
experienced tree tappers.b. The box talks about a newly created LLC in Vermont called the
Virtual Company, where all official filing is electronic, and
members contribute their skills through electronic
communication.
Marco is a franchisee with Daggies, a chain of sandwich shops.
His business was doing well until several Daggies franchisees
got in trouble and were forced to close their shops. Soon
afterward, Marco's business deteriorated and he too was forced
to close. This is an example of:
.
a. An economic shakeout at work.
b. The coattail effect.
c. The law of diminishing returns.
d. Management by exception.
b. The coattail effect.
In the Thinking Green box titled, "Play Ball but Play Green",
The Washington Nationals baseball team is featured as a
franchised business that demonstrates environmental
stewardship by:
.
a. Replacing all sod in the stadium with astro-turf to conserve
water.
b. Building a LEED certified building and initiating recycling
programs.
c. Joining several other baseball franchises and only washing
uniforms in phosphate-free detergents because the run-off
eventually ends up in our drinking water supply.
d. Painting the steel beams and seats in the stadium "green"
and continuously flashing the words "green" on the display
monitors to remind everyone to use the waste cans and to clean
around their seats before departing the stadium.
b. Building a LEED certified building and initiating recycling
programs.
A(n) _________ occurs when one company buys the property
and obligations of another company..
a. cooperative
b. hostile takeover
c. leveraged buyout
d. acquisition
d. acquisition
Compared to partnerships and sole proprietorships, a major
advantage of the C (conventional) corporation as a
form of business ownership is that it:
.
a. Has the ability to raise more money.
b. Is easier and less expensive to form.
c. Qualifies for simplified tax treatment.
d. Creates unlimited liability for its owners.
a. Has the ability to raise more money.
Mel, Tim, and Bill agreed to partner in a small rehab business.
Initially, they were enthusiastic contributors until their first
project took more work than Mel initially estimated; Tim
wanted morning meetings and long lunch hours; and, Bill
decided to go on vacation even though the project was not
complete and ready to sell. As the Spotlight on Small Business
box, titled, "The Ties That Bind" indicates,
.
a. It's smart to begin the partnership with honest
communication of what each partner expects to give and get
from the partnership.
b. Organize the business as a limited liability company to
reduce the financial risks that put pressure on members of the
partnership.
c. Designate one of the partners as the primary partner with
final authority to call all the shots.
d. Enter into partnerships with people who have similareducational and cultural backgrounds and similar
personalities.
a. It's smart to begin the partnership with honest communication
of what each partner expects to give and get from the
partnership.
Several years ago, Regis Corporation, a very large hair styling
salon company purchased 60 "Your Father's Mustache" salons.
Although this was initially an acquisition, the merging of these
two businesses was a(n) ___________. Regis went on to
purchase several hair care product companies. Joining forces
with hair care product companies would represent a
____________.
.
a. conglomerate merger; horizontal merger
b. vertical merger; horizontal merger
c. horizontal merger; vertical merger
d. conglomerate merger; conglomerate merger
c. horizontal merger; vertical merger
When a sole proprietor dies:
.
a. The sole proprietor's heirs have the option of taking over the
business.
b. The business is sold to a larger corporation.
c. The company continues to function as it always has.
d. The company always closes down.
a. The sole proprietor's heirs have the option of taking over the
business.
_____________ are companies that are similar to S
Corporations but are not restricted with similar eligibility
requirements.
.
a. Regulated equity companies
b. Corporate cooperativesc. Limited liability companies
d. Private drawing companies
c. Limited liability companies
A firm or individual providing financial capital to small
businesses in exchange for an ownership stake in the company
is called a:
.
a. corporate raider.
b. takeover specialist.
c. financial capitalist.
d. venture capitalist.
d. venture capitalist.
Located on Monsanto's world headquarters campus, the Nidus
Center is a unique ___________ facility. The tenants are
biotechnology companies who are at various stages of product
development. The agricultural giant, Monsanto, the Danforth
Foundation, Washington University St. Louis, St. Louis
University, and several venture capital firms contribute seed
money for these small start-up ventures that receive approval
to further develop their ideas at the Nidus Center.
.
a. incubator
b. Intrapreneurial
c. enterprise zone
d. micropreneurial
a. incubator
As a result of corporate downsizing, Alex lost his job as an
information systems manager for a large telecommunications
company. A bonafide computer geek in his own right, Alex
knew that several of his past company contacts often
outsourced their computer problems. He decided it was a good
time to test the waters and see if he could secure enough
computer clients to be in business for himself. His successdemonstrated that:
.
a. starting your own business can quickly provide security and
profits.
b. people always tend to hire people they know from past
associations.
c. the service sector is not an area of significant growth.
d. successful big businesses often create profitable
opportunities for small businesses.
d. successful big businesses often create profitable opportunities
for small businesses.
The U.S. government's Immigration Act of 1990:
.
a. encouraged entrepreneurs to come to the U.S. through
"investor visas".
b. established a government program to teach American
workers displaced by immigration how to start their own
businesses.
c. established guidelines to help entrepreneurs recruit legal
aliens as a source of low cost labor.
d. proposed an exchange program for American and European
entrepreneurs to temporarily live internationally in order to
open up foreign branches for their businesses.
a. encouraged entrepreneurs to come to the U.S. through
"investor visas".
A successful web-based strategy that helps a business spread
the word about its web site and products is called
_____________.
.
a. wildfire marketing
b. "its all about the buzz"
c. social marketingd. affiliate marketing
d. affiliate marketing
One of the challenges of running a home-based business is:
.
a. an increase in business risk.
b. managing the extra time on your hands.
c. keeping work and family tasks separate.
d. burdensome tax laws.
c. keeping work and family tasks separate.
Peppy knows a lot about marketing, but not much about the
legal or financial aspects of starting a new business. He wants
to consult with a lawyer and accountant, but his budget is tight
with all of the expenses involved in getting Peppy's Pizzazzeria
up and running. Peppy should:
.
a. delay talking with a lawyer and accountant until the business
has established a positive cash flow for at least one year.
b. trust his basic instincts and try to put it together without the
advice of lawyers and accountants.
c. consult with a lawyer and accountant even though the budget
is tight.
d. immediately hire full time lawyers and accountants for his
staff.
c. consult with a lawyer and accountant even though the budget
is tight.
According to SBA guidelines, a manufacturing firm with 1,000
employees:
.
a. would be classified as a large firm in the industrial sector.
b. may be classified as a small business depending upon the
size of other firms in the industry.c. is too small to achieve the efficiencies of large scale
production.
d. is classified as an S corporation.
b. may be classified as a small business depending upon the size
of other firms in the industry.
Small businesses are important to the U.S. economy because:
.
a. they fill-in the gaps when large businesses want to let
workers go on vacation; or when large businesses want to
temporarily cease production
b. banks and other financial services companies would not
have borrowing customers, because small businesses borrow
more than large businesses
c. they pay most of the tax revenue collected by the U.S.
government
d. they create over 60% of new jobs each year and generate
over 50% of the U.S. GDP
d. they create over 60% of new jobs each year and generate over
50% of the U.S. GDP
Successful entrepreneurs are self-nurturing. This means they:
.
a. look to others for strength and encouragement.
b. self-finance their business with no assistance from others.
c. perform all business operations by themselves.
d. believe in themselves and their ideas.
d. believe in themselves and their ideas.
How are managers today different from managers in the past?
.
a. Managers today are more likely to reprimand workers
b. Managers in the past would use praise and gentle
suggestionsc. Managers in the past were less loyal to their employer
d. Managers today emphasize teamwork
d. Managers today emphasize teamwork
The revolution in management that is currently underway
suggests that the most effective managers of the future will:
.
a. be very strict in their treatment of workers.
b. emphasize individual initiative rather than teamwork.
c. specialize in performing one of the four management
functions.
d. emphasize team work.
d. emphasize team work.
__________ planning determines the major goals of an
organization and lays the foundation for obtaining and using
resources to achieve those goals.
.
a. Strategic
b. Contingency
c. Central
d. Tactical
a. Strategic
One difference between managers and leaders is that:
.
a. managers are found in businesses while leaders operate in
nonprofit organizations.
b. mangers work to achieve stability while leaders embrace
change.
c. managers use an autocratic approach while leaders embrace
a democratic style.
d. all employees can manage, but only top managers can lead.b. mangers work to achieve stability while leaders embrace
change.
Which of the following is involved in setting work standards
and schedules needed to implement the firm's tactical
objectives?
.
a. Mission statement
b. Tactical planning
c. Operational planning
d. Contingency planning
c. Operational planning
A(n) __________ is used by an organization to show who is
accountable for the completion of specific work and who
reports to whom.
.
a. balance sheet
b. Venn diagram
c. stakeholder outline
d. organization chart
d. organization chart
___________ skills involve a manager's ability to picture the
organization as a whole and the relationship among its various
parts.
.
a. Creative
b. Technical
c. Conceptual
d. Autonomic
c. ConceptualWhen we think of successful music entertainment groups of
the past sixty years, the Beatles almost always appear in
the top 5! In the early days, the entertainment group's life cycle
could have ended as so many other rock groups do - here today,
gone tomorrow. The four musicians were definitely creative
and passionate about their craft and genre of music. As the
informal leader of the group, John Lennon _____________
the others to make important compositional contributions. All
four members had the opportunity to create musical
compositions and receive copyright credit for their
contributions.
.
a. transformed
b. enabled
c. empowered
d. commanded
c. empowered
Jamal is part of a management group that is examining
whether his company, State Engineering, should offer some
important new services that would broaden its business by
appealing to a different group of potential clients. Jamal's
group is involved with:
.
a. contingency planning.
b. operational planning.
c. strategic planning.
d. tactical planning.
c. strategic planning.
By completing the courses needed to obtain a college major in
accounting, marketing, or some other field, a student can go a
long way toward acquiring the _________ skills managers
need to rise through the ranks of their area of specialization.
.
a. autocraticb. technical
c. human relations
d. secondary
b. technical
Mini-Case
Angelica Canizales is the CEO of Mucho
Dinero Enterprises. Sales have declined for four consecutive
years and the firm's accountants have reported net losses in
each of the last two years. Employees appear demoralized and
frustrated. Recently, Angelica met with managers from
marketing, production, and finance to listen to their views
regarding the company's problems. The managers
unanimously agreed that the main problem was a lack of
communication between the several functional areas of the
business. Each manager felt that the firm could increase
quality and customer satisfaction with better
interdepartmental communication. Angelica also met with
marketing and production employees to get their respective
opinions on the problems of the firm. One employee from the
production department observed that, "We have so many
layers of management that it takes forever to make decisions."
An employee from marketing complained that, "This place is so
bogged down with rules and regulations that there is no
opportunity to be creative." Several employees shared their
opinions regarding their bosses. Specifically, one employee
expressed "My boss never pays attention to my ideas. He just
issues orders and expects me to obey them." Angelica decided,
after listening to many comments from employees, suppliers,
and customers, that the only way to end Mucho Dinero's slide
was to completely rethink the firm's structure and to make
radical changes in its organization. She presented her ideas to
the board of directors, promising to voluntarily resign if her
efforts to reorganize did not return the firm to
profitability.
Angelica's decision to
completely redesign Mucho Dinero's organization indicates
that she believes the best approach to her firm's problems is:
.
a. competitive benchmarking.
b. flexible departmentalization.
c. restructuring.
d. organizational therapy.c. restructuring.
Multinational pharmaceutical companies who during the past
20 years preferred to contract with companies in India and
other places with cheap labor are turning back to the U.S. to
produce their products. The recent popularity of
_______________ is due to compliance issues and legal
issues, as well as the quality of output.
.
a. market transition
b. market transformation
c. outsourcing
d. insourcing
d. insourcing
In recent years, large organizations have tried to improve their
efficiency in communication and decision making by:
.
a. creating specific rules for everyone to follow.
b. eliminating several layers of management.
c. restructuring into a bureaucratic organization.
d. reducing the span of control for managers.
b. eliminating several layers of management.
During the past six years, the marketing department manager
at Creative Concepts International made a strong push to hire
mover/shaker professionals that had superior performance
records prior to joining this company. It didn't take long for
these enthusiastic marketers to recognize the many talents
within their department. They marveled at how much they
were like each other and how they seemed to agree with each
other's work styles and ideas. After a while, it became difficult
for others in the organization to present to this group. If the
idea did not originate within the marketing department,
marketers did not give it much credence. Management
counselors would describe this phenomenon as _____.
.a. departmentalization clique
b. inter-office competition
c. forward thinking friction
d. groupthink
d. groupthink
In open organizations the informal organization can be:
.
a. a hindrance to effective management.
b. an asset that promotes harmony among workers.
c. a roadblock to the corporate culture.
d. part of the formal organization.
d. part of the formal organization.
Carlos is the person to see in the welding department if you are
a new employee. While he is not a manager, he is the person
that most of the others in the department look to for advice and
assistance. Carlos is an important member of the firm's:
.
a. supervisory management.
b. participatory control.
c. informal organization.
d. closet cabinet.
c. informal organization.
Heather works as a sales representative for the Westerly
Company. She really enjoys working for Westerly, because the
company treats her and other sales representatives as highly
valued employees. Sales reps at Westerly are given freedom
and flexibility in their relationships with customers. While
there are only a few layers of management at Westerly, Heather
has found that these managers try their best to support and
assist her efforts. Based on Heather's experience, it appears
that Westerly is a(n):
.a. bureaucratic organization.
b. inverted organization.
c. tall organization.
d. casual organization.
b. inverted organization.
Max Weber favored which of the following?
.
a. Inverted organizations
b. Worker participation in decision making
c. Staffing and promotions based on qualifications
d. Flat organizations
c. Staffing and promotions based on qualifications
Which of the following is an advantage of a line organization in
a large business?
.
a. It does not require specialists to advise people along the line
b. Responsibility and authority are clearly defined
c. Each worker has several supervisors
d. It is very flexible
b. Responsibility and authority are clearly defined
Which of the following is considered to be an advantage of
functional departmentalization?
.
a. Employees begin to identify with their department and its
goals rather than with the goals of the entire organization
b. People in the same department tend to think very differently
c. Departments are isolated from one anotherd. Employee skills can be developed in depth
d. Employee skills can be developed in depth
Production management is the traditional term used to
describe all the activities managers do to help their firms
create:
.
a. resources.
b. goods.
c. services.
d. equities.
b. goods.
Experts in operations management for service industry type
businesses stress:
.
a. using records from accounting to determine what business to
go after.
b. relying on one's individual operation as opposed to
developing partnerships.
c. training employees on quality management.
d. training employees to always adhere to only one way of
doing things.
c. training employees on quality management.
Contemporary operations management planning is an
interfirm process. This means:
.
a. the process must integrate all of the functional units of a
firm's operation, including production, marketing, finance, and
logistics.
b. the process is a confidential plan that is not shared with
suppliers or customers. It stays within the firm.
c. it is a process where several firms work closely together toproduce goods and services, and anticipate a changing
environment.
d. it is a process that seeks stability by adhering to top down
management.
c. it is a process where several firms work closely together to
produce goods and services, and anticipate a changing
environment.
SitRite Furniture Company uses labor and machinery to
transform wood, plastic, metal and cloth into comfortable
chairs, sofas, and love seats. This process creates:
.
a. form utility.
b. place utility.
c. use facility.
d. intangible productivity.
a. form utility.
For most service businesses the quality standard has become:
.
a. providing prompt and predictable service.
b. providing a competitive level of service at the lowest cost.
c. delighting customers by anticipating their needs.
d. less important than it is for manufacturing businesses.
b. providing a competitive level of service at the lowest cost.
Initially, ATM's (automated teller machines) were introduced
so that customers could make withdrawals from their bank
accounts, day or night. As the technology improved, the
machines offered a variety of services including the acceptance
of deposits, the ability to get credit card advances, check your
bank account balances, and even purchase prepaid cell phone
credit. ATMs now offer:
.
a. flexible manufacturing for its customers.b. lean services because it only needs to keep a certain amount
of cash in each machine.
c. technology similar to CAD.
d. faster service and mass customization.
d. faster service and mass customization.
Operations management in the service sector is focused on
creating:
.
a. good experiences for those who use the service.
b. jobs for the local community.
c. additional customer expectations.
d. inexpensive ways to get things done.
a. good experiences for those who use the service.
____________ examines statistical samples of product
components at each stage of the production process and plots
the results on a graph in order to spot and any variances from
desired quality levels.
.
a. CAD/CAM
b. Econometrics
c. Analysis of variance
d. Statistical process control
d. Statistical process control
A PERT network consists of activities linked by arrows.
Suppose two of the activities on the network are labeled "A"
and "B". An arrow from "A" to "B" indicates that:
.
a. the same resources used to complete "A" are also used to
complete "B".
b. "A" and "B" can be completed at the same time.c. "A" takes longer to complete than "B".
d. "A" must be completed before "B" can begin.
d. "A" must be completed before "B" can begin.
A firm that is certified as meeting both ISO 9000 and ISO
14000 standards has demonstrated:
.
a. world-class management of both quality and environmental
standards.
b. sound financial and marketing practices.
c. ethical treatment of both customers and employees.
d. that its recruitment and training programs for employees
protect and promote basic human rights.
a. world-class management of both quality and environmental
standards.
__________ involves computers directly in the production
process.
.
a. CAD
b. CAM
c. AMDA
d. AMCAP
b. CAM
In ___________, materials are physically or chemically
changed to produce a product.
.
a. process manufacturing
b. assembly processes
c. utilitarian production
d. diffusive manufacturing
a. process manufacturingEfforts to redesign and rebuild America's manufacturing base
are likely to:
.
a. fade in importance as foreign manufacturers continue to
gain control of important markets.
b. continue to be an important issue in the near future.
c. focus on government efforts to foster performance in a few
key industries.
d. give way to an intense effort to convert the U.S. to an entirely
service-based economy.
b. continue to be an important issue in the near future.
The Ritz-Carlton hotel offers restaurants with the finest
service, elevators that run smoothly, and a front desk that
processes people quickly. Many times fresh-cut flowers are in
the lobbies and dishes of fruit are in each room. __________
is responsible for implementing these customer benefits.
.
a. Human resources management
b. The management staff
c. Operations management
d. Production management
c. Operations management
Most new manufacturing facilities use:
.
a. continuous processes.
b. intermittent processes.
c. traditional processes.
d. synthetic processes.
b. intermittent processes.
Which of the following statements best reflects the approach
state and local governments take to influence the locationdecisions of businesses? State and local governments:
.
a. often engage in fierce competition to attract businesses,
including the offer of tax breaks, zoning changes, and financial
aid
b. try to avoid competition with other areas, because such
competition usually backfires and creates ill-will
c. no longer pursue new businesses, because they have found
that attempts to attract businesses are usually too expensive to
justify the results
d. work primarily through the federal government and the
Small Business Administration to obtain financial assistance
for firms seeking to locate in their area
a. often engage in fierce competition to attract businesses,
including the offer of tax breaks, zoning changes, and financial
aid
Cooltreet, Inc., combines sugar, cream, eggs, and flavorings,
then churns and cools the resulting mixture to a very low
temperature until it freezes, creating ice cream. The method
Cooltreet uses is an example of:
.
a. an analytic production system.
b. a process manufacturing.
c. an assembly process.
d. a symbiotic process.
b. a process manufacturing.
___________ utility is the value added by the creation of
finished goods and services using raw materials, components,
and other inputs.
.
a. Manufacturing
b. Marginal
c. Consumptiond. Form
d. Form
Courtney was planning a new product launch. She knew that
the art department was ready to work on the promotional
pieces now, but they couldn't start until the strategy group
established the price point and the purchasing group obtained
the paper needed to make the promotional piece. Establishing
price points would take about a week and was dependent on
manufacturing getting the costs to the strategy group. This was
expected a week from today. The purchasing group indicated
the paper could be obtained locally the same day it was
requested. Assuming things go as planned and based on this
information, when will the art department be able to begin
work on the promotional pieces?
.
a. Immediately
b. 1 week
c. 2 weeks
d. 1 month
c. 2 weeks
Operations management is a specialized area in management
that converts resources into:
.
a. services, rather than goods.
b. goods, rather than services.
c. both goods and services.
d. financial data.
c. both goods and services.
___________ is the characteristic of work concerned with
the degree of freedom, independence and discretion an
employee has in scheduling work and determining procedures.
.
a. Autonomyb. Interdependence
c. Feedback
d. Task significance
a. Autonomy
Matt works for a sports marketing firm. He feels that he has
been treated unfairly by the organization. He helped three
other employees organize a series of successful street hockey
tournaments in different regions of the country. While the
other employees were given a bonus and corporate recognition,
his efforts were ignored. According to equity theory, Matt is
likely to respond by:
.
a. ignoring the perceived inequity.
b. reaching the conclusion that his treatment is not related to
the treatment of others.
c. reducing his efforts on future projects.
d. threatening the boss.
c. reducing his efforts on future projects.
_________ is the term William Ouchi used to refer to the
management approach typically used by firms in the United
States.
.
a. Type A
b. Type Z
c. Theory Q
d. Theory J
a. Type A
Maslow placed _________ needs at the highest level of his
hierarchy.
.
a. self-actualizationb. esteem
c. deferred
d. social
a. self-actualization
Which of the following is not considered one of
Herzberg's strategies for creating enthusiasm at work?
.
a. Focus on making the job interesting
b. Similar pay and benefits for a similar job
c. Company and management support in achieving employee
objectives
d. Provide opportunities for advancement and added
responsibility
b. Similar pay and benefits for a similar job
A strength of Generation X managers is likely to be their:
.
a. loyalty to the firm.
b. individualistic approach to problem solving.
c. ability to provide feedback to employees.
d. willingness to sacrifice other aspects of their lives to achieve
success in the workplace.
c. ability to provide feedback to employees.
Herzberg's research indicated that employees are motivated by
job content. Contemporary managers focus on
_____________ by increasing the significance of the job,
and even providing the employee with important feedback.
.
a. rotating the job
b. enriching the jobc. simplifying the job
d. reducing the responsibilities in the job
b. enriching the job
Douglas McGregor described two very different sets of
managerial attitudes about employees, which he called:
.
a. the positive view and the negative view.
b. the macro perspective and the micro perspective.
c. Theory X and Theory Y.
d. individualism and collectivism.
c. Theory X and Theory Y.
According to Herzberg, a sense of achievement, earned
recognition, and interest in the work itself were all:
.
a. important motivators.
b. hygiene factors.
c. ways for employees to meet their social needs.
d. consistent with his Theory X approach to motivation.
a. important motivators.
__________ is the degree to which a job requires doing a
task with a visible outcome from beginning to end.
.
a. Task significance
b. Autonomous responsibility
c. Job specification
d. Task identity
d. Task identity
Probably the most controversial program enforced by the
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission concerns:.
a. mandatory retirement.
b. affirmative action.
c. equal pay reporting.
d. green card requirements for illegal aliens.
b. affirmative action.
Mario's business was growing at a steady rate, but he knew he
could do better! In order to capture more business, he would
have to hire a few more sales professionals to sell into new
markets. As he pondered his staffing needs, his sister who
worked in HR informed him that he needed to do a job
analysis before hiring. Which of the following would be a
logical part of a job analysis for a sales position?
.
a. Asking the current sales reps to create a log of their daily and
weekly activities
b. Asking the HR specialist to create an online application for
the position(s)
c. Training new recruits
d. Determining how many sales reps other companies typically
have on staff
a. Asking the current sales reps to create a log of their daily and
weekly activities
Which of the following statements about home-based work and
telecommuting is most accurate?
.
a. Although home-based work may become very popular in the
future, only a small percentage of workers currently work at
home on a regular basis.
b. Telecommuting offers big advantages for many workers, but
is likely to increase costs for employers significantly.
c. Home-based work tends to increase the productivity of
almost all workers, since people tend to be more productivewhen they are comfortable and can work flexible hours.
d. Home-based work allows workers to choose their own hours
and interrupt work for child care and other tasks, but this
freedom and flexibility can create problems for some workers.
d. Home-based work allows workers to choose their own hours
and interrupt work for child care and other tasks, but this
freedom and flexibility can create problems for some workers.
The Creative Director at Image First Promotion Company got
word yesterday that the firm lost the Hottie Potatee account. As
its second best customer, the Director must quickly perform
damage control and unfortunately dismiss two creative writers
and one web development content provider. As he prepares to
call each of them to his office and perform the dismissals, he
decides to make one final call to the company HR manager to
make certain that he is doing and saying the right things. The
HR manager will disagree with which of the following
statements?
.
a. He will offer each employee a three-month severance
package, as long as they agree to sign a non-compete
agreement for that time period.
b. He will be consistent in his remarks to the three employees.
c. He will create a story that their jobs are being eliminated due
to new technology since revealing that the firm lost a major
account could tarnish the image of the firm.
d. Assure each employee that they can count on him for future
job references and that he will be honest with anyone inquiring
as to why they were dismissed.
c. He will create a story that their jobs are being eliminated due
to new technology since revealing that the firm lost a major
account could tarnish the image of the firm.
One of the most important responsibilities for professionals in
the human resources field is:
. a
. understanding the ethical perspective of each employee.
b. filing employee medical claims.c. to always "right past wrongs."
d. staying current with employment-related legislation.
d. staying current with employment-related legislation.
Which of the following workers would be the best example of a
contingent worker?
.
a. an assembly line worker who belongs to a union and has 17
years of seniority
b. an accountant hired to help during the busy tax season
c. an elementary school teacher who just received tenure
d. an electrical engineer who frequently travels out of the
country to the various manufacturing facilities owned and
operated by his firm
b. an accountant hired to help during the busy tax season
A firm would implement a policy of holding exit interviews if it
wanted to:
.
a. find out why so many of its good employees were quitting.
b. implement a golden handshake policy.
c. allow immediate supervisors one more chance to convince
retiring workers to stay on the job.
d. make sure workers who agreed to telecommute understood
their new responsibilities.
a. find out why so many of its good employees were quitting.
Corporate managers who supervise, coach, and guide lowerlevel employees and serve as their organizational sponsors are
called:
.
a. networkers.
b. role models.
c. mentors.d. corporate guides.
c. mentors.
As an important step in the human resource selection process,
which of the following will expedite the process of conducting
background investigations and promises to get suitable results?
.
a. Hiring services such as LexisNexis to conduct criminal
checks and driving records.
b. Dedicating one human resource expert to making personal
calls and doing all the background checks.
c. Minimalizing the types of questions the company asks at this
juncture.
d. If there is a need to skip one of the selection process steps,
most companies have found that this one can be eliminated.
a. Hiring services such as LexisNexis to conduct criminal checks
and driving records.
Which of the following is a challenge that is facing the human
resource managers of today?
.
a. too many unemployed scientists and computer engineers
b. an increasing number of Gen Yers in the workforce
c. a shift in employee attitudes toward work
d. an increased demand for uniformity in benefits offered to
employees
c. a shift in employee attitudes toward work
Almost overnight, several police persons, all members of the
police force of the growing suburb of Mayberry called in sick.
As the dispatcher took those calls - one right after the other,
she speculated that there could be more to this story than she
was hearing. In fact, she thought it might be related to the
emotional banter she heard the night before in the locker room
as several members of the force were leaving their shifts. The
group was not happy with the recent changes in scheduling, the
excessive over-time hours, and, management's reluctance tobegin negotiations on a new benefits package. She heard one
person saying, "It's time for a mental health day!" Although it
is illegal for police to strike, they may be claiming to have
_______.
.
a. Saturday nite fever
b. the blue flu
c. a lockout
d. a shutterbug
b. the blue flu
A labor dispute between the AFL-CIO and Gainesville Brewery
is into its eighth month. The AFL-CIO has called on its
membership and the general public to refuse to purchase
Gainesville products. The AFL-CIO is calling for a:
.
a. general boycott.
b. secondary boycott.
c. primary boycott.
d. public boycott.
c. primary boycott.
The leadership of _____________ was instrumental in
bringing about the merger between the American Federation of
Labor and the Congress of Industrial Organizations in 1955.
.
a. George Meany
b. Terence K. Powderly
c. Ronald Reagan
d. Samuel Gompers
d. Samuel Gompers
A key difference between a mediator and an arbitrator is that:
.a. a mediator is appointed by labor and management, while an
arbitrator is appointed by the federal government under terms
set forth in the Taft-Hartley Act.
b. a mediator is an unpaid volunteer, while an arbitrator is a
paid professional.
c. an arbitrator can settle a labor-management dispute by
rendering a binding decision, while a mediator can only make
suggestions and encourage the two sides in a dispute to
continue negotiating.
d. a mediator is a lawyer who represents either labor or
management in a labor dispute, while an arbitrator is an
impartial advisor who listens to both sides of the dispute and
offers suggestions that help the two parties reach a mutually
acceptable agreement.
c. an arbitrator can settle a labor-management dispute by
rendering a binding decision, while a mediator can only make
suggestions and encourage the two sides in a dispute to continue
negotiating.
Closed shops were declared illegal by the:
.
a. Taft-Hartley Act.
b. Norris-LaGuardia Act.
c. National Labor Relations Board in 1929.
d. U.S. Supreme Court in 1946.
a. Taft-Hartley Act.
In a(n) _______, all of the members are skilled specialists in a
particular trade.
.
a. ESOP
b. craft union
c. industrial union
d. trade federationb. craft union
If management and union officials cannot resolve a grievance,
a(n) _________ is asked to listen to the arguments of each
side and to make a decision that both sides will have to comply
with.
.
a. confirmer
b. counselor
c. arbitrator
d. mediator
c. arbitrator
The justification for dues or fees paid by nonunion members to
the union in a(n) _________ shop is that the union
represents all workers in collective bargaining, not just those
who belong to the union.
.
a. closed
b. agency
c. fee simple
d. union
b. agency
During the first decade of the 21st century, the
AFL-CIO saw its membership significantly decline when
___________________________________.
.
a. Seven of its member unions split to form a new union, the
CtW [Change to Win].
b. Its large representation decided to merge with the
manufacturers and craft unions.
c. Members looking for a better bargain with respect to
membership dues elected to form independent unions.d. The stronger member unions refused to acknowledge
international member groups, and essentially voted them out
of the union.
a. Seven of its member unions split to form a new union, the CtW
[Change to Win].
Under a(n) ___________ shop agreement, workers must
belong to the union before they are hired.
.
a. open
b. union
c. agency
d. closed
d. closed
The __________ was set up as a federation of many separate
craft unions.
.
a. Knights of Labor
b. Committee of Industrial Organizations
c. League of Unions
d. American Federation of Labor (AFL)
d. American Federation of Labor (AFL)
The first federal minimum wage was established by the:
.
a. Fair Labor Standards Act.
b. Wagner Act.
c. Minimum Compensation Act.
d. Pay Equity Act.
a. Fair Labor Standards Act.
The Industrial Revolution was characterized by a(n):
.a. increased emphasis on production, resulting in longer hours
and less job security for most workers.
b. migration of manufacturing jobs from the Midwest and
Northeast to the South as firms began locating in areas where
labor costs were lower.
c. rapid improvement in the wages and working conditions of
most workers, resulting in a decline in the need for labor
unions.
d. movement away from scientific management, and a greater
acceptance of the ideas of Herzberg and Maslow.
a. increased emphasis on production, resulting in longer hours
and less job security for most workers.
Drug problems among workers is costing the U.S. economy
upwards of ______ in lost work, health care costs, and even
crime and accidents.
.
a. $100 million
b. $50 billion
c. $414 billion
d. $50 thousand
c. $414 billion
One strategy unions must adapt in order to grow in the future
is to:
.
a. find ways to appeal to white-collar, female, and foreign-born
workers.
b. find ways to prevent foreign companies from entering the
U.S. market.
c. go back to the old methods of aggressive tactics and
confrontation that were used successfully in the past.
d. emphasize recruiting efforts in the manufacturing sector of
the economy.a. find ways to appeal to white-collar, female, and foreign-born
workers.
The _________ Act established the National Labor Relations
Board.
.
a. Wagner
b. Taft-Hartley
c. Norris-LaGuardia
d. Fair Labor Standards
a. Wagner
Bob believes that management is treating him unfairly because
of his efforts to organize a vote for union representation. Which
organization should Bob contact to report his concerns?
.
a. Federal Board of Labor Rights
b. National Labor Relations Board
c. Federal Trade Commission
d. Federal Commission on Unfair Labor Practices
b. National Labor Relations Board
Mini-Case
The workers at Endrun Corporation are
not affiliated with a union. Until recently, the workers felt they
were well paid and treated fairly by the company, so they had
little interest in seeking union representation. However,
worker morale at Endrun has declined steadily since the board
of directors fired the old CEO last year and replaced him with
Ty Runt, a no-nonsense, autocratic manager with a reputation
for cutting costs. As soon as he took over, Ty fired other
members of the old top management team and replaced them
with people who shared his views. Together, the new
management team made a series of moves that did not sit well
with Endrun's workers. First, they announced changes in work
procedures designed to speed up the production line. Many
workers complained that the new methods cut corners and
were unsafe, but management refused to listen. A few months
after changing work methods, the company told workers that itwas reducing their health benefits. This led to even greater
worker unrest. Finally, just a few weeks ago, workers received
word that the wages of all production line employees would be
cut by 6 percent. Many employees felt this was the last straw,
especially since the company's board of directors recently
approved big salary increases and more lucrative stock option
plans for Ty and his management team. A spokesperson for the
board explained that the raises were justified because of the
management team's "outstanding efforts to reduce costs,
increase productivity, and improve the company's
profits."
Several disgruntled employees, led by Ima
Striker and Boyd Cotter, now believe it is time to obtain union
representation. Top managers at the company have hinted that
workers who actively participate in the union campaign may be
among the first workers laid off if the company decides to
downsize. Ima and Boyd are not intimidated by these
management threats. "I wish we didn't have to do this," Ima
recently told many of her fellow workers at the plant. "But
someone has to stop Ty Runt and his team from ruining our
jobs."
After gaining union representation,
any workers with complaints regarding promotions, layoffs,
and job assignments will file a(n) ________ with their shop
steward.
.
a. grievance
b. arbitration request
c. injunction
d. yellow-dog contract
a. grievance
The steps Ima, Boyd and their fellow workers must take to get
the union legally recognized as the authorized bargaining agent
are parts of the __________ process.
.
a. accreditation
b. arbitration
c. certification
d. collective bargaining
c. certificationThe Taft-Hartley Act:
.
a. established the first minimum wage.
b. allowed individual states to pass right-to-work laws
prohibiting compulsory union membership.
c. required management to bargain in good faith with union
representatives.
d. set up the process by which unions could be recognized as
the exclusive bargaining agents for a group of workers.
b. allowed individual states to pass right-to-work laws
prohibiting compulsory union membership.
The significant increase in consumer demand following World
War II marked the beginning of the:
.
a. production era.
b. selling era.
c. marketing concept era.
d. customer relationship era.
c. marketing concept era.
Understanding consumers in marketing is considered so
important that a whole area of marketing called
_____________________ emerged.
.
a. customer programming
b. consumer behavior
c. individual benchmarking
d. customers competency
b. consumer behavior
A consumer's decision-making process is influenced by his/her
_________, consisting of those people who help shape theconsumer's beliefs, attitudes, values or behavior.
.
a. reference group
b. focus group
c. target audience
d. social class
a. reference group
Which of the following describes individuals that want goods
and services for personal consumption and have the resources
to buy them?
.
a. secondary market
b. business-to-business market
c. market segmentation
d. consumer market
d. consumer market
A comparison of the marketing concept and customer
relationship management indicates that customer relationship
management:
.
a. and the marketing concept are in fact identical.
b. attempts to improve profits by keeping quality high, while
the marketing concept attempts to improve profits by a careful
design of the promotional mix.
c. turns the marketing concept upside down. The marketing
concept emphasized that marketing was the most important
function performed by a firm, but customer relationship
management views management to be the most important
function.
d. extends the marketing concept by calling for the firm to
learn more about its customers so that it not only satisfies
them, but exceeds their expectations over time.d. extends the marketing concept by calling for the firm to learn
more about its customers so that it not only satisfies them, but
exceeds their expectations over time.
People with unsatisfied wants and needs who have both the
ability and the willingness to buy are:
.
a. a market.
b. stockholders.
c. a profit center.
d. a marketing mix.
a. a market.
A ________ marketing strategy develops products and
promotions designed to please large groups of people.
.
a. volume
b. mass
c. relationship
d. value
b. mass
____________ is the process of identifying factors that can
affect marketing success.
.
a. Environmental scanning
b. Target marketing
c. Niche marketing
d. Segmentation analysis
a. Environmental scanning
Firms that adopt a relationship marketing strategy attempt to:
.a. develop products that meet the specific requirements of
individual customers.
b. maximize their market share by designing products that
appeal to large numbers of customers.
c. develop their promotional efforts utilizing mass media such
as television, newspapers and radio in order to relate to a large
audience.
d. maximize market share by controlling production costs and
maintaining low prices.
a. develop products that meet the specific requirements of
individual customers.
The best remedy for staving off perceptions of inequity is:
Keeping employees' pay rates as a guarded secret between HR department and the supervisor.
Hiring at least one person fewer than you believe the work situation requires.
Frequent and open communication among all employees and managers.
OriginalAl phabetical
Motivation is the set of forces that initiates, directs, and makes
people persist in their efforts to accomplish a goal.
True
The three components of ____ are initiation of effort,
direction of effort, and persistence of effort.
Motivation
As seen in class, job performance is a(n) ____ function of
motivation, ability, and situational constraints.
additive
In the relationship: "‟??‟ = Motivation „?‟ Ability „?‟
Situational Constraints", what belongs in the spaces „??‟ and
„?‟
a. Job performance, +
The phenomenon known as the Hawthorne effect is
a. The tendency for people to base their evaluations of equity
on other members of their
group;
b. The tendency for people to behave differently when they
know they are being studied;c. The tendency for people to perform poorly when distracted
by too much attention;
d. The tendency for people to respond to threats with a
reduction in productivity;
b. The tendency for people to behave differently when they know
they are being studied;
The Hawthorne Studies proved that financial incentives
weren‟t necessarily the most important motivator for workers.
True
A major advantage of a piecework pay system is that it:
a. creates a powerful incentive to work efficiently.
b. encourages cooperation and teamwork among employees.
c. is a system that is strongly supported by both unions and
management.
d. minimizes the need for training and development. e.
requires a minimum of paperwork and record keeping.
a. creates a powerful incentive to work efficiently.
According to job enrichment theory, one of the characteristic of
a job that contributes to improved motivation and worker
performance is higher than average pay.
False
Managers who advocate job enrichment focus on creating jobs
with
a. lots of job rotation.
b. repetitive motions. c. simplified tasks so that the worker can
achieve high levels of production.
d. skill variety and autonomy.
e. very specialized and difficult tasks.
d. skill variety and autonomy.
The personal satisfaction people feel when they have done a job
well is a(n) _______ reward.
Intrinsic
___ is a feeling of intrinsic motivation, in which workers
perceive their work to have meaning, and perceive themselves
to be competent, having an impact, and capable of selfdetermination.a. Empowerment
b. Autonomy
c. Motivation
d.Job satisfaction
e. Self-actualization
d. Job Satisfaction
12. Empowerment
13. Enabling
a. Giving employees the authority and responsibility to make
decisions
b. Giving workers the education tools needed to make decisions
12.a
13. b
14. Commitment
15. Engagement
16. Motivation
a. Positive attitude towards the job
b. Positive attitude towards the organization c. The reason for
an action, that which gives purpose and direction to behavior
14. positive attitude towards the organization
15. Positive attitude towards the job
16. The reason for an action, that which gives purpose and
direction to behavior
Burnout is a result of the erosion of
a. Commitment
b. Engagement
c. Motivation
d.All of the above
e.None of the above
All of the above
Feedback helps enrich a job by satisfying an employee‟s
esteem needs
True
19. A hierarchy of human needs can be used to explain
motivation;
20. Employees compare their effort and their rewards againstthose of people in similar positions;
21. The amount of effort employees devote to a task depends on
the anticipated outcomes associated
with performance;
22. The characteristics of the job itself will affect worker
motivation.
19. A hierarchy of human needs can be used to explain
motivation;
20. Employees compare their effort and their rewards against
those of people in similar positions;
21. The amount of effort employees devote to a task depends on
the anticipated outcomes associated
with performance;
22. The characteristics of the job itself will affect worker
motivation.
a. Abraham Maslow‟s pyramid
b. Equity theory
c. Expectancy theory
d. Hygiene and motivation factors
e. Theory Y
19. Abrahams Maslow's pyramid
20. Equity theory
21. Expectancy theory
22. Hygiene and motivation factors
23. Employees will be motivated to perform well at work if they
can satisfy their unmet needs by achieving the organization‟s
goals;
24. Ensure that the reward workers receive is perceived as
fairly compensating them for their efforts when compared to
others in similar positions;
25. One should rely on rewards rather than threats and
punishment as the primary means of motivating employees,
while recognizing that different employees are motivated by
different types of rewards;
26. Setting up achievable tasks and valued rewards for
individuals will result in effort;
27. The key to improving motivation is to provide interesting,
challenging jobs that offer chances forrecognition,
advancement, and growth.
a. Equity Theory b. Expectancy Theory c. Maslow‟s Pyramid of
Needs d. Theory Y e. Herzberg‟s Hygiene and Motivation
Factors
23. Maslow's pyramid of Needs
24. Equity theory25. Theory Y
26. Expectancy Theory
27. Herzberg's Hygiene and Motivation Factors
28. Adams‟ equity theory 29. Herzberg‟s factor theory
30. Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs theory
31. McGregor‟s Theories X and Y
32. Vroom‟s expectancy theory
a. Applies the insights of the Hawthorne studies to propose a
working environment that uses people‟s creativity and sense of
work as fulfilling in and of itself;
b. Not all actions geared towards meeting people‟s needs
motivate people;
c. People‟s effort will depend on the ratio between their
rewards and those of other
members of the organization;
d. Peoples‟ psychological needs are predictable and orderly; e.
Proposes a model of how individuals uniquely will exert effort
in their employment.
28. c
29. b
30. d
31. a
32. e
a. It is best to run an organization in a hands-off, decentralized
manner b. It is very difficult to design appropriate team or
collective reward systems, because the
relationship between effort and reward is highly personal
c. Often, rewarding people does not result in increases in
performance d. There are factors in the workplace (like safety
and pay) that, while necessary, do not act
as motivators
e. Under certain circumstances, coercion and monetary
rewards will be appropriate, and
effective, motivators
a. Theory's X and Y
b. Expectancy Theory
c. Equity Theory
d. Hygiene Theory
e. Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs model
Which of the following statements is false?
a. Abraham Maslow believed that motivation arises from thedesire to satisfy unmet needs;
b. According to Maslow, a satisfied need is no longer a
motivator; c. According to Maslow, people will try to satisfy
lower order needs before they turn their
attention to higher order needs;
d. Maslow believed that lower-level needs may emerge at any
time when they are not met
and take our attention away from higher level needs;
e. Maslow warned that self-actualization is unattainable.
e. Maslow warned that self-actualization is unattainable.
In order to motivate their employees, managers in less
developed nations should establish working conditions that
focus on meeting their employee‟s self-actualization needs
False
According to Maslow, the primary source of motivation for
most employees in the United States would stem from the
desire to satisfy their physiological and safety needs.
False
Which would be the best motivator at each stage of Maslow‟s
hierarchy of needs?
41. Belonging
42. Esteem
43. Physiological
44. Safety
45. Self-actualization
a. Care b. Coercion c. Money
41. Care
42. Care
43. Money
44. Money
45. Care
At what level of the Maslow hierarchy of needs does the
hierarchical / bureaucratic paradigm work best?
a. Self-actualization needs
b. Social and esteem needs
c. Physiological and safety needs
c. Physiological and safety needsTheory Y managers would tend to
a. Assume that most employees dislike their jobs
b. Have confidence in the ability of employees to solve
problems that arise during work;
c. Pay attention to work conditions as a way to improve
motivation;
d. Rely on monetary rewards to motivate employees
e. All of the above.
b. Have confidence in the ability of employees to solve problems
that arise during work;
48. Theory X
49. Theory Y
50. Theory Z
a. Assumes that employees dislike work, and will avoid it if
possible
b. Assumes that employees seek participation and cooperation
c. Assumes that employees will react strongly and positively to
empowerment
48. a
49. c
50. a
Match the motivational tool with the kind of organizational
behavior theory that it is most associated with
51. Belonging and esteem 52. Empowerment
53. Good pay
a. Theory X
b. Theory Y
c. Theory Z
51. Theory Z
52. Theory Y
53. Theory X
According to Herzberg‟s views, which of the following
strategies would be most likely to result in a higher level of
worker motivation?
a. Improvements in job-related pay b. Improvements in
physical working conditions c. Making the work itself more
interesting and challenging d. Providing clear and fair workrules and policies e. Using time-motion studies to find efficient
techniques for employees to use
c. . Making the work itself more interesting and challenging
Herzberg found that the factors that ranked high as motivators
were usually associated with job content rather than the work
environment
True
According to Herzberg, when a hygiene factor is not fulfilled,
employees will become dissatisfied
True
How are commitment and engagement related to Herzberg‟s
motivation factors?
57. Commitment
58. Engagement
a. Hygiene factors b. Motivation factors
57. motivation factor
58. motivation factor
Match the variables of expectancy theory with the motivational
techniques that best address them.
59. Expectancy
60. Instrumentality
61. Valence
a. Bonuses, flexible time and "cafeteria-style" benefits b. Clear
goals c. Employee training
59. Clear goals
60. Employee training
61. Bonuses, flexible time and "cafeteria-style" benefits
According to a survey done on teaching evaluations,
engineering students consider the improvement of teaching to
be the most important outcome of the evaluation process. For
engineering students who believe their efforts will lead to
better teaching, the motivation to fill out a teaching evaluation
would have a ____.
a. Low valence b. Weak expectancy c. Weak instrumentality d.
High valence e. Strong instrumentalitye. strong instrumentality
Suppose that you are considering a high paying, stressful job
out of college (investment banking, anyone?) Which are the
aspects of the job that are associated with each component of
expectancy theory?
63. Ability to payoff school debts, chances of long term success
64. Excellent training and networking opportunities 65. High
pay
a. Expectancy b. Instrumentality c. Valence
63. Expectancy
64. Instrumentality
65. Valence
The basic principle of equity theory is that employees try to
a. Achieve the mutually agreed upon goals of management and
employees;
b. Earn as much as possible with as little work as possible;
c. Ensure that performance standards are fair and attainable;
d. Impress others in the organization;
e. Maintain equity between inputs and outputs compared to
people in similar positions.
e. Maintain equity between inputs and outputs compared to
people in similar positions.
The personal satisfaction people feel when they have done a job
well is a(n) __________ reward.
intrinsic
Rewards that come from someone else in recognition of good
work are _________ rewards.
extrinsic
intrinsic rewards are:
An intrinsic reward is the personal satisfaction someone feels
from doing a job well and completing goals.
extrinsic rewards are:
An extrinsic reward is given to a recipient in recognition of good
work or superior performance. This may be a tangible reward
such as a pay raise, or an intangible reward such as praise. The
key factor is that it is recognition passed along by another party,
usually a supervisor.Weldon Taskman has just successfully negotiated a new longterm sales agreement with a major client. The personal
satisfaction Weldon has about his efforts is his _______
reward.
intrinsic
Maureen's supervisor was so impressed by her work that he
named her the employee of the month. This praise from her
supervisor is an example of a(n) _________ reward.
extrinsic
At Qliktech, the company CEO, Lars Bjork, honors employees
who demonstrate the company's core values. Qliktech holds a
summit each year, where it selects and awards one employee in
each of several values categories that include (1) challenge; (2)
move fast; (3) be open and straightforward; (4) teamwork for
results; and (5) take responsibility. Rather than posting core
values for everyone to pass by each day, the CEO finds that
providing _________ rewards once each year provides the
message to all employees that these are important values.
extrinsic
JOB PRODUCTION SCIENTFIC MANAGEMENT
...
_________________ was the father of scientific
management.
Frederick Taylor
One of the elements essential to Frederick Taylor's approach to
improving worker productivity was:
rules of work.
______________ was the dominant strategy for improving
worker productivity during the early 1900s.
Scientific management
According to the principles of scientific management, the best
way to improve productivity is to:
use time-motion studies to find the best method of doing each
job, then teach those methods to employees.Which of the following statements is the best description of
how scientific management viewed employees?
Employees are like machines that must be programmed to
perform in a certain way
JOB MOTIVATION: HAWTHRONE EFFECT
...
The Hawthorne studies were conducted by ____________
and his colleagues from Harvard University.
Elton Mayo
The Hawthorne studies concluded that worker motivation:
improved when employees felt like their ideas were respected.
The most important impact of the Hawthorne studies was that
it:
changed the direction of research away from Taylor's scientific
management toward the study of human-based management.
The tendency for people to behave differently when they know
they are being studied is known as the:
Hawthorne effect
Dr. Mo T. Vadar, a professor of psychology at a respected
university, is planning a study of the factors that affect the
motivation of employees. Dr. Vadar is concerned that the
results of his experiments may be misleading because
employees in an experimental group tend to behave differently
when they know they are being studied. This concern shows
that Dr. Vadar is aware of the:
Hawthorne effect
JOB MOTIVATION:MOTION ECONOMY
...
Frank and Lillian Gilbreth developed the principle of
___________, which said that every job could be broken
down into a series of elementary motions.
motion economy
Frank and Lillian Gilbreth thought that every job could be
broken down into a series of elementary motions that they
called:therbligs.
Wally Tormach is a professional house painter. During busy
periods, he often hires college students as helpers on his jobs.
Wally tells his helpers that he has determined the most
efficient way to paint a house and he expects them to follow his
instructions exactly. Wally's approach is consistent with the
ideas of:
Frederick Taylor.
JOB MOTIVATION: MASLOW
...
The concept that a hierarchy of human needs could be used to
explain motivation was developed by:
Abraham Maslow
Maslow was mainly concerned with explaining how:
human motivation was related to a hierarchy of needs.
According to Maslow, a higher order need:
becomes a source of motivation after lower order needs are
satisfied.
Maslow placed _________ needs at the highest level of his
hierarchy.
self-actualization
Maslow classified the needs for basic items such as food, water,
and shelter as:
physiological needs.
Maslow called the needs people have for security at work and
at home:
safety needs.
In Maslow's hierarchy of needs, the desire for love and
acceptance would fall into the category of:
social needs
Maslow would classify the need for recognition from others
and for self respect as _________ needs.
esteem needsIn Maslow's hierarchy, __________ needs refer to the desire
to reach one's fullest potential.
self-actualization
The need __________ would be classified as a social need.
loved and appreciated
Most employees in less-developed nations are motivated by the
desire to satisfy:
physiological needs.
Employees in the United States and other developed nations
are least likely to be motivated by the desire to satisfy
__________ needs:
physiological needs.
Management theory/Peter Drucker
...
Management by objectives was developed by:
Peter Drucker.
Management by objectives is most effective in organizations
that:
are relatively stable
According to __________ the amount of effort employees
devote to a task depends on their expectations of the outcome.
expectancy theory
According to expectancy theory, the amount of effort
employees exert on a specific task depends on their:
expectations of the outcome.
Reprimands, pay reductions, and suspensions are all examples
of:
negative reinforcement.
JOB MOTIVATION THEORIES/HERZBERG
..._____________ studied how the characteristics of the job
itself affected worker motivation.
1. Frederick Herzberg
According to Herzberg, which of the following groups of
motivational factors would give employees the most
satisfaction?
interesting work, earned recognition and growth opportunity
Job security, status, pay, friendly boss, and safe conditions are
considered
hygiene factors that may cause some dissatisfaction if missing,
but do not necessarily motivate employees to work to their full
potential.
Herzberg found that good pay:
was a hygiene factor rather than a motivator.
Herzberg found that factors that provided the highest level of
motivation were mostly associated with:
job content such as a sense of achievement, the chance to be
recognized, and interesting work.
Herzberg's research indicated that employees are motivated by
job content. Contemporary managers focus on
_____________ by increasing the significance of the job,
and even providing the employee with important feedback.
enriching the job
MORE JOB MOTIVATORS
...
You are a graduate teaching assistant in the Biology
department at Fairview University. You have several graduate
student friends who have graduate appointments in the
business department and the English department. While
everyone's compensation and employee benefits are exactly the
same, your department requires you to always show-up and
tutor students at least four hours each day and to serve on one
university committee each semester. Graduates students at the
other departments are not required by their management to
follow these rules. Lately, you are doing your best to limit your
daily obligation to 2 ½ to 3 hours each day. The motivational
theory that most closely correlates with your actions is:
equity theorymotivational strategy that emphasizes motivating employees by
making the work itself more interesting, meaningful, and
rewarding.
job enrichment
Managers who advocate job enrichment focus on creating jobs
with
Skill variety and autonomy.
The degree to which a job has a substantial impact on the lives
or work of others in the organization is referred to as:
task significance.
the strategy of moving employees from one job to another to
make the work more interesting and challenging, thus
increasing worker motivation.
is called job rotation
__________ is the degree to which a job requires doing a
task with a visible outcome from beginning to end.
Task identity
Every month Sam Tabor is assigned a different job at Russo &
Daughters Financial Consulting. Sam enjoys the task variety
and finds that switching jobs on a regular basis keeps the work
from becoming boring. Russo & Daughters is using a technique
known as job:
rotation
At Boss Motorcar Company, employees are grouped into
teams. Each team is responsible for assembling an entire
automobile. Boss gives each team freedom and flexibility to
decide how to divide-up the work. The company keeps the
employees informed about how their cars are selling, and even
shows them the comments customers make about quality and
performance on customer satisfaction questionnaires. Boss
Motorcar Company is using a
job enrichment
In a high-context culture:
relationship building and group trust is considered very
important and occurs before performing business tasks.In a low-context culture:
relationship building is considered a waste of time.
MANAGEMENT THEORIES/MCGREGOR & OUCHI
...
________ used the terms Theory X and Theory Y to describe
different attitudes managers have about employees.
Douglas McGregor
Douglas McGregor described two very different sets of
managerial attitudes about employees, which he called:
Theory X and Theory Y.
Theory ___ managers see employees as having a general
dislike for work and an unwillingness to accept responsibility.
Theory X
Theory ____ assumes that the average person likes work, and
has a relatively high degree of imagination and creativity.
Theory Y
Theory Y managers prefer:
empowerment and letting employees design solutions.
To be competitive, ____________ recommended that
American firms adopt a new management style that was a
hybrid of the approaches used by Japanese firms and those
used by American firms called _________.
William Ouchi, Theory Z
William Ouchi called the management approach typically used
by Japanese firms:
Type J
Which of the following is a characteristic of Type J
management?
lifetime employment
_________ is the term William Ouchi used to refer to the
management approach typically used by firms in the United
States.
Type AWhich of the following is a characteristic of Type A
management?
individual decision-making
_________ blends Japanese and American management
practices into a hybrid approach which calls for long-term
employment, collective decision making, and individual
responsibility for the outcome of decisions.
Theory Z
The generation born between 1980 and 2000 is known as
Generation:
Y
Baby Boomers as managers need to understand that:
Gen X and Gen Y employees will be motivated by flexibility in the
workplace.
Your textbook referred to a Gallup poll taken in 2011 that
indicated that only 47% of workers surveyed felt loyalty toward
their employer. This figure was down from 59% just three years
earlier. This reflects a serious concern about the
_________________.
need to examine why workers are actively disengaged at their
jobs
Kanetra believes that if she leaves her employees unsupervised
for a few minutes they will do nothing but slack off. She is
known as the "Dragon Lady" (at least behind her back) for the
harsh criticism and punishment she disburses whenever an
employee makes an error. Kanetra is a __________ manager.
Theory X
At High Stakes International, employees tend to work with
little direct supervision since employees are considered
trustworthy and committed. Management's expectation for
employee creativity is high. The management at High Stakes
reflects ____________ attitudes about employees.
Theory Y
Maslow would classify the need for recognition from others
and for self respect as _________ needs.
esteemThe degree to which a job has a substantial impact on the lives
or work of others in the organization is referred to as:
task significance
The purpose of management by objectives is to:
help employees motivate themselves with a goal-setting model
that involves, discussion, review, and evaluation by management
and employees
According to Herzberg, the difference between motivators and
hygiene factors is:
overall, motivators related to greater job satisfaction, while
hygiene factors made the work place a satisfying place to thrive.
The Hawthorne studies concluded that worker motivation:
improved when employees felt like their ideas were respected.
The basic principle of equity theory is that employees try to:
maintain equity between inputs and outputs compared to people
in similar positions.
The practice of moving employees from one job to another to
make work more interesting is called:
job rotation
According to Victor Vroom, which of the following questions is
an employee likely to ask before deciding to exert his or her
maximum effort toward completing a task?
Is the reward for completing the task worth the effort involved?
According to __________ the amount of effort employees
devote to a task depends on their expectations of the outcome.
expectancy theory
In Maslow's hierarchy of needs, the desire for love and
acceptance would fall into the category of:
social needs.
Baby Boomers as managers need to understand that
Gen X and Gen Y employees will be motivated by flexibility in the
workplace.
Management by objectives is most effective in organizations
that:are relatively stable.
As a group, Millennials tend to be:
adaptable, tolerant, and tech savvy.
Maureen's supervisor was so impressed by her work that he
named her the employee of the month. This praise from her
supervisor is an example of a(n) _________ reward.
extrinsic
Herzberg found that factors that provided the highest level of
motivation were mostly associated with:
job content
________ is a system of goal setting and implementation that
involves a cycle of discussion, review, and evaluation of
objectives among top and middle managers, supervisors, and
employees.
Management by objectives
Reprimands, pay reductions, and suspensions are all examples
of:
negative reinforcement
A key idea in reinforcement theory is that:
managers can use both rewards and punishment to influence
employee behavior.
The concept that a hierarchy of human needs could be used to
explain motivation was developed by:
Abraham Maslow
______________ was the dominant strategy for improving
worker productivity during the early 1900s.
Scientific management
Weldon Taskman has just successfully negotiated a new longterm sales agreement with a major client. The personal
satisfaction Weldon has about his efforts is his _______
reward.
intrinsic
Theory ____ assumes that the average person likes work, and
has a relatively high degree of imagination and creativity.Y
Managers who advocate job enrichment focus on creating jobs
with
Skill variety and autonomy
The major benefit of open communication in a company setting
is:
motivated employees
The first step toward establishing open communication within
an organization is to:
create an organizational culture that rewards listening
According to Herzberg, a sense of achievement, earned
recognition, and interest in the work itself were all:
important motivators
The most important impact of the Hawthorne studies was that
it:
changed the direction of research away from Taylor's scientific
management toward the study of human-based management.
One of the elements essential to Frederick Taylor's approach to
improving worker productivity was:
rules of work
A strength of Generation X managers is likely to be their:
ability to provide feedback to employees
Theory ___ managers see employees as having a general
dislike for work and an unwillingness to accept responsibility.
X
[Show More]